Deferred Compensation Plan - ANHEUSER-BUSCH INBEV S.A. - 3-23-2000 by BUD-Agreements

VIEWS: 12 PAGES: 297

									ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000) The Deferred Compensation Plan For Non-Employee Directors, originally effective June 24, 1981, amended and restated in is entirety effective July 24, 1981, April 2, 1987, February 22, 1989, and January 1, 1997, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, effective March 1, 2000. 1. Definitions (a) "Board" - the Board of Directors of the Company. (b) "Cash Account" - each account being administered for the benefit of a Participant pursuant to section 5 below. (c) "Company" - Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. (d) "Compensation" - any retainer, meeting and committee fees, or any similar fee to which a Non-Employee Director is entitled for services performed. (e) "Credited Shares" - the shares of the Company's common stock which, for accounting purposes only, are to be credited to a Participant's Share Account from time to time. At no time shall Credited Shares be considered as actual shares of common stock and a Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to the Credited Shares. (f) "Deferred Amount" - Compensation deferred by a Participant under the Plan together with all interest, dividends or other amounts credited to a Participant's account(s) pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. (g) "Market Value" - the mean between the high and low price per share of the Company's common stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, for the last business day of a calendar month. (h) "Non-Employee Director" - any duly elected or appointed member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company, including for this purpose any Advisory Member or any Member Emeritus.

(i) "Participant" - any Non-Employee Director who elects hereunder to defer payment by the Company of any or all Compensation to which he/she may be entitled and any Non-Employee Director entitled to a benefit under the Plan pursuant to section 9 below. (j) "Plan" - the Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan For Non-Employee Directors. (k) "Prime Rate" - The annual prime interest rate published by The Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis or its successor. (l) "Rate/Term" - one or more combinations of interest rates and time periods which shall apply to Compensation allocated to Participants' Cash Accounts for a calendar year pursuant to section 5 below. (m) "Secretary" - the duly elected Secretary of the Company. (n) "Share Account" - each account being administered for the benefit of a Participant pursuant to section 6 below. 2. Administration The Plan shall be administered by the Secretary, who shall have the authority to construe and interpret the Plan, and to establish or adopt rules, regulations, procedures and forms relating to the administration

(i) "Participant" - any Non-Employee Director who elects hereunder to defer payment by the Company of any or all Compensation to which he/she may be entitled and any Non-Employee Director entitled to a benefit under the Plan pursuant to section 9 below. (j) "Plan" - the Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan For Non-Employee Directors. (k) "Prime Rate" - The annual prime interest rate published by The Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis or its successor. (l) "Rate/Term" - one or more combinations of interest rates and time periods which shall apply to Compensation allocated to Participants' Cash Accounts for a calendar year pursuant to section 5 below. (m) "Secretary" - the duly elected Secretary of the Company. (n) "Share Account" - each account being administered for the benefit of a Participant pursuant to section 6 below. 2. Administration The Plan shall be administered by the Secretary, who shall have the authority to construe and interpret the Plan, and to establish or adopt rules, regulations, procedures and forms relating to the administration of the Plan. The Secretary shall have no authority to add to, delete from or modify the terms of the Plan without the prior approval of the Board. Neither the Secretary nor any member of the Board shall be liable for any act or determination made in good faith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Secretary shall have complete power from time to time to adopt, amend, and rescind such rules as the Secretary shall deem necessary, appropriate, or prudent in order to comply with or avoid liability under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the rules promulgated thereunder from time to time. Without limiting the generality of such authority, the Secretary may adopt, amend, and rescind rules which may have the effect of adding to, deleting from, or otherwise modifying the terms of the Plan in any respect, provided only that the Secretary in good faith determines 2

that such rules are reasonably likely to further the objective of complying with or lawfully avoiding liability under Section 16 or the rules thereunder. In addition, from time to time the Secretary may (but need not) adopt, amend, and rescind rules which relax Plan restrictions on the timing or frequency of actions by Plan Participants if and to the extent the Secretary determines that such restrictions no longer are necessary to conform the Plan to any applicable legal requirements and no longer are appropriate to the prudent and convenient administration of the Plan. Any rules adopted, amended, or rescinded by the Secretary hereunder shall become effective at such times as the Secretary may determine, without approval or other action by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Secretary shall notify the Board promptly of any rules adopted, amended, or rescinded hereunder. The Board at all times shall retain the power to annul in whole or part any action taken by the Secretary hereunder. 3. Elections under the Plan The following types of election shall be available under the Plan: (a) (1) Each Non-Employee Director who desires to participate in the Plan for a calendar year shall execute and deliver to the Secretary before the beginning of the calendar year an appropriate election designating the portion of Compensation for the calendar year to be deferred. (2) An individual who becomes a Non-Employee Director after the beginning of a calendar year may make an initial election for the calendar year within 30 days after the individual becomes a Non-Employee Director, effective as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date the election is filed. (3) After the initial election, a Participant's failure to execute and deliver such an election before the beginning of a calendar year shall be deemed an election to continue to defer Compensation in accordance with the election in effect for the immediately prior calendar year. (b) (1) Coincident with the initial election provided for in section

that such rules are reasonably likely to further the objective of complying with or lawfully avoiding liability under Section 16 or the rules thereunder. In addition, from time to time the Secretary may (but need not) adopt, amend, and rescind rules which relax Plan restrictions on the timing or frequency of actions by Plan Participants if and to the extent the Secretary determines that such restrictions no longer are necessary to conform the Plan to any applicable legal requirements and no longer are appropriate to the prudent and convenient administration of the Plan. Any rules adopted, amended, or rescinded by the Secretary hereunder shall become effective at such times as the Secretary may determine, without approval or other action by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Secretary shall notify the Board promptly of any rules adopted, amended, or rescinded hereunder. The Board at all times shall retain the power to annul in whole or part any action taken by the Secretary hereunder. 3. Elections under the Plan The following types of election shall be available under the Plan: (a) (1) Each Non-Employee Director who desires to participate in the Plan for a calendar year shall execute and deliver to the Secretary before the beginning of the calendar year an appropriate election designating the portion of Compensation for the calendar year to be deferred. (2) An individual who becomes a Non-Employee Director after the beginning of a calendar year may make an initial election for the calendar year within 30 days after the individual becomes a Non-Employee Director, effective as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date the election is filed. (3) After the initial election, a Participant's failure to execute and deliver such an election before the beginning of a calendar year shall be deemed an election to continue to defer Compensation in accordance with the election in effect for the immediately prior calendar year. (b) (1) Coincident with the initial election provided for in section 3(a), a Participant shall execute and deliver to the Secretary an appropriate election designating the portion of the Participant's future Compensation to be 3

deferred that shall be allocated to the Cash Account and the Share Account respectively, and may make such an election from time to time thereafter with respect to future deferrals in the same manner. (2) A Participant may elect to transfer existing Deferred Amounts between the Cash Account and the Share Account from time to time as provided for in section 7. (c) Each Participant for whom a Cash Account is maintained at any time during a calendar year shall execute and deliver to the Secretary an appropriate election designating the Rate/Term combinations which shall apply to the amounts in the Participant's Cash Account as provided for in section 5 for the calendar year. (d) (1) Coincident with the initial election provided for in section 3(a), a Participant shall execute and deliver to the Secretary an appropriate election designating the date of commencement and form of distribution of the Participant's Deferred Amounts authorized in section 8(b). (2) In addition, a Participant may from time to time execute such an election designating a later date of commencement and/or a longer payment period for all or any portion of the Participant's existing Deferred Amounts and/or the Participant's Compensation to be deferred in the future, provided that no such election with respect to existing Deferred Amounts shall be valid unless it is executed and received by the Secretary at least one year prior to the date of commencement then on file with the Secretary and at least one year prior to the date the Participant's service on the Board is scheduled to end (including service as an Advisory Member or Member Emeritus). (e) (1) Any election under this section 3 shall be effective on and after the first day of the month next following the month in which the election form is received by the Secretary or such later date as may be specified on the election form, except with respect to transfers between the Cash Account and the Share Account, which shall be effective at the end of the month in which the election form is received by the Secretary as provided for in section 7(b).

deferred that shall be allocated to the Cash Account and the Share Account respectively, and may make such an election from time to time thereafter with respect to future deferrals in the same manner. (2) A Participant may elect to transfer existing Deferred Amounts between the Cash Account and the Share Account from time to time as provided for in section 7. (c) Each Participant for whom a Cash Account is maintained at any time during a calendar year shall execute and deliver to the Secretary an appropriate election designating the Rate/Term combinations which shall apply to the amounts in the Participant's Cash Account as provided for in section 5 for the calendar year. (d) (1) Coincident with the initial election provided for in section 3(a), a Participant shall execute and deliver to the Secretary an appropriate election designating the date of commencement and form of distribution of the Participant's Deferred Amounts authorized in section 8(b). (2) In addition, a Participant may from time to time execute such an election designating a later date of commencement and/or a longer payment period for all or any portion of the Participant's existing Deferred Amounts and/or the Participant's Compensation to be deferred in the future, provided that no such election with respect to existing Deferred Amounts shall be valid unless it is executed and received by the Secretary at least one year prior to the date of commencement then on file with the Secretary and at least one year prior to the date the Participant's service on the Board is scheduled to end (including service as an Advisory Member or Member Emeritus). (e) (1) Any election under this section 3 shall be effective on and after the first day of the month next following the month in which the election form is received by the Secretary or such later date as may be specified on the election form, except with respect to transfers between the Cash Account and the Share Account, which shall be effective at the end of the month in which the election form is received by the Secretary as provided for in section 7(b). (2) The receipt by the Secretary of a new election form shall constitute a revocation of any previously filed 4

inconsistent election, provided that a Participant shall not be able to change the election provided for in section 3 (a) before the first day of the following calendar year and a Participant shall not be able to change the elections provided for in section 3(b) before the later of the first day of the following calendar year or the expiration of the fixed Term, if any, that the Participant chose for any Deferred Amounts subject to the election, as provided for in section 5. (3) No election to change the amount or percentage of Compensation a Participant elects to defer shall be retroactively effective. 4. Accounting (a) The Company shall establish on its books appropriate bookkeeping accounts for each Participant which will accurately reflect the Deferred Amount in each account of a Participant. (b) The Secretary shall furnish each Participant with a statement of the Deferred Amount in each account promptly following the end of each calendar year. 5. Cash Account (a) Each Participant's Cash Account shall consist of all of the Deferred Amounts credited pursuant to a specific election to defer, a valid transfer from the Participant's Share Account, or an election by the Participant pursuant to section 9, if any. (b) Crediting of interest on Deferred Amounts in a Participant's Cash Account shall be governed by this section 5. (c) (1) Before the beginning of each calendar year, the Company shall offer one or more Rate/Term

inconsistent election, provided that a Participant shall not be able to change the election provided for in section 3 (a) before the first day of the following calendar year and a Participant shall not be able to change the elections provided for in section 3(b) before the later of the first day of the following calendar year or the expiration of the fixed Term, if any, that the Participant chose for any Deferred Amounts subject to the election, as provided for in section 5. (3) No election to change the amount or percentage of Compensation a Participant elects to defer shall be retroactively effective. 4. Accounting (a) The Company shall establish on its books appropriate bookkeeping accounts for each Participant which will accurately reflect the Deferred Amount in each account of a Participant. (b) The Secretary shall furnish each Participant with a statement of the Deferred Amount in each account promptly following the end of each calendar year. 5. Cash Account (a) Each Participant's Cash Account shall consist of all of the Deferred Amounts credited pursuant to a specific election to defer, a valid transfer from the Participant's Share Account, or an election by the Participant pursuant to section 9, if any. (b) Crediting of interest on Deferred Amounts in a Participant's Cash Account shall be governed by this section 5. (c) (1) Before the beginning of each calendar year, the Company shall offer one or more Rate/Term combinations. (2) The fixed Rates and Terms for each calendar year shall be determined by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and shall be identical to the Rates and Terms available for the calendar year under the Anheuser-Busch Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. (3) A fixed Term elected by a Participant need not be limited to the deferral period for the amount subject to 5

the Term elected. For example, a Participant may elect a 10-year Term for an amount that will become payable after 5 calendar years. (4) In addition to any fixed Rate/Term combinations provided for in this section 5(c), the Prime Rate shall be offered to Participants for each calendar year. Deferred Amounts subject to the Prime Rate shall be credited as of the end of each calendar quarter with an amount equal to the product of one-fourth of the Prime Rate in force at the end of that calendar quarter, multiplied by the average daily balance of such Deferred Amounts for that calendar quarter. (5) All fixed Terms shall commence on a January 1 and expire on a December 31. If a Participant executes and delivers a Rate/Term election for a calendar year before the beginning of the calendar year, it shall become effective as of January 1 of such calendar year. If a Participant does not execute and deliver the appropriate election form before the beginning of a calendar year, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected that any amounts subject to such an election as of the beginning of the calendar year be subject to the Prime Rate. As to any portion of a Participant's Cash Account subject to the Prime Rate as of the beginning of a calendar year, the Participant may make a Rate/Term election effective as of the first day of any succeeding calendar month during the calendar year. For example: (i) if before January 1, 1995, a Participant elects a combination of a 3-year Term and a 3% Rate for 1995, the 3% Rate shall apply to affected Deferred Amounts from January 1, 1995 through December 31, 1997; (ii) if a Participant elects the Prime Rate as of January 1, 1995 and then a combination of a 3-year Term and a 3% Rate as of April 1, 1995, the Prime Rate shall apply to affected Deferred Amounts from January 1, 1995 through March 31, 1995, and the 3% Rate shall apply to affected Deferred Amounts from April 1, 1995 through December 31, 1997; and (iii) if a Participant makes no Rate/Term election for any portion of a

the Term elected. For example, a Participant may elect a 10-year Term for an amount that will become payable after 5 calendar years. (4) In addition to any fixed Rate/Term combinations provided for in this section 5(c), the Prime Rate shall be offered to Participants for each calendar year. Deferred Amounts subject to the Prime Rate shall be credited as of the end of each calendar quarter with an amount equal to the product of one-fourth of the Prime Rate in force at the end of that calendar quarter, multiplied by the average daily balance of such Deferred Amounts for that calendar quarter. (5) All fixed Terms shall commence on a January 1 and expire on a December 31. If a Participant executes and delivers a Rate/Term election for a calendar year before the beginning of the calendar year, it shall become effective as of January 1 of such calendar year. If a Participant does not execute and deliver the appropriate election form before the beginning of a calendar year, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected that any amounts subject to such an election as of the beginning of the calendar year be subject to the Prime Rate. As to any portion of a Participant's Cash Account subject to the Prime Rate as of the beginning of a calendar year, the Participant may make a Rate/Term election effective as of the first day of any succeeding calendar month during the calendar year. For example: (i) if before January 1, 1995, a Participant elects a combination of a 3-year Term and a 3% Rate for 1995, the 3% Rate shall apply to affected Deferred Amounts from January 1, 1995 through December 31, 1997; (ii) if a Participant elects the Prime Rate as of January 1, 1995 and then a combination of a 3-year Term and a 3% Rate as of April 1, 1995, the Prime Rate shall apply to affected Deferred Amounts from January 1, 1995 through March 31, 1995, and the 3% Rate shall apply to affected Deferred Amounts from April 1, 1995 through December 31, 1997; and (iii) if a Participant makes no Rate/Term election for any portion of a calendar year, the affected Deferred Amounts shall be subject to the Prime Rate for the entire calendar year. (d) (1) Each Participant shall elect among the Rate/Term combinations available under section 5(c) which shall apply to the Participant's Compensation allocated to the Participant's Cash Account for the calendar year, to all 6

Deferred Amounts allocated to the Participant's Cash Account in prior calendar years which were subject to the Prime Rate as of the prior December 31, and to other Deferred Amounts allocated to the Participant's Cash Account in prior calendar years as to which the previous Terms expired on December 31 of the prior calendar year. (2) The number of Rate/Term combinations a Participant may select for a calendar year shall not exceed the number of Rate/Term combinations a participant may select under the Anheuser-Busch Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for the same calendar year. (e) Interest shall accrue on the Deferred Amounts of a Participant for each calendar year in accordance with the Participant's elections as provided for in this section 5 until payment becomes due with respect to such amounts. 6. Share Account (a) Each Participant's Share Account shall consist of all of the Deferred Amounts credited pursuant to a specific election to defer, a valid transfer from the Participant's Cash Account or an election by the Participant pursuant to section 9, if any. Any amount credited to a Share Account in a calendar month shall be converted, as of the end of that calendar month, into the maximum whole number of Credited Shares that the amount so credited could have purchased at the then Market Value. (b) As of the end of the calendar month during which the Company pays any dividend on its common stock, either in cash or property other than its common stock, a Share Account shall be credited with an amount equal to the cash dividend per share or the value per share (as conclusively determined by the Board), of the dividend in property other than its common stock, times the Credited Shares in the Share Account on the dividend record date. The amount so credited will be converted into the maximum whole number of Credited Shares that the amount so credited could have purchased at the then Market Value. If the Company pays any stock dividend, a Share Account shall be credited, as of the end of the calendar month during which the stock dividend is paid, with an amount equal to the stock dividend declared times the Credited Shares in the Share Account on the dividend record date.

Deferred Amounts allocated to the Participant's Cash Account in prior calendar years which were subject to the Prime Rate as of the prior December 31, and to other Deferred Amounts allocated to the Participant's Cash Account in prior calendar years as to which the previous Terms expired on December 31 of the prior calendar year. (2) The number of Rate/Term combinations a Participant may select for a calendar year shall not exceed the number of Rate/Term combinations a participant may select under the Anheuser-Busch Executive Deferred Compensation Plan for the same calendar year. (e) Interest shall accrue on the Deferred Amounts of a Participant for each calendar year in accordance with the Participant's elections as provided for in this section 5 until payment becomes due with respect to such amounts. 6. Share Account (a) Each Participant's Share Account shall consist of all of the Deferred Amounts credited pursuant to a specific election to defer, a valid transfer from the Participant's Cash Account or an election by the Participant pursuant to section 9, if any. Any amount credited to a Share Account in a calendar month shall be converted, as of the end of that calendar month, into the maximum whole number of Credited Shares that the amount so credited could have purchased at the then Market Value. (b) As of the end of the calendar month during which the Company pays any dividend on its common stock, either in cash or property other than its common stock, a Share Account shall be credited with an amount equal to the cash dividend per share or the value per share (as conclusively determined by the Board), of the dividend in property other than its common stock, times the Credited Shares in the Share Account on the dividend record date. The amount so credited will be converted into the maximum whole number of Credited Shares that the amount so credited could have purchased at the then Market Value. If the Company pays any stock dividend, a Share Account shall be credited, as of the end of the calendar month during which the stock dividend is paid, with an amount equal to the stock dividend declared times the Credited Shares in the Share Account on the dividend record date. 7

(c) If any distribution other than a dividend is made on, or with respect to, the Company's common stock, or in the event of a stock split, recapitalization or other adjustment of the Company's common stock, an appropriate adjustment shall be made to the number of Credited Shares in a Share Account or to the cash credited to the Share Account on the same basis as would have been made had the Credited Shares then been actually issued and outstanding on the record date. The Board shall resolve any questions as to the appropriateness of any such adjustment, including, but not limited to, values and exchange ratios, and its determination shall be binding and conclusive. (d) All conversions into Credited Shares under subsections 6(a) through (c) above shall be made in full shares. Amounts not so converted shall be carried as excess cash in a Share Account and shall be added to any additional amounts subsequently available for conversion. 7. Election to Transfer (a) Subject to any rules promulgated by the Secretary pursuant to section 2, a Participant may transfer from time to time: (1) all or any portion of any Deferred Amount from the Share Account to the Cash Account, or (2) all or any portion of any Deferred Amount then invested either at the Prime Rate or for a Term that expires on the effective date of the election to transfer from the Cash Account to the Share Account, by executing and delivering to the Secretary the appropriate election form. A Participant may make such an election to transfer Deferred Amounts that then remain payable to the Participant under the Plan, including the period after termination of service as a Non-Employee Director (including service as an Advisory Member or Member Emeritus) and any period of payment in installments. If a Participant elects to transfer any portion of any Deferred Amount from the Share Account to the Cash Account, the Participant may make a Rate/Term election with respect to the amount transferred incident to the election to transfer.

(c) If any distribution other than a dividend is made on, or with respect to, the Company's common stock, or in the event of a stock split, recapitalization or other adjustment of the Company's common stock, an appropriate adjustment shall be made to the number of Credited Shares in a Share Account or to the cash credited to the Share Account on the same basis as would have been made had the Credited Shares then been actually issued and outstanding on the record date. The Board shall resolve any questions as to the appropriateness of any such adjustment, including, but not limited to, values and exchange ratios, and its determination shall be binding and conclusive. (d) All conversions into Credited Shares under subsections 6(a) through (c) above shall be made in full shares. Amounts not so converted shall be carried as excess cash in a Share Account and shall be added to any additional amounts subsequently available for conversion. 7. Election to Transfer (a) Subject to any rules promulgated by the Secretary pursuant to section 2, a Participant may transfer from time to time: (1) all or any portion of any Deferred Amount from the Share Account to the Cash Account, or (2) all or any portion of any Deferred Amount then invested either at the Prime Rate or for a Term that expires on the effective date of the election to transfer from the Cash Account to the Share Account, by executing and delivering to the Secretary the appropriate election form. A Participant may make such an election to transfer Deferred Amounts that then remain payable to the Participant under the Plan, including the period after termination of service as a Non-Employee Director (including service as an Advisory Member or Member Emeritus) and any period of payment in installments. If a Participant elects to transfer any portion of any Deferred Amount from the Share Account to the Cash Account, the Participant may make a Rate/Term election with respect to the amount transferred incident to the election to transfer. (b) A transfer shall be effective as of the end of the calendar month in which the election is received by the Secretary and shall be based on the Market Value of the 8

Credited Shares for the month during which the election is made. (c) An election to transfer shall not affect any current elections to defer. No transfer may change either the date distribution is to commence or the form of distribution with respect to the Deferred Amount being transferred. 8. Distribution (a) Except in the case of the death of a Participant, distribution shall commence as of the first day of the calendar quarter coincident with or next following the date specified by the Participant. (b) Except in the case of the death of the Participant, payment of the amount in each deferred compensation account shall be either in the form of a lump sum or approximately equal quarterly installments over a period not to exceed ten (10) years as selected by the Participant; provided, if payment is made in installments and the Participant has both a Cash Account and a Share Account subject to the distribution as of the date of payment of any installment, the installment shall be paid pro rata from the Cash Account and the Share Account. (c) In the event of the Participant's death prior to the date specified for distribution of any account, or after distribution to the Participant has commenced but before full distribution of any account has been made, the then remaining balance in each account shall be paid in a lump sum to the beneficiary or contingent beneficiary designated by the Participant, or to the estate of the deceased Participant if there is no surviving beneficiary or contingent beneficiary. In either such event the lump sum payment shall be made as of the first day of the calendar quarter following the Participant's date of death. A Participant may change the beneficiary or contingent beneficiary from time to time by filing with the Secretary a written notice of Such change; provided, however, no such notice of change of beneficiary shall be effective unless it had been received by the Secretary prior to the date of the Participant's death.

Credited Shares for the month during which the election is made. (c) An election to transfer shall not affect any current elections to defer. No transfer may change either the date distribution is to commence or the form of distribution with respect to the Deferred Amount being transferred. 8. Distribution (a) Except in the case of the death of a Participant, distribution shall commence as of the first day of the calendar quarter coincident with or next following the date specified by the Participant. (b) Except in the case of the death of the Participant, payment of the amount in each deferred compensation account shall be either in the form of a lump sum or approximately equal quarterly installments over a period not to exceed ten (10) years as selected by the Participant; provided, if payment is made in installments and the Participant has both a Cash Account and a Share Account subject to the distribution as of the date of payment of any installment, the installment shall be paid pro rata from the Cash Account and the Share Account. (c) In the event of the Participant's death prior to the date specified for distribution of any account, or after distribution to the Participant has commenced but before full distribution of any account has been made, the then remaining balance in each account shall be paid in a lump sum to the beneficiary or contingent beneficiary designated by the Participant, or to the estate of the deceased Participant if there is no surviving beneficiary or contingent beneficiary. In either such event the lump sum payment shall be made as of the first day of the calendar quarter following the Participant's date of death. A Participant may change the beneficiary or contingent beneficiary from time to time by filing with the Secretary a written notice of Such change; provided, however, no such notice of change of beneficiary shall be effective unless it had been received by the Secretary prior to the date of the Participant's death. (d) (1) If a Change in Control (as defined in Section 8(d)(2)) shall occur, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, within 30 days after the Change in Control 9

Date, each Participant shall be paid, in a single lump-sum payment, the value of all of the Participant's accounts. (2) For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control" shall occur automatically if and when an "Acceleration Date" occurs as defined in the Company's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan or if and when an analogous change in control event occurs as defined in any successor to such plan, and the Change in Control Date shall be the Acceleration Date or analogous date as defined therein. (3) This Section 8(d) may be deleted or amended in any way pursuant to Section 10(a) at any time prior to a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Section 10(a), following a Change in Control, the provisions of this Section 8(d) cannot, after the Change in Control Date, be amended in any manner without the written consent of each individual who was a Participant immediately prior to the Change in Control. (4) Following a Change in Control, this Plan shall continue in effect, notwithstanding that payment of benefits shall have been made under Section 8(d)(1), unless and until terminated by the Company. (5) If by reason of this Section 8(d) an excise or other special tax ("Excise Tax") is imposed on any payment under this Plan (a "Required Payment"), the amount of each Required Payment shall be increased by an amount which, after payment of income taxes, payroll taxes and Excise Tax thereon, will equal such Excise Tax on the Required Payment. 9. Amounts Attributable to the Non-Employee Directors' Retirement Program. (a) Any Participant who was a Non-Employee Director as of January 1, 1996 (including any former NonEmployee Director then serving as an Advisory Member) shall be eligible for a benefit under the Plan, in addition to any other amounts due the Participant under the Plan, determined as follows: (1) The present value as of January 1, 1996 of an annuity commencing as of the first day of the month following

Date, each Participant shall be paid, in a single lump-sum payment, the value of all of the Participant's accounts. (2) For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control" shall occur automatically if and when an "Acceleration Date" occurs as defined in the Company's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan or if and when an analogous change in control event occurs as defined in any successor to such plan, and the Change in Control Date shall be the Acceleration Date or analogous date as defined therein. (3) This Section 8(d) may be deleted or amended in any way pursuant to Section 10(a) at any time prior to a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Section 10(a), following a Change in Control, the provisions of this Section 8(d) cannot, after the Change in Control Date, be amended in any manner without the written consent of each individual who was a Participant immediately prior to the Change in Control. (4) Following a Change in Control, this Plan shall continue in effect, notwithstanding that payment of benefits shall have been made under Section 8(d)(1), unless and until terminated by the Company. (5) If by reason of this Section 8(d) an excise or other special tax ("Excise Tax") is imposed on any payment under this Plan (a "Required Payment"), the amount of each Required Payment shall be increased by an amount which, after payment of income taxes, payroll taxes and Excise Tax thereon, will equal such Excise Tax on the Required Payment. 9. Amounts Attributable to the Non-Employee Directors' Retirement Program. (a) Any Participant who was a Non-Employee Director as of January 1, 1996 (including any former NonEmployee Director then serving as an Advisory Member) shall be eligible for a benefit under the Plan, in addition to any other amounts due the Participant under the Plan, determined as follows: (1) The present value as of January 1, 1996 of an annuity commencing as of the first day of the month following the Participant's expected retirement date, payable monthly, equal to 1/12th of the annual fee for Non-Employee Directors in effect as of January 1, 1996, shall be determined, applying the interest rate and mortality assumptions in use 10

under the Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as of January 1, 1996. (2) Effective as of January 1, 1996, the amount so determined shall be allocated to the Participant's Cash Account and/or Share Account under the Plan, in such proportions as the Participant elects, and shall be subject to the adjustments in value provided for in sections 5 and 6 of the Plan; provided that any amount allocated to the Cash Account shall be subject to the Prime Rate and shall not be subject to any fixed Rate/Term election available with respect to other amounts allocated to the Cash Account until January 1, 1997, whereupon the amount shall be subject to all provisions of sections 5, 6 and 7 of the Plan. (3) Effective as of January 1, 1996, the Participant shall elect a form of payment described in section 8(b) with respect to this amount. (4) As of the first day of the month following the date the Participant leaves service as a Non-Employee Director (including service as an Advisory Member or Member Emeritus), the total amount then allocated pursuant hereto to the Participant's Cash Account and Share Account shall become payable in the form elected by the Participant. The Participant may not change the date of commencement of payment of the amount subject to this section 9, but may elect a longer payment period as provided for in section 3(d)(2). (5) In the event of a Participant's death before payment of the amount provided for hereunder is complete, the then remaining balance of the amount due hereunder shall be paid as provided for in section 8(c); provided: (i) the Participant shall make a separate primary beneficiary and contingent beneficiary designation with respect to the amount due hereunder; (ii) a Participant may change the separate primary beneficiary or contingent beneficiary from time to time with respect to any payment due after death hereunder in the manner provided for generally in section 8(c); and (iii) if there is no surviving primary beneficiary or contingent beneficiary designated

under the Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as of January 1, 1996. (2) Effective as of January 1, 1996, the amount so determined shall be allocated to the Participant's Cash Account and/or Share Account under the Plan, in such proportions as the Participant elects, and shall be subject to the adjustments in value provided for in sections 5 and 6 of the Plan; provided that any amount allocated to the Cash Account shall be subject to the Prime Rate and shall not be subject to any fixed Rate/Term election available with respect to other amounts allocated to the Cash Account until January 1, 1997, whereupon the amount shall be subject to all provisions of sections 5, 6 and 7 of the Plan. (3) Effective as of January 1, 1996, the Participant shall elect a form of payment described in section 8(b) with respect to this amount. (4) As of the first day of the month following the date the Participant leaves service as a Non-Employee Director (including service as an Advisory Member or Member Emeritus), the total amount then allocated pursuant hereto to the Participant's Cash Account and Share Account shall become payable in the form elected by the Participant. The Participant may not change the date of commencement of payment of the amount subject to this section 9, but may elect a longer payment period as provided for in section 3(d)(2). (5) In the event of a Participant's death before payment of the amount provided for hereunder is complete, the then remaining balance of the amount due hereunder shall be paid as provided for in section 8(c); provided: (i) the Participant shall make a separate primary beneficiary and contingent beneficiary designation with respect to the amount due hereunder; (ii) a Participant may change the separate primary beneficiary or contingent beneficiary from time to time with respect to any payment due after death hereunder in the manner provided for generally in section 8(c); and (iii) if there is no surviving primary beneficiary or contingent beneficiary designated under the separate beneficiary designation provided for in this section 9(a)(5), the amount due hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the Participant's general beneficiary designation under section 8(c), if any, or if none, to the Participant's estate. 11

(b) Except as expressly provided in this section 9, the generally applicable provisions of the Plan shall apply to amounts allocated to the Cash Account and the Share Account in accordance with this section 9. 10. Miscellaneous (a) The Board may amend or terminate this Plan at any time; however, any amendment or termination of this Plan shall not affect the rights of Participants or beneficiaries to payment, in accordance with section 8 of this Plan, of amounts credited to Participants' accounts hereunder at the time of such amendment or termination. (b) This Plan does not create a trust in favor of a Participant, his/her designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, or any other person claiming on his/her behalf, and the obligation of the Company is solely a contractual obligation to make payments due hereunder. In this regard, the balance in any account shall be considered a liability of the Company and the Participant's right thereto shall be the same as any unsecured general creditor of the Company. Neither the Participant nor any other person shall acquire any right, title, or interest in or to any Deferred Amount outstanding under the Plan other than the actual payment of such Deferred Amount in accordance with the terms of the Plan. (c) No right or benefit under this Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or change, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or change the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefit. If any Participant or beneficiary shall become bankrupt or attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or change any right or benefit hereunder, then such right or benefit shall, in the discretion of the Board, cease and terminate; and in such event, the Company may hold or apply the same or any part thereof for the benefit of the Participant or his/her beneficiary, his/her spouse, children or other dependents, at any time and in such proportion as the Board may deem proper. Any statement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may apply any Deferred Amount to satisfy, in whole or in part, any indebtedness of a Participant to the Company.

(b) Except as expressly provided in this section 9, the generally applicable provisions of the Plan shall apply to amounts allocated to the Cash Account and the Share Account in accordance with this section 9. 10. Miscellaneous (a) The Board may amend or terminate this Plan at any time; however, any amendment or termination of this Plan shall not affect the rights of Participants or beneficiaries to payment, in accordance with section 8 of this Plan, of amounts credited to Participants' accounts hereunder at the time of such amendment or termination. (b) This Plan does not create a trust in favor of a Participant, his/her designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, or any other person claiming on his/her behalf, and the obligation of the Company is solely a contractual obligation to make payments due hereunder. In this regard, the balance in any account shall be considered a liability of the Company and the Participant's right thereto shall be the same as any unsecured general creditor of the Company. Neither the Participant nor any other person shall acquire any right, title, or interest in or to any Deferred Amount outstanding under the Plan other than the actual payment of such Deferred Amount in accordance with the terms of the Plan. (c) No right or benefit under this Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or change, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or change the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefit. If any Participant or beneficiary shall become bankrupt or attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or change any right or benefit hereunder, then such right or benefit shall, in the discretion of the Board, cease and terminate; and in such event, the Company may hold or apply the same or any part thereof for the benefit of the Participant or his/her beneficiary, his/her spouse, children or other dependents, at any time and in such proportion as the Board may deem proper. Any statement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may apply any Deferred Amount to satisfy, in whole or in part, any indebtedness of a Participant to the Company. 12

(d) Construction of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of Missouri (except with respect to choice of law). (e) The terms of the Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and assigns of all parties in interest. (f) The headings have been inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the Plan. (g) Each Participant shall submit to the Secretary his/her current mailing address. It shall be the duty of each Participant to notify the Secretary of any change of address. In the absence of such notice, the Secretary shall be entitled for all purposes to rely on the last known address of the Participant. (h) Any amount payable to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent person or other person incapable of receipting therefor shall be deemed paid when paid to such person's guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and such payment shall fully discharge the Company and the Board with respect thereto. (i) Nothing in this Plan or any amendment thereto shall give a Participant, or any beneficiary of a Participant, a right not specifically provided therein. Nothing in this Plan or any amendment thereto shall be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as a member of the Board. 13 ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR ELECTIVE STOCK ACQUISITION PLAN (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000)

(d) Construction of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of Missouri (except with respect to choice of law). (e) The terms of the Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and assigns of all parties in interest. (f) The headings have been inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the Plan. (g) Each Participant shall submit to the Secretary his/her current mailing address. It shall be the duty of each Participant to notify the Secretary of any change of address. In the absence of such notice, the Secretary shall be entitled for all purposes to rely on the last known address of the Participant. (h) Any amount payable to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent person or other person incapable of receipting therefor shall be deemed paid when paid to such person's guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and such payment shall fully discharge the Company and the Board with respect thereto. (i) Nothing in this Plan or any amendment thereto shall give a Participant, or any beneficiary of a Participant, a right not specifically provided therein. Nothing in this Plan or any amendment thereto shall be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as a member of the Board. 13 ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR ELECTIVE STOCK ACQUISITION PLAN (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000) 1. Definitions (a) "Advisory Director" - any person designated as an advisory member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or of any Subsidiary. (b) "Annual Meeting" - the Company's annual meeting of Stockholders in any year. (c) "Board" - the Board of Directors of the Company. (d) "Change of Control Date" - The date, if any, when an "Acceleration Date" occurs as defined in the Company's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan or an analogous change of control event occurs as defined in any successor to such plan. (e) "Company" - Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. (f) "Director Shares" - Shares granted pursuant to Section 6. (g) "Issue Date" - (i) with respect to each person who continues to be a Non-Employee Director as of December 31 in any year, the "Issue Date" shall be the first business day of the following calendar year, and (ii) with respect to each person who is newly elected or appointed as a Non-Employee Director, the "Issue Date" in the calendar year of appointment shall be the first business day following the date of such election or appointment. (h) "Non-Employee Director" - any duly elected or appointed member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or of any Subsidiary and any Advisory Director. (i) "Plan" - the Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Non-Employee Director Elective Stock Acquisition Plan. (j) "Retainer" - the annual retainer fee (exclusive of fees for attending meetings of the Board or committees thereof, fees for meetings dispensed with, committee chairmanship fees and any other fees as in effect from time to time) which becomes payable to a Non-Employee Director for the following calendar year.

ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR ELECTIVE STOCK ACQUISITION PLAN (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000) 1. Definitions (a) "Advisory Director" - any person designated as an advisory member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or of any Subsidiary. (b) "Annual Meeting" - the Company's annual meeting of Stockholders in any year. (c) "Board" - the Board of Directors of the Company. (d) "Change of Control Date" - The date, if any, when an "Acceleration Date" occurs as defined in the Company's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan or an analogous change of control event occurs as defined in any successor to such plan. (e) "Company" - Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. (f) "Director Shares" - Shares granted pursuant to Section 6. (g) "Issue Date" - (i) with respect to each person who continues to be a Non-Employee Director as of December 31 in any year, the "Issue Date" shall be the first business day of the following calendar year, and (ii) with respect to each person who is newly elected or appointed as a Non-Employee Director, the "Issue Date" in the calendar year of appointment shall be the first business day following the date of such election or appointment. (h) "Non-Employee Director" - any duly elected or appointed member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or of any Subsidiary and any Advisory Director. (i) "Plan" - the Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Non-Employee Director Elective Stock Acquisition Plan. (j) "Retainer" - the annual retainer fee (exclusive of fees for attending meetings of the Board or committees thereof, fees for meetings dispensed with, committee chairmanship fees and any other fees as in effect from time to time) which becomes payable to a Non-Employee Director for the following calendar year. (k) "Secretary" - the duly elected Secretary of the Company.

(l) "Share" - a share of the Company's Common Stock which was reacquired by the Company and is held in treasury. (m) "Subsidiary" - an entity of which the Company (directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) is the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the entity's outstanding voting securities (measured on the basis of voting power). 2. Administration The Plan shall be administered by the Secretary who shall have the authority to construe and interpret the Plan, and to establish or adopt rules, regulations and forms relating to the administration of the Plan. The Secretary shall have no authority to add to, delete from or modify the terms of the Plan, as the Plan shall be nondiscretionary as to the eligibility of participants and the timing and amounts of the grants. Neither the Secretary nor any member of the Board shall be liable for any act or determination made in good faith. 3. Purpose The Plan is intended to assist in attracting, retaining and motivating Non-Employee Directors of outstanding ability and to promote identification of their interests with those of the stockholders of the Company.

(l) "Share" - a share of the Company's Common Stock which was reacquired by the Company and is held in treasury. (m) "Subsidiary" - an entity of which the Company (directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) is the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the entity's outstanding voting securities (measured on the basis of voting power). 2. Administration The Plan shall be administered by the Secretary who shall have the authority to construe and interpret the Plan, and to establish or adopt rules, regulations and forms relating to the administration of the Plan. The Secretary shall have no authority to add to, delete from or modify the terms of the Plan, as the Plan shall be nondiscretionary as to the eligibility of participants and the timing and amounts of the grants. Neither the Secretary nor any member of the Board shall be liable for any act or determination made in good faith. 3. Purpose The Plan is intended to assist in attracting, retaining and motivating Non-Employee Directors of outstanding ability and to promote identification of their interests with those of the stockholders of the Company. 4. Eligibility Subject to Section 12, all Non-Employee Directors shall be eligible. 5. Shares Subject to the Plan The maximum number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 50,000. 6. Director Shares (a) On or prior to the last day of the calendar year each year until no Shares remain available under the Plan, each person who is then a Non-Employee Director may make an election to receive up to 100% of his or her Retainer in Shares in lieu of cash. The election shall be in writing on a form prescribed by the Company, shall specify the percentage of the Retainer to be paid in Shares, and shall be irrevocable. 2

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Advisory Director whose term in such position is scheduled to expire at the next Annual Meeting may make the election under this Section 6(a) only with respect to the portion of the Retainer which is payable for the period ending on the date of such Annual Meeting. Any Non-Employee Director who is newly elected or appointed as such may make the election under this Section 6(a) upon the date of his or her election or appointment as a Non-Employee Director with respect to the portion of the Retainer which is payable for the remainder of the calendar year. (b) The percentage of the Retainer to be paid in Shares shall not be paid in cash, but in lieu thereof shall be paid by the transfer of such Shares to such Non-Employee Director. On each Issue Date, each Non-Employee Director who has elected to receive a percentage of the Retainer in Shares pursuant to the terms of this section shall automatically and without necessity of any action by the Company, be entitled to receive Shares for such percentage of the Retainer pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. For purposes of the Plan, the number of Shares shall be determined by dividing (A) the amount of the Retainer to be paid in Shares by (B) the mean of the high and low sale prices per share of the Company's Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the Issue Date (provided that, if the Issue Date is not a trading day on the New York Stock Exchange, then on the preceding such trading day), rounding to the nearest whole number. If on any Issue Date the number of Director Shares otherwise issuable to the Non-Employee Directors shall exceed the number of Shares then remaining available under the Plan, the available Shares shall be allocated among the Non-Employee Directors in proportion to the number of Shares they would otherwise be entitled to receive, and the remainder of the Retainer shall be payable in cash.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Advisory Director whose term in such position is scheduled to expire at the next Annual Meeting may make the election under this Section 6(a) only with respect to the portion of the Retainer which is payable for the period ending on the date of such Annual Meeting. Any Non-Employee Director who is newly elected or appointed as such may make the election under this Section 6(a) upon the date of his or her election or appointment as a Non-Employee Director with respect to the portion of the Retainer which is payable for the remainder of the calendar year. (b) The percentage of the Retainer to be paid in Shares shall not be paid in cash, but in lieu thereof shall be paid by the transfer of such Shares to such Non-Employee Director. On each Issue Date, each Non-Employee Director who has elected to receive a percentage of the Retainer in Shares pursuant to the terms of this section shall automatically and without necessity of any action by the Company, be entitled to receive Shares for such percentage of the Retainer pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. For purposes of the Plan, the number of Shares shall be determined by dividing (A) the amount of the Retainer to be paid in Shares by (B) the mean of the high and low sale prices per share of the Company's Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the Issue Date (provided that, if the Issue Date is not a trading day on the New York Stock Exchange, then on the preceding such trading day), rounding to the nearest whole number. If on any Issue Date the number of Director Shares otherwise issuable to the Non-Employee Directors shall exceed the number of Shares then remaining available under the Plan, the available Shares shall be allocated among the Non-Employee Directors in proportion to the number of Shares they would otherwise be entitled to receive, and the remainder of the Retainer shall be payable in cash. 7. Capital Adjustments The maximum number of Shares subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 5 shall be proportionately adjusted to reflect any dividend or other distribution on the Company's outstanding Common Stock payable in shares of the Company's Common Stock or any split or consolidation of the outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock. If the Company's outstanding Common Stock shall, in whole or in part, be changed into or exchangeable for a different class or classes of securities of the Corporation or securities of another corporation, whether through recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise, then (subject to the powers of the Board to amend the Plan in whole or in part as provided in Section 14(a)) the Director Shares which each NonEmployee Director is entitled to receive on any Issue Date pursuant to Section 6 shall thereafter be paid in the class, or proportionately in the classes, of securities into which the outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock shall have been converted or for which they are exchangeable, and the maximum amount of securities issuable under the Plan under Section 5 shall be the number of 3

securities into or for which such number of Shares would be changed or exchangeable. 8. Rights as a Stockholder Prior to the Issue Date, the Non-Employee Director shall have no rights as a Stockholder with respect to Director Shares to be issued for the Retainer. 9. Vesting Director Shares shall be fully vested on the Issue Date notwithstanding any subsequent cessation of the status of the participant as a Non-Employee Director prior to the completion of the year of service for which the Retainer was payable. 10. Issuance of Certificates, Payment of Cash Retainers and Withholding (a) As promptly as practicable following each Issue Date, the Company shall issue stock certificates registered in the name of each Non-Employee Director entitled to receive the Director Shares representing the number of Director Shares determined pursuant to Section 6, and shall deliver such certificates to the Non-Employee Director or his or her beneficiary.

securities into or for which such number of Shares would be changed or exchangeable. 8. Rights as a Stockholder Prior to the Issue Date, the Non-Employee Director shall have no rights as a Stockholder with respect to Director Shares to be issued for the Retainer. 9. Vesting Director Shares shall be fully vested on the Issue Date notwithstanding any subsequent cessation of the status of the participant as a Non-Employee Director prior to the completion of the year of service for which the Retainer was payable. 10. Issuance of Certificates, Payment of Cash Retainers and Withholding (a) As promptly as practicable following each Issue Date, the Company shall issue stock certificates registered in the name of each Non-Employee Director entitled to receive the Director Shares representing the number of Director Shares determined pursuant to Section 6, and shall deliver such certificates to the Non-Employee Director or his or her beneficiary. (b) The portion of the Retainer not paid in Director Shares shall be payable in cash pursuant to the policies of the Company as in effect from time to time. (c) The Company may make such provisions as it may deem appropriate for the withholding of any federal, state or local taxes which the Company determines it is required to withhold. 11. Relationship to Other Compensation Plans To the extent Non-Employee Directors elect to receive Director Shares under the Plan, they shall not be permitted to defer the receipt thereof under any existing deferred compensation plans or any other such plan which the Board may adopt from time to time. 4 12. Legal Restrictions on Participation Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event that in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company it may be unlawful or create any regulatory issue for the Company for any Non-Employee Director (due to his or her affiliation or association with any other company or business, or other reason) to own Shares, then such Non-Employee Director may not participate in the Plan. 13. Compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 The Company has no obligation to register the Director Shares under the Securities Act of 1933. Each recipient of Director Shares by accepting such Shares acknowledges that he or she is acquiring the Shares for investment and not with a view to distribution and in addition to any other restriction on transfer provided hereunder, the Director Shares may not be transferred except pursuant to the requirements of Rule 144 including the holding period thereunder, other available exemption from registration, or an effective registration statement. 14. Miscellaneous (a) The Board may amend this Plan at any time provided, however, that (i) any amendment shall not affect the rights of participants or beneficiaries to Director Shares which have been transferred to them, (ii) the Plan may not be amended more than once in every six months or otherwise to the extent that such amendment would have the effect of disqualifying the participants from administering any other stock plan of the Company for purposes of complying with the terms of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule), and (iii) on or following the Change of Control Date, the Plan may not be amended to affect the rights of any participants.

12. Legal Restrictions on Participation Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event that in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company it may be unlawful or create any regulatory issue for the Company for any Non-Employee Director (due to his or her affiliation or association with any other company or business, or other reason) to own Shares, then such Non-Employee Director may not participate in the Plan. 13. Compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 The Company has no obligation to register the Director Shares under the Securities Act of 1933. Each recipient of Director Shares by accepting such Shares acknowledges that he or she is acquiring the Shares for investment and not with a view to distribution and in addition to any other restriction on transfer provided hereunder, the Director Shares may not be transferred except pursuant to the requirements of Rule 144 including the holding period thereunder, other available exemption from registration, or an effective registration statement. 14. Miscellaneous (a) The Board may amend this Plan at any time provided, however, that (i) any amendment shall not affect the rights of participants or beneficiaries to Director Shares which have been transferred to them, (ii) the Plan may not be amended more than once in every six months or otherwise to the extent that such amendment would have the effect of disqualifying the participants from administering any other stock plan of the Company for purposes of complying with the terms of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule), and (iii) on or following the Change of Control Date, the Plan may not be amended to affect the rights of any participants. (b) No right or benefit under this Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void. The rights or interests under the Plan are not subject to the claims of creditors provided, however, that the Company may apply any Director Shares held in its custody or withhold the transfer thereof, to satisfy, in whole or in part, any indebtedness of a participant to the Company. (c) Construction of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of Delaware. 5

(d) The terms of the Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and assigns of all parties in interest. (e) The headings have been inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the Plan. (f) Each participant shall submit to the Secretary, his or her current mailing address. It shall be the duty of each participant to notify the Secretary of any change of address. In the absence of such notice, the Secretary shall be entitled for all purposes to rely on the last address of the participant in the Company's records. (g) Any Director Shares to be delivered to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent person or other person incapable of receipting therefor shall be deemed delivered when delivered to such person's guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and such delivery shall fully discharge the Company and the Board with respect thereto. (h) Nothing in this Plan or any amendment thereto shall give a participant, or any beneficiary of a participant, a right not specifically provided therein. Nothing in this Plan or any amendment thereto shall be construed as giving a participant the right to be retained as a member of the Board or otherwise in service to the Company. (i) The Plan became effective commencing January 1, 1996; this amendment and restatement of the Plan shall become effective commencing March 1, 2000. 6

(d) The terms of the Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and assigns of all parties in interest. (e) The headings have been inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the Plan. (f) Each participant shall submit to the Secretary, his or her current mailing address. It shall be the duty of each participant to notify the Secretary of any change of address. In the absence of such notice, the Secretary shall be entitled for all purposes to rely on the last address of the participant in the Company's records. (g) Any Director Shares to be delivered to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent person or other person incapable of receipting therefor shall be deemed delivered when delivered to such person's guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and such delivery shall fully discharge the Company and the Board with respect thereto. (h) Nothing in this Plan or any amendment thereto shall give a participant, or any beneficiary of a participant, a right not specifically provided therein. Nothing in this Plan or any amendment thereto shall be construed as giving a participant the right to be retained as a member of the Board or otherwise in service to the Company. (i) The Plan became effective commencing January 1, 1996; this amendment and restatement of the Plan shall become effective commencing March 1, 2000. 6

UK ADDENDUM TO THE THE ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. 1998 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN RULES FOR INLAND REVENUE APPROVED GRANTS FOR ELIGIBLE PERSONS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM Adopted by the Company on 23 November 1999 Approved by the Board of the Inland Revenue on: Inland Revenue reference no: X20382/RC PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS PLUMTREE COURT LONDON EC4A 4HT

UK ADDENDUM TO THE THE ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. 1998 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN RULES FOR INLAND REVENUE APPROVED GRANTS FOR ELIGIBLE PERSONS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM SECTION 1. OVERVIEW (a) This Addendum to the Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. 1998 Incentive Stock Plan ("the Plan") sets out the rules of The Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. 1998 Incentive Stock Plan Inland Revenue Approved Sub-Plan for the United Kingdom ("the Sub-Plan"). The Sub-Plan is intended to be approved by the Board of the Inland Revenue under Schedule 9 to ICTA 1988. (b) Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. ("the Company") has established the Sub- Plan under Section 14 of the Plan. The rules of the Plan, in their present form and as amended from time to time, shall, with the modifications set out in this UK Addendum, form the rules of the Sub- Plan. The Sub-Plan shall form part of the Plan and not a

UK ADDENDUM TO THE THE ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. 1998 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN RULES FOR INLAND REVENUE APPROVED GRANTS FOR ELIGIBLE PERSONS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM Adopted by the Company on 23 November 1999 Approved by the Board of the Inland Revenue on: Inland Revenue reference no: X20382/RC PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS PLUMTREE COURT LONDON EC4A 4HT

UK ADDENDUM TO THE THE ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. 1998 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN RULES FOR INLAND REVENUE APPROVED GRANTS FOR ELIGIBLE PERSONS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM SECTION 1. OVERVIEW (a) This Addendum to the Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. 1998 Incentive Stock Plan ("the Plan") sets out the rules of The Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. 1998 Incentive Stock Plan Inland Revenue Approved Sub-Plan for the United Kingdom ("the Sub-Plan"). The Sub-Plan is intended to be approved by the Board of the Inland Revenue under Schedule 9 to ICTA 1988. (b) Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. ("the Company") has established the Sub- Plan under Section 14 of the Plan. The rules of the Plan, in their present form and as amended from time to time, shall, with the modifications set out in this UK Addendum, form the rules of the Sub- Plan. The Sub-Plan shall form part of the Plan and not a separate and independent plan. In the event of any conflict between the rules of the Plan and this UK Addendum, the UK Addendum shall prevail. (c) Notwithstanding Section 2 (ii) of the Plan, no Awards of cash may be made either under this Sub-Plan or in lieu of delivering shares of Stock on exercise of any UK Approved Option granted under this Sub-Plan. (d) The purpose of the Sub-Plan is to enable the grant to, and subsequent exercise by, employees and directors in the United Kingdom, on a tax favoured basis, of options to acquire shares in the Company under the Plan. SECTION 2. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES (a) For the avoidance of doubt, shares of Stock which may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall include shares of Stock placed under an Approved UK Option granted under the Sub-Plan for the purposes of Section 2 of the Plan. (b) The shares of Stock pursuant to an Award of UK Approved Options granted under the Sub-Plan shall form part of the Ordinary Share Capital of the Company and shall at all times comply with the requirements of paragraphs 10 to 14 of Schedule 9 to ICTA 1988. SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY (a) Notwithstanding Section 3 of the Plan, a director of the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate will not be eligible to receive UK Approved Options unless he is contracted to work at least 25 hours per week for the Company and or any of its Subsidiaries

UK ADDENDUM TO THE THE ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. 1998 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN RULES FOR INLAND REVENUE APPROVED GRANTS FOR ELIGIBLE PERSONS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM SECTION 1. OVERVIEW (a) This Addendum to the Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. 1998 Incentive Stock Plan ("the Plan") sets out the rules of The Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. 1998 Incentive Stock Plan Inland Revenue Approved Sub-Plan for the United Kingdom ("the Sub-Plan"). The Sub-Plan is intended to be approved by the Board of the Inland Revenue under Schedule 9 to ICTA 1988. (b) Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. ("the Company") has established the Sub- Plan under Section 14 of the Plan. The rules of the Plan, in their present form and as amended from time to time, shall, with the modifications set out in this UK Addendum, form the rules of the Sub- Plan. The Sub-Plan shall form part of the Plan and not a separate and independent plan. In the event of any conflict between the rules of the Plan and this UK Addendum, the UK Addendum shall prevail. (c) Notwithstanding Section 2 (ii) of the Plan, no Awards of cash may be made either under this Sub-Plan or in lieu of delivering shares of Stock on exercise of any UK Approved Option granted under this Sub-Plan. (d) The purpose of the Sub-Plan is to enable the grant to, and subsequent exercise by, employees and directors in the United Kingdom, on a tax favoured basis, of options to acquire shares in the Company under the Plan. SECTION 2. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES (a) For the avoidance of doubt, shares of Stock which may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall include shares of Stock placed under an Approved UK Option granted under the Sub-Plan for the purposes of Section 2 of the Plan. (b) The shares of Stock pursuant to an Award of UK Approved Options granted under the Sub-Plan shall form part of the Ordinary Share Capital of the Company and shall at all times comply with the requirements of paragraphs 10 to 14 of Schedule 9 to ICTA 1988. SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY (a) Notwithstanding Section 3 of the Plan, a director of the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate will not be eligible to receive UK Approved Options unless he is contracted to work at least 25 hours per week for the Company and or any of its Subsidiaries 1

(exclusive of meal breaks). (b) The companies participating in the Sub-Plan shall be the Company and any company Controlled by the Company which has been nominated by the Company to participate in the Sub-Plan. SECTION 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO AWARDS (a) An option granted under the Sub-Plan shall be granted under and subject to the rules of the Plan as modified by this UK Addendum. (b) Any terms, restrictions or conditions imposed upon the grant of a UK Approved Option by the Committee under Section 4(a) of the Plan shall be: * objective;

(exclusive of meal breaks). (b) The companies participating in the Sub-Plan shall be the Company and any company Controlled by the Company which has been nominated by the Company to participate in the Sub-Plan. SECTION 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO AWARDS (a) An option granted under the Sub-Plan shall be granted under and subject to the rules of the Plan as modified by this UK Addendum. (b) Any terms, restrictions or conditions imposed upon the grant of a UK Approved Option by the Committee under Section 4(a) of the Plan shall be: * objective; * such that, once satisfied, the exercise of the UK Approved Option is not subject to the discretion of any person; and * stated on the Date of Grant. (c) Notwithstanding Section 4(b) of the Plan, Stock Appreciation Rights may not be granted as alternatives to UK Approved Options granted under this Sub-Plan. (d) An Award Document issued in respect of a UK Approved Option granted under the Sub-Plan must state all provisions relating to the vesting or exercise of that UK Approved Option after termination of employment and all provisions relating to the circumstances under which a termination is deemed to occur. (e) If under Section 4(d) of the Plan, a provision is inserted into an Award Document issued in respect of a UK Approved Option granted under the Sub-Plan permitting a Recipient to designate the person who may exercise an Award after the Recipient's death, such provision must state that the UK Approved Option may be exercised by such designated person at any time during the twelve month period following the Recipient's death and only if the exercise occurs within ten years from the Date of Grant, and if not so exercised, the UK Approved Option shall lapse immediately. (f) A UK Approved Option shall be personal to the Eligible Person to whom it is granted and, subject to Section 4(d) of the Plan, shall not be capable of being transferred, charged or otherwise alienated and shall lapse immediately if the Recipient purports to transfer, charge or otherwise alienate the UK Approved Option. (g) Section 4(g) of the Plan is disapplied for the purpose of the Sub-Plan. (h) If an event occurs as a result of which the Committee considers that a performance target or other condition imposed on the exercise of a UK Approved Option is no longer appropriate, the Committee may amend an Award Document in respect of that UK Approved Option by substituting, varying or waiving under Section 4(h) of the 2

Plan the performance target or condition, provided that any such substitution, variation or waiver shall: * be reasonable in the circumstances; * produce a fairer measure of performance and be neither materially more nor less difficult to satisfy; and * be approved beforehand by the Board of Inland Revenue. (i) Subject to Rule 4(h) of this Sub-Plan, no other amendments may be made Under Section 4(h) of the Plan to an Award Document issued in respect of a UK Approved Option granted under the Sub-Plan. SECTION 5. OPTIONS AND SARS (a) The amount payable per share of Stock on the exercise of a UK Approved Option shall not be less than the

Plan the performance target or condition, provided that any such substitution, variation or waiver shall: * be reasonable in the circumstances; * produce a fairer measure of performance and be neither materially more nor less difficult to satisfy; and * be approved beforehand by the Board of Inland Revenue. (i) Subject to Rule 4(h) of this Sub-Plan, no other amendments may be made Under Section 4(h) of the Plan to an Award Document issued in respect of a UK Approved Option granted under the Sub-Plan. SECTION 5. OPTIONS AND SARS (a) The amount payable per share of Stock on the exercise of a UK Approved Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Date of Grant and shall be stated on the Date of Grant. (b) Notwithstanding Section 5(a) of the Plan, Stock Appreciation Rights may not be granted as alternatives to UK Approved Options granted under this Sub-Plan. (c) A UK Approved Option may not be granted earlier than the Approval Date and a UK Approved Option may not be granted to an individual who is not an Eligible Person at the Date of Grant. No UK Approved Option shall be granted to an Eligible Person at a time when the Eligible Person has, or has had within the preceding twelve (12) months, a Material Interest in a Close Company which is (i) the Company or (ii) a company which has control of the Company. (d) A UK Approved Option may not be granted to an Eligible Person if the result of granting the UK Approved Option would be that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares subject to all outstanding options granted to him under the Sub-Plan or any other share option scheme established by the Company or an Associated Company and approved by the Board of the Inland Revenue under Schedule 9 to ICTA 1988 (other than a savings related share option scheme) would exceed sterling 30,000 or such other limit as may from time to time be specified in paragraph 28 of Schedule 9 to ICTA 1988. For this purpose, the United Kingdom sterling equivalent of the market value of a share on any day shall be determined by taking the highest buying price of the bid/offer spread for that day as shown in the Financial Times. (e) An Award Document issued in respect of a UK Approved Option granted under the Sub-Plan shall state: - that it is issued in respect of a UK Approved Option; 3

- the Date of Grant of the UK Approved Option; - the number of shares of Stock subject to the UK Approved Option; - the option price under the UK Approved Option; - any performance target or other condition imposed on the exercise of the UK Approved Option under Section 4(a) of the Plan; and - the date(s) on which the UK Approved Option will ordinarily become exercisable and the provisions determined by the Committee in relation to the termination of the Recipient's employment under Section 4(c) of the Plan. (f) An Award Document issued in respect of a UK Approved Option shall expressly state that it is issued in respect of a UK Approved Option. An option which is not so identified shall not constitute a UK Approved Option. (g) A UK Approved Option may not be exercised if the Recipient then has, or has had within the preceding twelve months, a Material Interest in a Close Company which is the Company or which is a company which has

- the Date of Grant of the UK Approved Option; - the number of shares of Stock subject to the UK Approved Option; - the option price under the UK Approved Option; - any performance target or other condition imposed on the exercise of the UK Approved Option under Section 4(a) of the Plan; and - the date(s) on which the UK Approved Option will ordinarily become exercisable and the provisions determined by the Committee in relation to the termination of the Recipient's employment under Section 4(c) of the Plan. (f) An Award Document issued in respect of a UK Approved Option shall expressly state that it is issued in respect of a UK Approved Option. An option which is not so identified shall not constitute a UK Approved Option. (g) A UK Approved Option may not be exercised if the Recipient then has, or has had within the preceding twelve months, a Material Interest in a Close Company which is the Company or which is a company which has Control of the Company or which is a member of a Consortium which owns the Company. SECTION 6. LIMITED RIGHTS The provisions contained at Section 6 of the Plan shall not form part of, and no such rights may be granted under, the Sub-Plan. SECTION 7. STOCK ISSUANCE, PAYMENT AND WITHHOLDING (a) The amount due on the exercise of a UK Approved Option shall be paid in cash or by cheque or banker's draft and may be paid out of funds provided to the Recipient on loan by a bank, broker or other person. Notwithstanding Section 7(a) of the Plan, the amount may not be paid by the transfer to the Company of shares of Stock or any other shares or securities. The date of exercise of a UK Approved Option shall be the date on which the Company receives the amount due on the exercise of the UK Approved Option. (b) The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event not later than thirty days after the date of exercise of a UK Approved Option, issue or transfer to the Recipient, or procure the issue or transfer to the Recipient of, the number of shares of Stock specified in the notice of exercise and shall deliver to the Recipient, or procure the delivery to the Recipient of, a certificate in respect of such shares of Stock together with, in the case of the partial exercise of a UK Approved Option, an Award Document in respect of, or the original Award Document endorsed to show, the unexercised part of the UK Approved Option, subject only to compliance by the Recipient with the rules of the Sub-Plan and to any delay necessary to complete or obtain 4

- the listing of the shares of Stock on any stock exchange on which shares of Stock are then listed; - such registration or other qualification of the shares of Stock under any applicable law, rule or regulation as the Company determines is necessary or desirable; or - the making or provision for the payment or withholding of any taxes required to be withheld in accordance with any applicable law in respect of the exercise of the UK Approved Option or the receipt of the shares of Stock. (c) All shares of Stock issued on the exercise of a UK Approved Option shall, as to any voting, dividend, transfer and other rights, including those arising on a liquidation of the Company, rank equally in all respects and as one class with the shares of Stock in issue at the date of such exercise save as regards any rights attaching to such shares of Stock by reference to a record date prior to the date of such exercise.

- the listing of the shares of Stock on any stock exchange on which shares of Stock are then listed; - such registration or other qualification of the shares of Stock under any applicable law, rule or regulation as the Company determines is necessary or desirable; or - the making or provision for the payment or withholding of any taxes required to be withheld in accordance with any applicable law in respect of the exercise of the UK Approved Option or the receipt of the shares of Stock. (c) All shares of Stock issued on the exercise of a UK Approved Option shall, as to any voting, dividend, transfer and other rights, including those arising on a liquidation of the Company, rank equally in all respects and as one class with the shares of Stock in issue at the date of such exercise save as regards any rights attaching to such shares of Stock by reference to a record date prior to the date of such exercise. SECTION 8. FORFEITURES (a) Notwithstanding Section 8 of the Plan, a forfeiture may only occur in the event of a termination of employment and in any event is subject to the provisions of the Plan as modified by this UK Addendum and the terms of the Award Document issued in respect of the UK Approved Option. (b) Where, under the provisions of the Plan as modified by this UK Addendum and the terms of the Award Document issued in respect of the UK Approved Option, a forfeiture is required, except in the case where employment is terminated as a result of redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996) the Committee retain the discretion to instead permit exercise of the UK Approved Option within the period of ninety days from the date of termination of employment. (c) Notwithstanding Section 8 of the Plan, the term "forfeiture" shall not include the recapture of Stock issued or other economic benefits derived from the exercise of a UK Approved Option. SECTION 9. ADJUSTMENTS AND ACQUISITIONS (a) Notwithstanding Section 9(a) of the Plan, no adjustment may be made to a UK Approved Option unless approval has been given for such adjustment by the Board of the Inland Revenue. (b) The following words at Section 9(a) of the Plan "Alternatively to (i) and (iii), if there is an Adjustment Event and the Committee deems it appropriate, it may provide for cash payments to holders of outstanding Awards" 5

are disapplied for the purposes of this Sub-Plan. (c) Section 9 of the Plan is replaced with the following provisions 9(d), (e), (f) and (g) below for the purposes of the Sub-Plan: "9(d)(i) EXCHANGE OF OPTIONS If a company ("Acquiring Company") obtains Control of the Company as a result of making: 1. a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of the Company; or 2. a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company of the same class as the shares of Stock a Recipient may, at any time during the period set out in Section 9(d)(ii) below by agreement with the Acquiring Company, release his or her UK Approved Option in whole or in part in consideration of the grant to him of a new option ("New Option") which is equivalent to the UK Approved Option but which relates to shares ("New

are disapplied for the purposes of this Sub-Plan. (c) Section 9 of the Plan is replaced with the following provisions 9(d), (e), (f) and (g) below for the purposes of the Sub-Plan: "9(d)(i) EXCHANGE OF OPTIONS If a company ("Acquiring Company") obtains Control of the Company as a result of making: 1. a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of the Company; or 2. a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company of the same class as the shares of Stock a Recipient may, at any time during the period set out in Section 9(d)(ii) below by agreement with the Acquiring Company, release his or her UK Approved Option in whole or in part in consideration of the grant to him of a new option ("New Option") which is equivalent to the UK Approved Option but which relates to shares ("New Shares") in: 3. the Acquiring Company; 4. a company which has Control of the Acquiring Company; or 5. a company which either is, or has Control of, a company which is a member of a Consortium which owns either the Acquiring Company or a company having Control of the Acquiring Company. (ii) PERIOD ALLOWED FOR EXCHANGE OF OPTIONS The period referred to in Section 9(d)(i) above is the period of six months beginning with the time when the person making the offer has obtained Control of the Company and any condition subject to which the offer is made has been satisfied. (e) Meaning of "equivalent" The New Option shall not be regarded for the purpose of this Section 9 as equivalent to the UK Approved Option unless (i) the New Shares satisfy the conditions in paragraphs 10 to 14 of Schedule 9 to ICTA 1988; and 6

(ii) save for any performance target or other condition imposed on the exercise of the UK Approved Option, the New Option will be exercisable in the same manner as the UK Approved Option and subject to the provisions of the Sub-Plan as it had effect immediately before the release of the UK Approved Option; and (iii) the total market value, immediately before the release of the UK Approved Option, of the shares of Stock which were subject to the UK Approved Option is as nearly as may be equal to the total market value, immediately after the grant of the New Option, of the New Shares (market value being determined for this purpose in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992); and (iv) the total amount payable by the Recipient for the acquisition of the New Shares under the New Option is as nearly as may be equal to the total amount that would have been payable by the Recipient for the acquisition of the shares of Stock under the UK Approved Option. (f) Date of grant of New Option The date of grant of the New Option shall be deemed to be the same as the Date of Grant of the UK Approved

(ii) save for any performance target or other condition imposed on the exercise of the UK Approved Option, the New Option will be exercisable in the same manner as the UK Approved Option and subject to the provisions of the Sub-Plan as it had effect immediately before the release of the UK Approved Option; and (iii) the total market value, immediately before the release of the UK Approved Option, of the shares of Stock which were subject to the UK Approved Option is as nearly as may be equal to the total market value, immediately after the grant of the New Option, of the New Shares (market value being determined for this purpose in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992); and (iv) the total amount payable by the Recipient for the acquisition of the New Shares under the New Option is as nearly as may be equal to the total amount that would have been payable by the Recipient for the acquisition of the shares of Stock under the UK Approved Option. (f) Date of grant of New Option The date of grant of the New Option shall be deemed to be the same as the Date of Grant of the UK Approved Option. (g) Application of Sub-Plan to New Option In the application of the Sub-Plan to the New Option, where appropriate, references to "Company" and "shares of Stock" shall be read as if they were references to the company to whose shares the New Option relates and the New Shares, respectively, save that in the definition of "Committee" the reference to "Company" shall be read as if it were a reference to Anheuser-Busch Companies Inc. SECTION 10. ACCELERATION AND VESTING Section 10 of the Plan applies as written to the Sub-Plan. SECTION 11. ADMINISTRATION Section 11 of the Plan applies as written to the Sub-Plan. SECTION 12. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL (a) Notwithstanding section 12(a) and (b) of the Plan, no amendment of the Sub-Plan shall take effect until it has been approved by the Board of the Inland Revenue. (b) No Awards of UK Approved Options may be granted under this Sub-Plan at any time whilst it does not retain the approval of the Board of the Inland Revenue. 7

SECTION 13. DEFINITIONS (a) In this Sub-Plan: (i) the definition of "AWARD" in the Plan is extended to include the grant of UK Approved Options under this Sub-Plan; (ii) the definition of "AFFILIATE" is extended to include the words "... equity interest (other than a Subsidiary) WHICH IS ALSO A COMPANY UNDER THE CONTROL OF THE COMPANY"; (iii) the definition of "FAIR MARKET VALUE" in the Plan is replaced with the definition: "notwithstanding Section 13(n) of the Plan, FAIR MARKET VALUE means:

SECTION 13. DEFINITIONS (a) In this Sub-Plan: (i) the definition of "AWARD" in the Plan is extended to include the grant of UK Approved Options under this Sub-Plan; (ii) the definition of "AFFILIATE" is extended to include the words "... equity interest (other than a Subsidiary) WHICH IS ALSO A COMPANY UNDER THE CONTROL OF THE COMPANY"; (iii) the definition of "FAIR MARKET VALUE" in the Plan is replaced with the definition: "notwithstanding Section 13(n) of the Plan, FAIR MARKET VALUE means: (a) in the case of a UK Approved Option granted under the Sub-Plan: (i) if at the relevant time the Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange the average of the highest and lowest selling prices per share of Stock reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or similar quotation service for such date; (ii) if paragraph (i) does not apply, the market value of a share of Stock as determined in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 and agreed in advance with the Inland Revenue Shares Valuation Division on the Date of Grant of the UK Approved Option or such earlier date or dates as may be agreed with the Board of the Inland Revenue; (b) in the case of an option granted under any other share option scheme, the market value of an ordinary share in the capital of the company determined under the rules of such scheme for the purpose of the grant of the option": (iv) The definition of "OPTION" in the Plan is extended to include a UK Approved Option; (v) The definition of "STOCK" in the Plan is extended to include the words "and means save as provided in paragraph 16.1, a share in the Company satisfying paragraphs 10 to 14 inclusive of Schedule 9 to ICTA 1988"; (vi) The definition of "SUBSIDIARY" in the Plan is extended to include the words "which is under the Control of the Company". The following definitions also apply for the purposes of the Sub-Plan: (i) "ACQUIRING COMPANY" means a company which obtains Control of the Company in the circumstances referred to in Section 9 of this Sub- Plan; 8

(ii) "APPROVAL DATE" means the date on which the Sub-Plan is approved by the Board of the Inland Revenue under Schedule 9 to ICTA 1988; (iii) "ASSOCIATED COMPANY" means an associated company as defined in Section 416 of ICTA 1988. (iv) "CLOSE COMPANY" means a "close company" as defined in Section 414 of ICTA 1988. (v) "CONSORTIUM" means the meaning given to that word by Section 187(7) of ICTA 1988; (vi) "CONTROL" means "control" as defined in Section 840 of ICTA 1988. (vii) "DATE OF GRANT" means the date on which a UK Approved Option is granted to an Eligible Person determined in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan;

(ii) "APPROVAL DATE" means the date on which the Sub-Plan is approved by the Board of the Inland Revenue under Schedule 9 to ICTA 1988; (iii) "ASSOCIATED COMPANY" means an associated company as defined in Section 416 of ICTA 1988. (iv) "CLOSE COMPANY" means a "close company" as defined in Section 414 of ICTA 1988. (v) "CONSORTIUM" means the meaning given to that word by Section 187(7) of ICTA 1988; (vi) "CONTROL" means "control" as defined in Section 840 of ICTA 1988. (vii) "DATE OF GRANT" means the date on which a UK Approved Option is granted to an Eligible Person determined in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan; (viii) "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE" means an Optionee who is employed by any of the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate. (ix) "ICTA 1988" means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 of the United Kingdom. (x) "MATERIAL INTEREST" means a "material interest" as defined in Section 187(3) of ICTA 1988. (xi) "NEW OPTION" means an option granted by way of exchange under Section 9(d)(i) of the Sub-Plan; (xii) "NEW SHARES" means the shares subject to a New Option referred to in Section 9(d)(i) of the Sub-Plan; (xiii) "ORDINARY SHARE CAPITAL" means the meaning given to that expression by Section 832(1) of ICTA 1988; and (xiv) "UK APPROVED OPTION" means a subsisting right to acquire shares of Stock granted under the SubPlan. (c) In this UK Addendum, unless the context otherwise requires: (i) words and expressions not defined above have the same meanings as are given to them in the Plan; (ii) the rule headings are inserted for ease of reference only and do not affect their interpretation; 9

(iii) a reference to a rule is a reference to a rule in this UK Addendum; (iv) the singular includes the plural and vice-versa and the masculine includes the feminine; and (v) a reference to a statutory provision is a reference to a United Kingdom statutory provision and includes any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment thereof. SECTION 14. MISCELLANEOUS Section 14 of the Plan applies as written to the Sub-Plan. 10

ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN

(iii) a reference to a rule is a reference to a rule in this UK Addendum; (iv) the singular includes the plural and vice-versa and the masculine includes the feminine; and (v) a reference to a statutory provision is a reference to a United Kingdom statutory provision and includes any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment thereof. SECTION 14. MISCELLANEOUS Section 14 of the Plan applies as written to the Sub-Plan. 10

ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000 Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), established this Excess Benefit Plan, originally effective as of January 1, 1984, to provide supplemental retirement benefits to certain employees whose retirement benefits may be adversely affected by the limitations of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code. This Plan is intended to be an "excess benefit plan" as defined in Section 3(36) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The Plan has been amended and restated from time to time. The Company hereby amends and restates the Plan as of March 1, 2000. The provisions of this restated Plan shall apply to all eligible individuals whose termination of employment occurs on or after March 1, 2000. 1. Definitions Applicable to this Excess Benefit Plan. All capitalized terms used in this Plan shall have the meanings herein set out: (a) "Actuarial Equivalent" means a benefit or benefits, or a payment or payments, which are of equal value at the date of determination to the benefits for which they are to be substituted. Equivalence of value is determined from actuarial calculations based on actuarial assumptions as to interest and mortality applicable with respect to the particular form or forms of payment under the Basic Plan, disregarding interest and mortality assumptions grandfathered as of December 31, 1999 with respect to single sum and installment payments. (b) "Basic Plan" means the Supplement for the Anheuser-Busch Salaried Employees Pension Plan maintained as part of the Anheuser-Busch Companies Pension Plan as now in effect or as hereafter amended. (c) "Committee" means the same group of persons appointed to administer the Basic Plan. (d) "Company" means Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any corporation(s) into which or with which it may be liquidated, merged or consolidated. (e) "Participant" means an individual who is eligible to participate in this Plan as described in Section 2. (f) "Participating Employer" as used in this Plan means a Participating Employer in the Basic Plan which has adopted this Plan. 1

(g) "Plan" means this Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000 as thereafter amended from time to time. (h) "Subsidiary" means any business entity in which the Company has an equity interest of at least fifty percent. 2. Eligibility to Participate. Any individual whose retirement benefit under the Basic Plan will be limited by the provisions of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any regulations issued thereunder, shall be a Participant in this Plan.

ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000 Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), established this Excess Benefit Plan, originally effective as of January 1, 1984, to provide supplemental retirement benefits to certain employees whose retirement benefits may be adversely affected by the limitations of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code. This Plan is intended to be an "excess benefit plan" as defined in Section 3(36) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The Plan has been amended and restated from time to time. The Company hereby amends and restates the Plan as of March 1, 2000. The provisions of this restated Plan shall apply to all eligible individuals whose termination of employment occurs on or after March 1, 2000. 1. Definitions Applicable to this Excess Benefit Plan. All capitalized terms used in this Plan shall have the meanings herein set out: (a) "Actuarial Equivalent" means a benefit or benefits, or a payment or payments, which are of equal value at the date of determination to the benefits for which they are to be substituted. Equivalence of value is determined from actuarial calculations based on actuarial assumptions as to interest and mortality applicable with respect to the particular form or forms of payment under the Basic Plan, disregarding interest and mortality assumptions grandfathered as of December 31, 1999 with respect to single sum and installment payments. (b) "Basic Plan" means the Supplement for the Anheuser-Busch Salaried Employees Pension Plan maintained as part of the Anheuser-Busch Companies Pension Plan as now in effect or as hereafter amended. (c) "Committee" means the same group of persons appointed to administer the Basic Plan. (d) "Company" means Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any corporation(s) into which or with which it may be liquidated, merged or consolidated. (e) "Participant" means an individual who is eligible to participate in this Plan as described in Section 2. (f) "Participating Employer" as used in this Plan means a Participating Employer in the Basic Plan which has adopted this Plan. 1

(g) "Plan" means this Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000 as thereafter amended from time to time. (h) "Subsidiary" means any business entity in which the Company has an equity interest of at least fifty percent. 2. Eligibility to Participate. Any individual whose retirement benefit under the Basic Plan will be limited by the provisions of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any regulations issued thereunder, shall be a Participant in this Plan. 3. Benefits Under this Plan. The Retirement Benefit payable by a Participating Employer under this Plan shall be equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of: (a) The retirement benefit a Participant would be entitled to receive under the Basic Plan, under the actual method of payment elected under such plan, if Section 415 were inapplicable, less (b) The retirement benefit actually payable to the Participant under the Basic Plan. No Participant shall be vested in benefits under this Plan until the Participant has (a) terminated employment, (b) attained age 55 or been determined to be totally and permanently disabled under the Basic Plan, (c) vested in his benefit under the Basic Plan, and (d) satisfied all other requirements of this Plan for commencement of benefits. 4. Special Rule for Non-Deductible Amounts. Any amount otherwise payable under the Plan in a calendar year

(g) "Plan" means this Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000 as thereafter amended from time to time. (h) "Subsidiary" means any business entity in which the Company has an equity interest of at least fifty percent. 2. Eligibility to Participate. Any individual whose retirement benefit under the Basic Plan will be limited by the provisions of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any regulations issued thereunder, shall be a Participant in this Plan. 3. Benefits Under this Plan. The Retirement Benefit payable by a Participating Employer under this Plan shall be equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of: (a) The retirement benefit a Participant would be entitled to receive under the Basic Plan, under the actual method of payment elected under such plan, if Section 415 were inapplicable, less (b) The retirement benefit actually payable to the Participant under the Basic Plan. No Participant shall be vested in benefits under this Plan until the Participant has (a) terminated employment, (b) attained age 55 or been determined to be totally and permanently disabled under the Basic Plan, (c) vested in his benefit under the Basic Plan, and (d) satisfied all other requirements of this Plan for commencement of benefits. 4. Special Rule for Non-Deductible Amounts. Any amount otherwise payable under the Plan in a calendar year for which the Company determines that the amount would not be deductible by any Participating Employer under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code shall not be paid until such calendar year as the Company determines that the amount has ceased to be so non-deductible. In the case of any inconsistency between this Section 4 and any other provision of the Plan, this Section 4 shall govern, unless Section 20 applies. 5. Pre-Retirement Death Benefits. There will be no pre-retirement death benefit under this Plan. 6. Payment Method. The retirement benefit determined under Section 3 shall be payable under the basic method of payment under the Basic Plan. However, 2

a Participant may elect, subject to approval of the Committee, to have his retirement benefit hereunder paid under one or more of the optional methods of payment set forth in the Basic Plan. All optional methods of payment shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the amount determined under Section 3. A Participant may elect an optional method of payment under this Plan which is different from the method of payment elected under the Basic Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for any Participant whose employment terminates on or after January 1, 1995, payment shall be made in the form of a single lump sum unless the Participant shall elect, on forms provided by the Committee, at least one calendar year prior to termination of employment, to receive payment under the basic method or some other available method. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, retirement benefits hereunder shall commence as of the same date benefits commence under the Basic Plan. 7. Obligation to Pay Benefits Hereunder. No trust fund, escrow account or other segregation of assets shall be established or made by a Participating Employer to guarantee, secure or assure the payment of any benefit hereunder. A Participating Employer's obligation to pay retirement benefits pursuant to this Plan shall constitute only a general contractual liability to the Participants and other payees hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof. Payment of benefits by a Participating Employer shall be made only from the general funds of such Participating Employer and no Participant or any other potential payee of any amount hereunder shall have any interest in any particular asset of a Participating Employer by reason of the existence of this Plan. The amounts payable hereunder shall be subject in all respects to claims of general creditors of the Participating Employer until actually paid over to the person(s) entitled to receive the same. 8. Concerning Payment. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, any amount payable under this Plan as a result of or following

a Participant may elect, subject to approval of the Committee, to have his retirement benefit hereunder paid under one or more of the optional methods of payment set forth in the Basic Plan. All optional methods of payment shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the amount determined under Section 3. A Participant may elect an optional method of payment under this Plan which is different from the method of payment elected under the Basic Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for any Participant whose employment terminates on or after January 1, 1995, payment shall be made in the form of a single lump sum unless the Participant shall elect, on forms provided by the Committee, at least one calendar year prior to termination of employment, to receive payment under the basic method or some other available method. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, retirement benefits hereunder shall commence as of the same date benefits commence under the Basic Plan. 7. Obligation to Pay Benefits Hereunder. No trust fund, escrow account or other segregation of assets shall be established or made by a Participating Employer to guarantee, secure or assure the payment of any benefit hereunder. A Participating Employer's obligation to pay retirement benefits pursuant to this Plan shall constitute only a general contractual liability to the Participants and other payees hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof. Payment of benefits by a Participating Employer shall be made only from the general funds of such Participating Employer and no Participant or any other potential payee of any amount hereunder shall have any interest in any particular asset of a Participating Employer by reason of the existence of this Plan. The amounts payable hereunder shall be subject in all respects to claims of general creditors of the Participating Employer until actually paid over to the person(s) entitled to receive the same. 8. Concerning Payment. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, any amount payable under this Plan as a result of or following the death of a Participant shall be applied only for the benefit of the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant pursuant to this Section 8. Each Participant shall specifically designate, by name, on forms provided by the Committee, the beneficiary(ies) to whom any such amounts shall be paid. Except as provided in paragraph (c), a Participant may change or revoke a beneficiary designation without the consent of the beneficiary(ies) at any time by filing a new beneficiary designation form with the Committee. The filing of a new form shall automatically revoke any forms previously filed with the Committee. A beneficiary designation form not properly filed with the Committee prior to the death of the Participant shall have no validity under the Plan. 3

(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c), any such designation shall be contingent on the designated beneficiary surviving the Participant. If a designated beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before receiving the entire amount payable to the designated beneficiary hereunder, the amount which would otherwise have been so paid shall be paid to the estate of the deceased beneficiary unless a contrary direction was made by the Participant, in which case such direction shall control. More than one beneficiary, and alternative or contingent beneficiaries, may be designated, in which case the Participant shall specify the shares, terms and conditions upon which amounts shall be paid to such multiple or alternative or contingent beneficiaries, all of which must be satisfactory to the Committee. (c) If a Participant has selected a joint and survivor annuity method of payment and the contingent annuitant dies before payments begin, the selection shall be revoked, but if the contingent annuitant dies after payments begin, the selection of this method of payment shall not be affected and no new contingent annuitant may be named. (d) If no beneficiary designation is on file with the Committee at the time of the Participant's death or no beneficiary designated by the Participant survives the Participant, the Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the beneficiary designated to receive any amounts then remaining payable under this Plan. (e) In determining any question concerning a Participant's beneficiary, the latest designation filed with the Committee shall control and intervening changes in circumstances shall be ignored; provided, if a Participant's spouse is designated as beneficiary but thereafter is divorced from the Participant, such designation shall become invalid effective as of the date of divorce unless the Participant files a beneficiary designation form with the Committee after the date of divorce confirming the former spouse as the Participant's beneficiary. (f) Any check issued on or before the date of a Participant's death shall remain payable to the Participant,

(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c), any such designation shall be contingent on the designated beneficiary surviving the Participant. If a designated beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before receiving the entire amount payable to the designated beneficiary hereunder, the amount which would otherwise have been so paid shall be paid to the estate of the deceased beneficiary unless a contrary direction was made by the Participant, in which case such direction shall control. More than one beneficiary, and alternative or contingent beneficiaries, may be designated, in which case the Participant shall specify the shares, terms and conditions upon which amounts shall be paid to such multiple or alternative or contingent beneficiaries, all of which must be satisfactory to the Committee. (c) If a Participant has selected a joint and survivor annuity method of payment and the contingent annuitant dies before payments begin, the selection shall be revoked, but if the contingent annuitant dies after payments begin, the selection of this method of payment shall not be affected and no new contingent annuitant may be named. (d) If no beneficiary designation is on file with the Committee at the time of the Participant's death or no beneficiary designated by the Participant survives the Participant, the Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the beneficiary designated to receive any amounts then remaining payable under this Plan. (e) In determining any question concerning a Participant's beneficiary, the latest designation filed with the Committee shall control and intervening changes in circumstances shall be ignored; provided, if a Participant's spouse is designated as beneficiary but thereafter is divorced from the Participant, such designation shall become invalid effective as of the date of divorce unless the Participant files a beneficiary designation form with the Committee after the date of divorce confirming the former spouse as the Participant's beneficiary. (f) Any check issued on or before the date of a Participant's death shall remain payable to the Participant, whether or not the check is received by the Participant prior to death. Any check issued after the date of the Participant's death shall be the property of the Participant's beneficiaries determined in accordance with this Section 8. 9. Facility of Payment. If any amount is payable hereunder to a minor or other person under legal disability or otherwise incapable of managing his or her own affairs, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, payment thereof shall be made in one (or any combination) of the following ways, as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion: 4

(i) Directly to said minor or other person; (ii) To a custodian for said minor or other person (whether designated by the Committee or any other person) under the Missouri Transfers to Minors Law, the Missouri Personal Custodian Law or a similar law of any other jurisdiction; (iii) To the conservator of the estate of said minor or other person; or (iv) To some relative or friend of such minor or other person for the support, welfare or education of such minor or other person. The Committee shall not be required to see to the application of any payment so made, and payment to the person determined by the Committee shall fully discharge the Participating Employers and this Plan from any further accountability or responsibility with respect to the amount so paid. 10. Payees Presumed Competent. Every person receiving or claiming amounts payable under this Plan shall be conclusively presumed to be mentally competent and of legal age until the Committee receives a written notice, in form, manner and substance acceptable to it, that any such person is incompetent or is a minor or that a guardian or other person legally vested with the care of his estate has been appointed. 11. Notice of Address; Lost Payees. The address of every Participant or other person entitled to any payment hereunder on file for purposes of the Basic Plan shall be used for all purposes of this Plan. If the Committee is unable to locate any person, or the estate of such person, entitled to receive a payment hereunder within two years after an amount becomes payable, the right and interest of such payee in and to the amount payable shall terminate on the last day of such two year period.

(i) Directly to said minor or other person; (ii) To a custodian for said minor or other person (whether designated by the Committee or any other person) under the Missouri Transfers to Minors Law, the Missouri Personal Custodian Law or a similar law of any other jurisdiction; (iii) To the conservator of the estate of said minor or other person; or (iv) To some relative or friend of such minor or other person for the support, welfare or education of such minor or other person. The Committee shall not be required to see to the application of any payment so made, and payment to the person determined by the Committee shall fully discharge the Participating Employers and this Plan from any further accountability or responsibility with respect to the amount so paid. 10. Payees Presumed Competent. Every person receiving or claiming amounts payable under this Plan shall be conclusively presumed to be mentally competent and of legal age until the Committee receives a written notice, in form, manner and substance acceptable to it, that any such person is incompetent or is a minor or that a guardian or other person legally vested with the care of his estate has been appointed. 11. Notice of Address; Lost Payees. The address of every Participant or other person entitled to any payment hereunder on file for purposes of the Basic Plan shall be used for all purposes of this Plan. If the Committee is unable to locate any person, or the estate of such person, entitled to receive a payment hereunder within two years after an amount becomes payable, the right and interest of such payee in and to the amount payable shall terminate on the last day of such two year period. 12. No Liability for Participant's Debts. Amounts payable under this Plan shall not be liable for or subject to the debts or liabilities of any payee, and no amount payable hereunder shall at any time or in any manner be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or encumbrance of any kind, whether to the Participating Employer or to any other party whomsoever, and whether with or without consideration. If any payee shall attempt to, or shall anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber any amounts payable hereunder or any part thereof, or if by reason of bankruptcy or other event, such amounts would at any time be received or enjoyed by persons other than such payee, except as otherwise permitted by this Plan, the Committee in its sole discretion may terminate such person's interest in any such amounts and hold or apply such amounts to or for the use of such person, his or her spouse, children or other dependents, or any of them, as the Committee may determine. 5 13. Administration. (a) The Committee shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan. The Committee shall interpret the Plan; shall determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan; and shall construe any ambiguity, supply any omission, and reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as the Committee deems proper in its discretion. Any interpretation or construction placed upon any term or provision of the Plan by the Committee, any decisions and determinations of the Committee arising under the Plan, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i) the eligibility of any individual to become or remain a Participant and a Participant's status as such; and (ii) the time, method and amounts of payments payable under the Plan, and any other action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons concerned. (b) The procedure provided for in this Section 13 shall be the sole, exclusive and mandatory procedure for resolving any dispute under this Plan; provided, that if a Participant wishes to make a valid legal challenge to the Committee's determination and he has entered into an agreement with the Company to arbitrate disputes arising from his employment with the Company, such legal challenge shall be resolved pursuant to the arbitration procedures in that agreement and the Participant's burden of proof in any arbitration shall be the same as if the dispute were tried in a court proceeding. (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control as defined in Section 20, Section (d) above shall not apply.

13. Administration. (a) The Committee shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan. The Committee shall interpret the Plan; shall determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan; and shall construe any ambiguity, supply any omission, and reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as the Committee deems proper in its discretion. Any interpretation or construction placed upon any term or provision of the Plan by the Committee, any decisions and determinations of the Committee arising under the Plan, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i) the eligibility of any individual to become or remain a Participant and a Participant's status as such; and (ii) the time, method and amounts of payments payable under the Plan, and any other action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons concerned. (b) The procedure provided for in this Section 13 shall be the sole, exclusive and mandatory procedure for resolving any dispute under this Plan; provided, that if a Participant wishes to make a valid legal challenge to the Committee's determination and he has entered into an agreement with the Company to arbitrate disputes arising from his employment with the Company, such legal challenge shall be resolved pursuant to the arbitration procedures in that agreement and the Participant's burden of proof in any arbitration shall be the same as if the dispute were tried in a court proceeding. (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control as defined in Section 20, Section (d) above shall not apply. 14. Negation of Employment Contract. This Plan does not create an employment contract and nothing contained herein shall be deemed (a) to give a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of any Participating Employer; (b) to interfere with the right of the Participating Employer to discharge a participant at any time; (c) to give the Participating Employer the right to require a Participant to remain in its employ; or (d) to interfere with the right of a Participant to terminate his employment voluntarily whenever he chooses. 15. Forfeiture for Activity Contrary to a Participating Employer's Best Interests. (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the right of a Participant and his beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive a benefit hereunder is expressly conditioned upon the Participant neither (i) having ceased to be employed by the Company or any Subsidiary under circumstances or conditions inimical or 6

contrary to the best interests of the Company or any Subsidiary, nor (ii) thereafter engaging in any activity which in the Committee's judgment is inimical or contrary to the best interests of the Company or any Subsidiary. (b) Should a Participating Employer propose to enforce the foregoing, it shall give written notice to the Participant or other person(s) otherwise entitled to payment, and may withhold payment pending final resolution of the matter. The Committee shall thereupon investigate the alleged violation and shall consider, under such rules of procedure as the Committee shall deem reasonable, such evidence and testimony as the Participating Employer and the Participant or other person or persons receiving or otherwise entitled to receive payment may wish to submit in support or refutation of the alleged violation. The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive. If the Committee concludes that there has been a violation, the right of the Participant and all beneficiaries to receive payment hereunder shall thereupon cease. If the Committee concludes that there has not been a violation, the amounts withheld or suspended shall become payable as though no proceedings had been instituted nor any payment withheld or suspended, without, however, any interest for the period during which such amounts were withheld or suspended. (c) The provisions of this Section authorizing the Participating Employer to give notice of an alleged violation or possible violation of the conditions of paragraph (a) shall not be interpreted as requiring the Participating Employer to take such action in each and every instance of a violation or suspected violation, and in determining whether an attempt to enforce the forfeiture provisions of this Section shall be made, the Participating Employer may consider the possible economic damage it might suffer from the violation or suspected violation, the circumstances surrounding the discontinuance of the employment of the Participant with the Participating Employer and the quantum of proof which the Participating Employer may have of a violation of the aforesaid

contrary to the best interests of the Company or any Subsidiary, nor (ii) thereafter engaging in any activity which in the Committee's judgment is inimical or contrary to the best interests of the Company or any Subsidiary. (b) Should a Participating Employer propose to enforce the foregoing, it shall give written notice to the Participant or other person(s) otherwise entitled to payment, and may withhold payment pending final resolution of the matter. The Committee shall thereupon investigate the alleged violation and shall consider, under such rules of procedure as the Committee shall deem reasonable, such evidence and testimony as the Participating Employer and the Participant or other person or persons receiving or otherwise entitled to receive payment may wish to submit in support or refutation of the alleged violation. The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive. If the Committee concludes that there has been a violation, the right of the Participant and all beneficiaries to receive payment hereunder shall thereupon cease. If the Committee concludes that there has not been a violation, the amounts withheld or suspended shall become payable as though no proceedings had been instituted nor any payment withheld or suspended, without, however, any interest for the period during which such amounts were withheld or suspended. (c) The provisions of this Section authorizing the Participating Employer to give notice of an alleged violation or possible violation of the conditions of paragraph (a) shall not be interpreted as requiring the Participating Employer to take such action in each and every instance of a violation or suspected violation, and in determining whether an attempt to enforce the forfeiture provisions of this Section shall be made, the Participating Employer may consider the possible economic damage it might suffer from the violation or suspected violation, the circumstances surrounding the discontinuance of the employment of the Participant with the Participating Employer and the quantum of proof which the Participating Employer may have of a violation of the aforesaid conditions. (d) The provisions of this Section shall in no way impair or derogate the rights which a Participating Employer may otherwise have under any employment contract with a Participant or at law or in equity, to prevent the disclosure of confidential information or to recover damages for the disclosure thereof or to prevent a Participant from engaging in competition with a Participating Employer or to recover damages therefor. (e) The Board (or the Executive Committee at any time the Board of Directors is not in session) may revoke this Section at any time, whereupon no benefit that would otherwise become payable under this Plan shall ever be subject to forfeiture or revocation for any reason, including (but not limited to) any subsequent 7

amendment to this Plan which reinstates the provisions of this Section or imposes similar conditions on a Participant's right to receive benefits hereunder. (f) If the provisions of this Section are invoked at any time after payments have already been made, the Participating Employer shall have the right to a refund of all monies theretofore paid. If the Participating Employer shall find it necessary to file suit to recover any amount hereunder, it shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney's fees and costs. 16. Amendment. The Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized officer shall have the absolute right to modify or amend this Plan in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, effective as of any specified prior, current or future date. Any amendments to the Basic Plan shall automatically amend the provisions of this Plan where they would so apply. 17. Termination. The Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized individual shall have the right to terminate this Plan as of any specified current or future date. The Plan shall be automatically terminated upon: (a) termination of the Basic Plan; (b) the Company being legally adjudicated a bankrupt; (c) the appointment of a receiver of trustee in bankruptcy with respect to the Company's assets and business if such appointment is not set aside within 90 days thereafter; or (d) the making by the Company of an assignment for the benefit of creditors. Upon a termination of this Plan, no additional employees shall become eligible to participate herein, and no additional benefits shall be accrued hereunder. Notwithstanding the termination of this Plan, a Participant shall remain entitled to a retirement benefit under this Plan, determined under Section 3, but based only on the Participant's benefit accrued under the Basic Plan prior to the date of termination and payable as otherwise

amendment to this Plan which reinstates the provisions of this Section or imposes similar conditions on a Participant's right to receive benefits hereunder. (f) If the provisions of this Section are invoked at any time after payments have already been made, the Participating Employer shall have the right to a refund of all monies theretofore paid. If the Participating Employer shall find it necessary to file suit to recover any amount hereunder, it shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney's fees and costs. 16. Amendment. The Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized officer shall have the absolute right to modify or amend this Plan in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, effective as of any specified prior, current or future date. Any amendments to the Basic Plan shall automatically amend the provisions of this Plan where they would so apply. 17. Termination. The Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized individual shall have the right to terminate this Plan as of any specified current or future date. The Plan shall be automatically terminated upon: (a) termination of the Basic Plan; (b) the Company being legally adjudicated a bankrupt; (c) the appointment of a receiver of trustee in bankruptcy with respect to the Company's assets and business if such appointment is not set aside within 90 days thereafter; or (d) the making by the Company of an assignment for the benefit of creditors. Upon a termination of this Plan, no additional employees shall become eligible to participate herein, and no additional benefits shall be accrued hereunder. Notwithstanding the termination of this Plan, a Participant shall remain entitled to a retirement benefit under this Plan, determined under Section 3, but based only on the Participant's benefit accrued under the Basic Plan prior to the date of termination and payable as otherwise provided herein. 18. Participating Employer. Any Participating Employer in the Basic Plan may become a Participating Employer in this Plan by submitting to the Committee a resolution of its board of directors adopting this Plan. The adoption of this Plan by a Participating Employer shall constitute an automatic delegation by it to the Company's Board of Directors of full authority to amend or terminate the Plan. A Participating Employer may withdraw from the Plan by action of its board of directors. Notwithstanding such withdrawal, a Participant shall remain entitled to a retirement benefit from such withdrawing Participating Employer, determined under Section 3, but based only on the Participant's benefit accrued under the Basic Plan prior to the date of termination and payable as otherwise provided herein. 19. Successor Participating Employer. In the event of the dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of a Participating Employer, the successor 8

company may adopt and continue this Plan as a Participating Employer, provided it has adopted the Basic Plan. If a successor company does not continue this Plan, all Participants affected thereby shall be entitled to a retirement benefit from such successor company calculated and payable as provided in Section 18 with the benefits determined as of the date of dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization. 20. Change in Control. (a) If a Change in Control (as defined in Section 20(b)) shall occur, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Participant's benefit under the Plan as of the Change in Control Date shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable. Within 30 days after the Change in Control Date, the Participant shall be paid, in a single lump-sum payment, the Actuarial Equivalent of his benefits determined under Section 3 as if the Participant had terminated employment and commenced receiving benefits immediately. (b) For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control" shall occur automatically if and when an "Acceleration Date" occurs as defined in the Company's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan or if and when an analogous change in control event occurs as defined in any successor to such plan, and the Change in Control Date shall be the Acceleration Date or analogous date as defined therein. (c) This Section 20 may be deleted or amended in any way pursuant to Section 16 at any time prior to a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Sections 16 and 17, following a Change in

company may adopt and continue this Plan as a Participating Employer, provided it has adopted the Basic Plan. If a successor company does not continue this Plan, all Participants affected thereby shall be entitled to a retirement benefit from such successor company calculated and payable as provided in Section 18 with the benefits determined as of the date of dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization. 20. Change in Control. (a) If a Change in Control (as defined in Section 20(b)) shall occur, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Participant's benefit under the Plan as of the Change in Control Date shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable. Within 30 days after the Change in Control Date, the Participant shall be paid, in a single lump-sum payment, the Actuarial Equivalent of his benefits determined under Section 3 as if the Participant had terminated employment and commenced receiving benefits immediately. (b) For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control" shall occur automatically if and when an "Acceleration Date" occurs as defined in the Company's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan or if and when an analogous change in control event occurs as defined in any successor to such plan, and the Change in Control Date shall be the Acceleration Date or analogous date as defined therein. (c) This Section 20 may be deleted or amended in any way pursuant to Section 16 at any time prior to a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Sections 16 and 17, following a Change in Control, the provisions of this Section 20 cannot, after the Change in Control Date, be amended in any manner without the written consent of each individual who was a Participant immediately prior to the Change in Control. (d) Following a Change in Control, this Plan shall continue in effect, notwithstanding that payment of benefits shall have been made under Section 20(a), unless and until terminated by the Company. (e) If a Change in Control occurs, Section 15 shall no longer apply to any individual whose activities are not under investigation by the Committee on the Change in Control Date. (f) If by reason of this Section an excise or other special tax ("Excise Tax") is imposed on any payment under this Plan (a "Required Payment"), the amount of each required Payment shall be increased by an amount which, after payment of income taxes, payroll taxes and Excise Tax thereon, will equal such Excise Tax on the Required Payment. 9 21. Set Off and Withholding. (a) Any amount then due and payable by the Company or any other Participating Employer to any Participant or the beneficiary of any Participant under this Plan may be offset by any amounts owed to the Company or any Subsidiary by the Participant and/or the beneficiary for any reason and in any capacity whatsoever, as the Company may determine in its sole and absolute discretion. (b) There shall be deducted from any amount payable under this Plan all taxes required to be withheld by any federal, state or local government. Participants and their beneficiaries shall bear any and all federal, state, local and other income taxes and other taxes imposed on amounts paid under the Plan, whether or not withholding is required or carried out in accordance with this provision. 22. Miscellaneous. (a) In any instance in which the Committee believes such action to be in the best interest of the party entitled to receive any payment under this Plan, or to be in the best interests of a Participating Employer (such as to avoid the administrative inconvenience and expense which might be incurred if relatively small amounts were to be paid to multiple recipients over lengthy periods of time), amounts payable hereunder may be paid in a single lump sum, the amount of which shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefits otherwise payable. (b) In the event of the death of a Participant or any Beneficiary designated by him or her, no payment need be made by the Plan until the Committee shall have received proof satisfactory to it of such death and of the identity, existence and location of the party thereafter entitled to receive payments under this Plan.

21. Set Off and Withholding. (a) Any amount then due and payable by the Company or any other Participating Employer to any Participant or the beneficiary of any Participant under this Plan may be offset by any amounts owed to the Company or any Subsidiary by the Participant and/or the beneficiary for any reason and in any capacity whatsoever, as the Company may determine in its sole and absolute discretion. (b) There shall be deducted from any amount payable under this Plan all taxes required to be withheld by any federal, state or local government. Participants and their beneficiaries shall bear any and all federal, state, local and other income taxes and other taxes imposed on amounts paid under the Plan, whether or not withholding is required or carried out in accordance with this provision. 22. Miscellaneous. (a) In any instance in which the Committee believes such action to be in the best interest of the party entitled to receive any payment under this Plan, or to be in the best interests of a Participating Employer (such as to avoid the administrative inconvenience and expense which might be incurred if relatively small amounts were to be paid to multiple recipients over lengthy periods of time), amounts payable hereunder may be paid in a single lump sum, the amount of which shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefits otherwise payable. (b) In the event of the death of a Participant or any Beneficiary designated by him or her, no payment need be made by the Plan until the Committee shall have received proof satisfactory to it of such death and of the identity, existence and location of the party thereafter entitled to receive payments under this Plan. (c) In making any payment or taking any action under this Plan, the Participating Employer and the Committee shall be absolutely protected in relying upon any finding or statement of facts believed by it to be true, and on any written instrument believed by it to have been signed by the proper party. (d) Subject to the applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 which provide to the contrary, this Plan shall be administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the State of Missouri (except with respect to choice of law), and in Courts situated in that State. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. has caused this Amended and Restated Plan to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized, this 9th day of March, 2000, effective as of March 1, 2000. ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC.
By /s/ W. Randolph Baker ---------------------------W. Randolph Baker Chief Financial Officer

10

ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000 11
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Definitions Applicable to this Excess Benefit Plan Eligibility to Participate Benefits Under this Plan Special Rule for Non-Deductible Amounts Pre-Retirement Death Benefits Payment Method Obligation to Pay Benefits Hereunder Concerning Payment Facility of Payment Payees Presumed Competent PAGE 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 5

ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000 11
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. Definitions Applicable to this Excess Benefit Plan Eligibility to Participate Benefits Under this Plan Special Rule for Non-Deductible Amounts Pre-Retirement Death Benefits Payment Method Obligation to Pay Benefits Hereunder Concerning Payment Facility of Payment Payees Presumed Competent Notice of Address; Lost Payees No Liability for Participant's Debts Administration Negation of Employment Contract Forfeiture for Activity Contrary to a Participating Employer's Best Interests Amendment Termination Participating Employer Successor Participating Employer Change in Control Set Off and Withholding Miscellaneous PAGE 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 7 8 8 8 8 9 9

ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000 ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, established this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, originally effective as of January 1, 1984. The Plan has been amended from time to time and the Company hereby amends and restates the Plan. The provisions of this restated Plan shall apply to eligible employees whose termination of employment with the Company or any other Participating Employer occurs on or after March 1, 2000. The Plan is intended to be a nonqualified, unfunded plan to provide supplemental retirement benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated employees, as described in Section 201(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"). 1. Definitions. The capitalized terms used in this Plan shall have the meanings herein set out: (a) "Accrued Benefit" means at any given time the benefit calculated in accordance with the formula in Section 3, using the Participant's Eligible Earnings and Credited Service as of the date the calculation is being made. The benefit so calculated shall be the benefit that would commence under the basic method of payment on the Participant's Normal Retirement Date. (b) "Actuarial Equivalent" means a benefit or benefits, or a payment or payments, which are of equal value at the date of determination to the benefits for which they are to be substituted. Equivalence of value is determined from actuarial calculations based on actuarial assumptions as to interest and mortality applied with respect to the particular form or forms of payment under the Basic Plan, disregarding the interest and mortality assumptions grandfathered as of December 31, 1999 with respect to single sum and installment payments. (c) "Basic Plan" means the Supplement for the Anheuser-Busch Salaried Employees Pension Plan maintained as part of the Anheuser-Busch Companies Pension Plan as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. Definitions Applicable to this Excess Benefit Plan Eligibility to Participate Benefits Under this Plan Special Rule for Non-Deductible Amounts Pre-Retirement Death Benefits Payment Method Obligation to Pay Benefits Hereunder Concerning Payment Facility of Payment Payees Presumed Competent Notice of Address; Lost Payees No Liability for Participant's Debts Administration Negation of Employment Contract Forfeiture for Activity Contrary to a Participating Employer's Best Interests Amendment Termination Participating Employer Successor Participating Employer Change in Control Set Off and Withholding Miscellaneous PAGE 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 7 8 8 8 8 9 9

ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000 ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, established this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, originally effective as of January 1, 1984. The Plan has been amended from time to time and the Company hereby amends and restates the Plan. The provisions of this restated Plan shall apply to eligible employees whose termination of employment with the Company or any other Participating Employer occurs on or after March 1, 2000. The Plan is intended to be a nonqualified, unfunded plan to provide supplemental retirement benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated employees, as described in Section 201(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"). 1. Definitions. The capitalized terms used in this Plan shall have the meanings herein set out: (a) "Accrued Benefit" means at any given time the benefit calculated in accordance with the formula in Section 3, using the Participant's Eligible Earnings and Credited Service as of the date the calculation is being made. The benefit so calculated shall be the benefit that would commence under the basic method of payment on the Participant's Normal Retirement Date. (b) "Actuarial Equivalent" means a benefit or benefits, or a payment or payments, which are of equal value at the date of determination to the benefits for which they are to be substituted. Equivalence of value is determined from actuarial calculations based on actuarial assumptions as to interest and mortality applied with respect to the particular form or forms of payment under the Basic Plan, disregarding the interest and mortality assumptions grandfathered as of December 31, 1999 with respect to single sum and installment payments. (c) "Basic Plan" means the Supplement for the Anheuser-Busch Salaried Employees Pension Plan maintained as part of the Anheuser-Busch Companies Pension Plan as now in effect or as hereafter amended. (d) "Board" means the board of directors of the Company. (e) Intentionally blank. (f) "Committee" means the Committee designated to administer this Plan, as described in Section 20.

ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000 ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, established this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, originally effective as of January 1, 1984. The Plan has been amended from time to time and the Company hereby amends and restates the Plan. The provisions of this restated Plan shall apply to eligible employees whose termination of employment with the Company or any other Participating Employer occurs on or after March 1, 2000. The Plan is intended to be a nonqualified, unfunded plan to provide supplemental retirement benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated employees, as described in Section 201(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"). 1. Definitions. The capitalized terms used in this Plan shall have the meanings herein set out: (a) "Accrued Benefit" means at any given time the benefit calculated in accordance with the formula in Section 3, using the Participant's Eligible Earnings and Credited Service as of the date the calculation is being made. The benefit so calculated shall be the benefit that would commence under the basic method of payment on the Participant's Normal Retirement Date. (b) "Actuarial Equivalent" means a benefit or benefits, or a payment or payments, which are of equal value at the date of determination to the benefits for which they are to be substituted. Equivalence of value is determined from actuarial calculations based on actuarial assumptions as to interest and mortality applied with respect to the particular form or forms of payment under the Basic Plan, disregarding the interest and mortality assumptions grandfathered as of December 31, 1999 with respect to single sum and installment payments. (c) "Basic Plan" means the Supplement for the Anheuser-Busch Salaried Employees Pension Plan maintained as part of the Anheuser-Busch Companies Pension Plan as now in effect or as hereafter amended. (d) "Board" means the board of directors of the Company. (e) Intentionally blank. (f) "Committee" means the Committee designated to administer this Plan, as described in Section 20. (g) "Company" means Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any corporation(s) into which or with which it may be liquidated, merged or consolidated.

(h) "Credited Service" For all purposes, a Participant's Credited Service under this Plan shall be the same as his Credited Service under the Basic Plan. This generally means an individual's years and completed months of salaried employment with a Participating Employer after attainment of age 21. Credited Service shall not exceed 30 years. (i) "Eligible Earnings" means, for any calendar year, the sum of the employee's annual base salary as of January 1 of such year plus the bonus earned during the prior calendar year. For purposes of computing benefits under this Plan, the Eligible Earnings to be used shall be the highest of the Eligible Earnings in the calendar year of termination or any of the four preceding calendar years. Eligible Earnings shall recognize any compensation deferred under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan and treat such compensation as if it were not deferred. (j) "Eligible Employee" means a salaried employee of a Participating Employer who is an active participant currently accruing benefits in the Basic Plan and who satisfies or in the past has satisfied one or more of the following requirements: i) He is a member of the Company's Strategy Committee; ii) He has a salary band of I or above, or the equivalent thereof as determined by the Committee, and has, for the

(h) "Credited Service" For all purposes, a Participant's Credited Service under this Plan shall be the same as his Credited Service under the Basic Plan. This generally means an individual's years and completed months of salaried employment with a Participating Employer after attainment of age 21. Credited Service shall not exceed 30 years. (i) "Eligible Earnings" means, for any calendar year, the sum of the employee's annual base salary as of January 1 of such year plus the bonus earned during the prior calendar year. For purposes of computing benefits under this Plan, the Eligible Earnings to be used shall be the highest of the Eligible Earnings in the calendar year of termination or any of the four preceding calendar years. Eligible Earnings shall recognize any compensation deferred under the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan and treat such compensation as if it were not deferred. (j) "Eligible Employee" means a salaried employee of a Participating Employer who is an active participant currently accruing benefits in the Basic Plan and who satisfies or in the past has satisfied one or more of the following requirements: i) He is a member of the Company's Strategy Committee; ii) He has a salary band of I or above, or the equivalent thereof as determined by the Committee, and has, for the current calendar year, Eligible Earnings of at least $140,000 (indexed as described below) or such other amount as the Committee shall determine from time to time; or iii) He is an officer of the Company or Anheuser-Busch, Inc., a Missouri corporation, excluding an assistant officer. The $140,000 figure shall be indexed as of January 1 of each year commencing January 1, 1994, in accordance with the Company's merit budget increase applicable for such year. (k) "Excess Benefit Plan" means the Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan, Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000, and as thereafter amended, or any other "excess plan" as described in Section 3 (36) of ERISA, maintained by a Participating Employer and as in effect from time to time. (l) "Normal Retirement Date" means the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date on which the Participant attains his sixty-fifth (65th) birthday. (m) "Participant" means an Eligible Employee who is participating in this Plan in accordance with Section 2. (n) "Participating Employer" means the Company and any other member of the controlled group of corporations of which the Company is a member -2-

which is a Participating Employer in the Basic Plan and which has adopted this Plan in the manner described in Section 18. (o) "Plan" means this Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000, and as thereafter amended. (p) "Primary Social Security Benefit" means, for retirements on or after the Normal Retirement Date, the estimated primary insurance amount that would commence immediately under the Federal Social Security Act in effect on the retirement date assuming that the Participant's earning's for Social Security purposes are equal to the benefit base as determined under Section 230 of the Federal Social Security Act from the date the Participant attained age 21 until his retirement date. For purposes of determining the Accrued Benefit prior to a Participant's Normal Retirement Date, the Primary Social Security Benefit means:

which is a Participating Employer in the Basic Plan and which has adopted this Plan in the manner described in Section 18. (o) "Plan" means this Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000, and as thereafter amended. (p) "Primary Social Security Benefit" means, for retirements on or after the Normal Retirement Date, the estimated primary insurance amount that would commence immediately under the Federal Social Security Act in effect on the retirement date assuming that the Participant's earning's for Social Security purposes are equal to the benefit base as determined under Section 230 of the Federal Social Security Act from the date the Participant attained age 21 until his retirement date. For purposes of determining the Accrued Benefit prior to a Participant's Normal Retirement Date, the Primary Social Security Benefit means: (i) An amount determined as described above assuming that the Participant retires on his Normal Retirement Date and that the Social Security Act and benefit base remain unchanged in the future, multiplied by (ii) The ratio of the Participant's Credited Service as of the date of determination to the lesser of thirty (30) years or the Participant's Credited Service had he remained an active Participant until his Normal Retirement Date. (q) "Subsidiary" means any business entity in which the Company has an equity interest of at least fifty percent. Miscellaneous Rules of Construction. Masculine pronouns include the feminine, the singular includes the plural, and the plural includes the singular, as the context or application demands. 2. Participation. Each Eligible Employee shall commence participation in this Plan as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date he first becomes an Eligible Employee. An individual who is an Eligible Employee solely under subparagraph (ii) of Section 1(j) shall be deemed to have first satisfied the band and compensation requirements of such provision on January 1 of the first calendar year for which such requirements are satisfied. Except as provided in Section 18, once an individual becomes a Participant, he shall continue to participate until termination of employment with a Participating Employer even if such individual no longer satisfies the band and compensation requirements to remain an Eligible Employee. Any Eligible Employee on October 1, 1993 who was not a Participant in this Plan prior to its restatement effective October 1, 1993 shall first participate as of October 1, 1993. -33. Benefit on or after Normal Retirement Date. A Participant who ceases to be employed by all members of the Company's controlled group of corporations on or after his Normal Retirement Date shall receive a monthly benefit, payable under the basic method of payment described in Section 10, and commencing on the first day of the month coinciding with or immediately following his last date of employment, in an amount which is one-twelfth of the following: (a) For Strategy Committee members, one and two-thirds percent of Eligible Earnings times Credited Service; for all other Participants, one and one-half percent of Eligible Earnings times Credited Service; less (b) The Participant's annual retirement benefit payable at Normal Retirement Date (or, if applicable, postponed retirement date) under the Basic Plan, under the basic method of payment described in such plan; less also (c) Any other benefits from any excess benefit plan or other retirement plan or arrangement maintained or sponsored by the Company or any Subsidiary, other than a qualified or nonqualified 401(k) plan or a voluntary nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The reduction under this paragraph shall be the annual benefit under such other plan or plans, payable at Normal Retirement Date (or, if applicable, postponed retirement date), expressed as if payable under the basic method of payment described in such plan; provided, however, that if such basic method is not a form of single life annuity, then expressed as if payable solely for the lifetime of the Participant on an Actuarial Equivalent basis; less also (d) The Participant's annual Primary Social Security Benefit.

3. Benefit on or after Normal Retirement Date. A Participant who ceases to be employed by all members of the Company's controlled group of corporations on or after his Normal Retirement Date shall receive a monthly benefit, payable under the basic method of payment described in Section 10, and commencing on the first day of the month coinciding with or immediately following his last date of employment, in an amount which is one-twelfth of the following: (a) For Strategy Committee members, one and two-thirds percent of Eligible Earnings times Credited Service; for all other Participants, one and one-half percent of Eligible Earnings times Credited Service; less (b) The Participant's annual retirement benefit payable at Normal Retirement Date (or, if applicable, postponed retirement date) under the Basic Plan, under the basic method of payment described in such plan; less also (c) Any other benefits from any excess benefit plan or other retirement plan or arrangement maintained or sponsored by the Company or any Subsidiary, other than a qualified or nonqualified 401(k) plan or a voluntary nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The reduction under this paragraph shall be the annual benefit under such other plan or plans, payable at Normal Retirement Date (or, if applicable, postponed retirement date), expressed as if payable under the basic method of payment described in such plan; provided, however, that if such basic method is not a form of single life annuity, then expressed as if payable solely for the lifetime of the Participant on an Actuarial Equivalent basis; less also (d) The Participant's annual Primary Social Security Benefit. (e) In no event shall a Participant's benefits calculated hereunder be less than the difference between (a) the benefit actually payable under the Basic Plan, and (b) the benefit that would have been payable under the Basic Plan without regard to the limitation imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code (both amounts to be determined under the basic method of payment). This minimum benefit shall be separately calculated with respect to all Participants, including those whose benefits exceed this minimum, and shall be treated as a separate obligation payable from a separate plan solely for the purpose of determining which, if any, portion of a Participant's benefits is subject to income tax in the state where the Participant resided when the benefit was earned. 4. Benefit on Early Retirement. The following benefits are available for Participants who retire prior to Normal Retirement Date: (a) A Participant who ceases to be employed by all members of the Company's controlled group of corporations prior to his Normal Retirement Date but after reaching age 62 and completing 30 years of Credited Service shall be entitled to receive a retirement benefit equal to his Accrued Benefit, but commencing on the -4-

first day of the month coinciding with or immediately following his last date of employment. (b) A Participant who ceases to be employed by all members of the Company's controlled group of corporations after reaching age 55 and who has at least five years of Credited Service but who is not eligible to receive a benefit under paragraph (a) above may, unless disapproved by the Company's Chief Executive Officer (or, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors), be granted a benefit equal to his Accrued Benefit reduced in accordance with the reduction applicable to early retirement benefits under the Basic Plan. Such benefit shall commence as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following his last date of employment. (c) There shall be no benefits payable from this Plan for a Participant who ceases employment prior to the attainment of age 55, except as provided in Sections 5, 6 and 13. 5. Pre-Retirement Death Benefit. (a) If a Participant dies while employed by a Participating Employer, and after otherwise satisfying the requirements of Sections 3, 4 or 6 to receive a retirement benefit, a death benefit may be paid. The death benefit, when combined with certain life insurance proceeds as described below, is intended to place the Participant in approximately the same position (after payment of income taxes) as he would have been in had he retired on the date of his death.

first day of the month coinciding with or immediately following his last date of employment. (b) A Participant who ceases to be employed by all members of the Company's controlled group of corporations after reaching age 55 and who has at least five years of Credited Service but who is not eligible to receive a benefit under paragraph (a) above may, unless disapproved by the Company's Chief Executive Officer (or, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors), be granted a benefit equal to his Accrued Benefit reduced in accordance with the reduction applicable to early retirement benefits under the Basic Plan. Such benefit shall commence as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following his last date of employment. (c) There shall be no benefits payable from this Plan for a Participant who ceases employment prior to the attainment of age 55, except as provided in Sections 5, 6 and 13. 5. Pre-Retirement Death Benefit. (a) If a Participant dies while employed by a Participating Employer, and after otherwise satisfying the requirements of Sections 3, 4 or 6 to receive a retirement benefit, a death benefit may be paid. The death benefit, when combined with certain life insurance proceeds as described below, is intended to place the Participant in approximately the same position (after payment of income taxes) as he would have been in had he retired on the date of his death. The amount of the death benefit, if any, payable from this Plan shall be computed as follows: (i) the After-Tax single lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit under this plan plus the After-Tax single lump sum value of any benefits that would have been payable under any Excess Benefit Plan if the Participant had retired (rather than died) on his date of death, minus (ii) the single lump sum proceeds of any life insurance policy insuring the life of the Participant, whether group, individual, term, universal or any other type, available through the Company or any Subsidiary, regardless of whether the premiums therefor are paid by the Participant or the Company. For purposes hereof, each Participant shall be deemed to have elected to participate in all such life insurance programs available through the Company or any Subsidiary, whether or not such Participant actually so participated on the date of his death. Any insurance policy proceeds directly attributable to supplemental contributions made by the Participant with respect to any such policy shall not be taken into account for this purpose. -5-

(iii) The amount so obtained shall then be grossed up for income tax purposes by dividing such amount by one minus the tax rate determined under paragraph (b). (b) For purposes of this Section 5, the term "After-Tax" shall mean the amount remaining after subtraction of approximate federal, state and local income and employment taxes expected to be paid on the amount in question. The Company's Tax Controller, or other officer with similar responsibilities, shall determine "After-Tax" amounts, in his discretion, using such presumed tax rates as he shall deem reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances of the individual involved. (c) Any amount payable under this Section 5 shall be paid in a single lump sum to the Beneficiary determined in accordance with Section 14. 6. Disability Benefit. A Participant whose employment terminates because of disability prior to becoming eligible for benefits under Section 3 or 4 shall be entitled to the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit. Disability shall be established, as determined by the Committee, if the Participant is unable for a period reasonably expected to exceed six months to perform the duties of the position held prior to the incident or the onset of the illness resulting in the disability. 7. Intentionally blank. 8. Forfeiture for Activity Contrary to the Company's Best Interests.

(iii) The amount so obtained shall then be grossed up for income tax purposes by dividing such amount by one minus the tax rate determined under paragraph (b). (b) For purposes of this Section 5, the term "After-Tax" shall mean the amount remaining after subtraction of approximate federal, state and local income and employment taxes expected to be paid on the amount in question. The Company's Tax Controller, or other officer with similar responsibilities, shall determine "After-Tax" amounts, in his discretion, using such presumed tax rates as he shall deem reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances of the individual involved. (c) Any amount payable under this Section 5 shall be paid in a single lump sum to the Beneficiary determined in accordance with Section 14. 6. Disability Benefit. A Participant whose employment terminates because of disability prior to becoming eligible for benefits under Section 3 or 4 shall be entitled to the Actuarial Equivalent of his Accrued Benefit. Disability shall be established, as determined by the Committee, if the Participant is unable for a period reasonably expected to exceed six months to perform the duties of the position held prior to the incident or the onset of the illness resulting in the disability. 7. Intentionally blank. 8. Forfeiture for Activity Contrary to the Company's Best Interests. (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the right of a Participant and his beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive a benefit hereunder is expressly conditioned upon the Participant neither (i) having ceased to be employed by the Company or any Subsidiary under circumstances or conditions inimical or contrary to the best interests of the Company or any Subsidiary, nor (ii) thereafter engaging in any activity which in the Committee's judgment is inimical or contrary to the best interests of the Company or any Subsidiary. (b) Should a Participating Employer propose to enforce the foregoing, it shall give written notice to the Participant or other person(s) otherwise entitled to payment, and may withhold payment pending final resolution of the matter. The Committee shall thereupon investigate the alleged violation and shall consider, under such rules of procedure as the Committee shall deem reasonable, such evidence and testimony as the Participating Employer and the Participant or other person or persons receiving or otherwise entitled to receive payment may wish to submit in support or refutation of the alleged violation. The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive. If the Committee concludes that there has been a violation, the right of the Participant and all beneficiaries to receive payment hereunder shall thereupon cease. If the Committee concludes that there has not been a violation, the amounts withheld or suspended shall become payable as though no proceedings had been instituted nor any payment withheld or suspended, -6-

without, however, any interest for the period during which such amounts were withheld or suspended. (c) The provisions of this Section authorizing the Participating Employer to give notice of an alleged violation or possible violation of the conditions of paragraph (a) shall not be interpreted as requiring the Participating Employer to take such action in each and every instance of a violation or suspected violation, and in determining whether an attempt to enforce the forfeiture provisions of this Section shall be made, the Participating Employer may consider the possible economic damage it might suffer from the violation or suspected violation, the circumstances surrounding the discontinuance of the employment of the Participant with the Participating Employer and the quantum of proof which the Participating Employer may have of a violation of the aforesaid conditions. (d) The provisions of this Section shall in no way impair or derogate the rights which a Participating Employer may otherwise have under any employment contract with a Participant or at law or in equity, to prevent the disclosure of confidential information or to recover damages for the disclosure thereof or to prevent a Participant from engaging in competition with a Participating Employer or to recover damages therefor.

without, however, any interest for the period during which such amounts were withheld or suspended. (c) The provisions of this Section authorizing the Participating Employer to give notice of an alleged violation or possible violation of the conditions of paragraph (a) shall not be interpreted as requiring the Participating Employer to take such action in each and every instance of a violation or suspected violation, and in determining whether an attempt to enforce the forfeiture provisions of this Section shall be made, the Participating Employer may consider the possible economic damage it might suffer from the violation or suspected violation, the circumstances surrounding the discontinuance of the employment of the Participant with the Participating Employer and the quantum of proof which the Participating Employer may have of a violation of the aforesaid conditions. (d) The provisions of this Section shall in no way impair or derogate the rights which a Participating Employer may otherwise have under any employment contract with a Participant or at law or in equity, to prevent the disclosure of confidential information or to recover damages for the disclosure thereof or to prevent a Participant from engaging in competition with a Participating Employer or to recover damages therefor. (e) The Board (or the Executive Committee at any time the Board of Directors is not in session) may revoke this Section at any time, whereupon no Accrued Benefit at that time shall ever be subject to forfeiture or revocation for any reason, including (but not limited to) any subsequent amendment to this Plan which reinstates the provisions of this Section or imposes similar conditions on a Participant's right to receive benefits hereunder. (f) If the provisions of this Section are invoked at any time after payments have already been made, the Participating Employer shall have the right to a refund of all monies theretofore paid. If the Participating Employer shall find it necessary to file suit to recover any amount hereunder, it shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney's fees and costs. 9. Intentionally blank. 10. Payment Methods. The basic method of payment for Participants retiring on or after January 1, 1995 shall be monthly payments for life, beginning on the first day of the month coincident or next following the Participant's retirement date, with the last payment being for the month in which the Participant's death occurs, but with 120 monthly payments guaranteed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment shall be made in a single lump sum unless the Participant gives written notice to the Committee, at least one year prior to the date benefits are to commence, that he elects to receive benefits under either the basic method of payment described above or one of the following optional methods which shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the basic method of payment: -7-

(a) A two-thirds joint and survivor annuity with such contingent annuitant as the Participant may designate. If a Participant has selected this method of payment and the contingent annuitant dies before payments begin, the selection shall be revoked, but if the contingent annuitant dies after payments begin, the selection of this method of payment shall not be affected and no new contingent annuitant may be named; or (b) Level installments over a five-year period. A Participant may elect an optional method of payment under this Plan which is different from the method of payment elected under either the Basic Plan or the Excess Benefit Plan. 11. Obligation to Pay Benefits Hereunder. No trust fund, escrow account or other segregation of assets shall be established or made by any Participating Employer to guarantee, secure or assure the payment of any benefit hereunder. The obligation of each Participating Employer to pay benefits pursuant to this Plan shall constitute only a general obligation of the Participating Employer to the Participants and other payees hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof. Payment of benefits by a Participating Employer hereunder shall be made only from the general funds of the Participating Employer and no Participant or other potential payee of any amount hereunder shall have any interest in any particular asset of any Participating Employer by reason of the existence of this Plan, and the amounts payable hereunder shall be subject in all respects to claims of general creditors of the respective Participating Employers until actually paid over to the person(s) entitled to receive the same.

(a) A two-thirds joint and survivor annuity with such contingent annuitant as the Participant may designate. If a Participant has selected this method of payment and the contingent annuitant dies before payments begin, the selection shall be revoked, but if the contingent annuitant dies after payments begin, the selection of this method of payment shall not be affected and no new contingent annuitant may be named; or (b) Level installments over a five-year period. A Participant may elect an optional method of payment under this Plan which is different from the method of payment elected under either the Basic Plan or the Excess Benefit Plan. 11. Obligation to Pay Benefits Hereunder. No trust fund, escrow account or other segregation of assets shall be established or made by any Participating Employer to guarantee, secure or assure the payment of any benefit hereunder. The obligation of each Participating Employer to pay benefits pursuant to this Plan shall constitute only a general obligation of the Participating Employer to the Participants and other payees hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof. Payment of benefits by a Participating Employer hereunder shall be made only from the general funds of the Participating Employer and no Participant or other potential payee of any amount hereunder shall have any interest in any particular asset of any Participating Employer by reason of the existence of this Plan, and the amounts payable hereunder shall be subject in all respects to claims of general creditors of the respective Participating Employers until actually paid over to the person(s) entitled to receive the same. 12. Special Rule for Non-Deductible Amounts. Any amount otherwise payable under the Plan in a calendar year for which the Company determines that the amount would not be deductible by any Participating Employer under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, shall not be paid until such calendar year as the Company determines that the amount has ceased to be so non-deductible. In the case of any inconsistency between this Section 12 and any other provision of the Plan, this Section 12 shall govern, except in the case of Section 13 becoming applicable. 13. Change in Control. (a) If a Change in Control (as defined in Section 13(b)) shall occur, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Participant's Accrued Benefit under the Plan as of the Change in Control Date shall be fully vested and non-forfeitable. Within 30 days after the Change in Control Date, the Participant shall be paid, in a single lumpsum payment, the Actuarial Equivalent of such Accrued Benefit as of the date of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, on the Change in Control date, a Participant otherwise satisfied the eligibility requirements for early or normal retirement benefits under Sections 3 or 4, such Participant's benefit shall -8-

be paid as if he actually retired on the Change in Control Date. The Chief Executive Officer shall be deemed to have granted any necessary approvals. (b) For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control" shall occur automatically if and when an "Acceleration Date" occurs as defined in the Company's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan or if and when an analogous change in control event occurs as defined in any successor to such plan, and the Change in Control Date shall be the Acceleration Date or analogous date as defined therein. (c) This Section 13 may be deleted or amended in any way pursuant to Section 22 at any time prior to a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Section 22, following a Change in Control, the provisions of this Section 13 cannot, after the Change in Control Date, be amended in any manner without the written consent of each individual who was a Participant immediately prior to the Change in Control. (d) Following a Change in Control, this Plan shall continue in effect, notwithstanding that payment of benefits shall have been made under Section 13(a), unless and until terminated by the Company. (e) If a Change in Control occurs, Section 8 shall no longer apply to any individual whose activities are not under investigation by the Committee on the Change in Control Date.

be paid as if he actually retired on the Change in Control Date. The Chief Executive Officer shall be deemed to have granted any necessary approvals. (b) For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control" shall occur automatically if and when an "Acceleration Date" occurs as defined in the Company's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan or if and when an analogous change in control event occurs as defined in any successor to such plan, and the Change in Control Date shall be the Acceleration Date or analogous date as defined therein. (c) This Section 13 may be deleted or amended in any way pursuant to Section 22 at any time prior to a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Section 22, following a Change in Control, the provisions of this Section 13 cannot, after the Change in Control Date, be amended in any manner without the written consent of each individual who was a Participant immediately prior to the Change in Control. (d) Following a Change in Control, this Plan shall continue in effect, notwithstanding that payment of benefits shall have been made under Section 13(a), unless and until terminated by the Company. (e) If a Change in Control occurs, Section 8 shall no longer apply to any individual whose activities are not under investigation by the Committee on the Change in Control Date. (f) If by reason of this Section an excise or other special tax ("Excise Tax") is imposed on any payment under this Plan (a "Required Payment"), the amount of each Required Payment shall be increased by an amount which, after payment of income taxes, payroll taxes and Excise Tax thereon, will equal such Excise Tax on the Required Payment. 14. Concerning Payment; Beneficiaries. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, any amount payable under this Plan as a result of or following the death of a Participant shall be applied only for the benefit of the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant pursuant to this Section. Each Participant shall specifically designate, by name, on forms provided by the Committee, the beneficiary(ies) to whom any such amounts shall be paid. A Participant may change or revoke a beneficiary designation without the consent of the beneficiary(ies) at any time by filing a new beneficiary designation form with the Committee. The filing of a new form shall automatically revoke any forms previously filed with the Committee. A beneficiary designation form not properly filed with the Committee prior to the death of the Participant shall have no validity under the Plan. (b) Except as provided in Section 10, any such designation shall be contingent on the designated beneficiary surviving the Participant. If a designated beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before receiving the entire amount payable to the designated beneficiary hereunder, the amount which would otherwise -9-

have been so paid shall be paid to the estate of the deceased beneficiary unless a contrary direction was made by the Participant, in which case such direction shall control. More than one beneficiary, and alternative or contingent beneficiaries, may be designated, in which case the Participant shall specify the shares, terms and conditions upon which amounts shall be paid to such multiple or alternative or contingent beneficiaries, all of which must be satisfactory to the Committee. (c) If no beneficiary designation is on file with the Committee at the time of the Participant's death or no beneficiary designated by the Participant survives the Participant, the Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the beneficiary designated to receive any amounts then remaining payable under this Plan. (d) In determining any question concerning a Participant's beneficiary, the latest designation filed with the Committee shall control and intervening changes in circumstances shall be ignored; provided, if a Participant's spouse is designated as beneficiary but thereafter is divorced from the Participant, such designation shall become invalid as of the date of divorce unless the Participant files a beneficiary designation form with the Committee after the date of divorce confirming designation of such former spouse as beneficiary.

have been so paid shall be paid to the estate of the deceased beneficiary unless a contrary direction was made by the Participant, in which case such direction shall control. More than one beneficiary, and alternative or contingent beneficiaries, may be designated, in which case the Participant shall specify the shares, terms and conditions upon which amounts shall be paid to such multiple or alternative or contingent beneficiaries, all of which must be satisfactory to the Committee. (c) If no beneficiary designation is on file with the Committee at the time of the Participant's death or no beneficiary designated by the Participant survives the Participant, the Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the beneficiary designated to receive any amounts then remaining payable under this Plan. (d) In determining any question concerning a Participant's beneficiary, the latest designation filed with the Committee shall control and intervening changes in circumstances shall be ignored; provided, if a Participant's spouse is designated as beneficiary but thereafter is divorced from the Participant, such designation shall become invalid as of the date of divorce unless the Participant files a beneficiary designation form with the Committee after the date of divorce confirming designation of such former spouse as beneficiary. (e) Any check issued on or before the date of a Participant's death shall remain payable to the Participant, whether or not the check is received by the Participant prior to death. Any check issued after the date of the Participant's death shall be the property of the Participant's beneficiaries determined in accordance with this Section 14. 15. Payees Presumed Competent. Every person receiving or claiming amounts payable under this Plan shall be conclusively presumed to be mentally competent and of legal age until the Committee receives a written notice, in form, manner and substance acceptable to it, that any such person is incompetent or is a minor or that a guardian or other person legally vested with the care of his estate has been appointed. 16. Facility of Payment. If any amount is payable hereunder to a minor or other person under legal disability or otherwise incapable of managing his or her own affairs, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, payment thereof shall be made in one (or any combination) of the following ways, as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion: (i) Directly to said minor or other person; (ii) To a custodian for said minor or other person (whether designated by the Company or any other person) under the Missouri Transfers to Minors Law, the Missouri Personal Custodian Law or a similar law of any other jurisdiction; -10-

(iii) To the conservator of the estate of said minor or other person; or (iv) To some relative or friend of such minor or other person for the support, welfare or education of such minor or other person. The Committee shall not be required to see to the application of any payment so made, and payment to the person determined by the Committee shall fully discharge the plan and the Participating Employer from any further accountability or responsibility with respect to the amount so paid. 17. Notice of Address; Lost Payees. The address of every Participant or other person entitled to any payment hereunder on file for purposes of the Basic Plan shall be used for all purposes of this Plan. If the Committee is unable to locate any person, or the estate of such person, after a reasonable attempt to locate such person has been made, within two years after an amount becomes payable hereunder, the right and interest of such payee in and to the amount payable shall terminate on the last day of such two-year period. 18. Participating Employer. Any Participating Employer in the Basic Plan may become a Participating Employer in this Plan by submitting to the Committee a resolution of its board of directors adopting the provisions of this Plan. The adoption of this Plan by a Participating Employer shall constitute an automatic delegation by it to the

(iii) To the conservator of the estate of said minor or other person; or (iv) To some relative or friend of such minor or other person for the support, welfare or education of such minor or other person. The Committee shall not be required to see to the application of any payment so made, and payment to the person determined by the Committee shall fully discharge the plan and the Participating Employer from any further accountability or responsibility with respect to the amount so paid. 17. Notice of Address; Lost Payees. The address of every Participant or other person entitled to any payment hereunder on file for purposes of the Basic Plan shall be used for all purposes of this Plan. If the Committee is unable to locate any person, or the estate of such person, after a reasonable attempt to locate such person has been made, within two years after an amount becomes payable hereunder, the right and interest of such payee in and to the amount payable shall terminate on the last day of such two-year period. 18. Participating Employer. Any Participating Employer in the Basic Plan may become a Participating Employer in this Plan by submitting to the Committee a resolution of its board of directors adopting the provisions of this Plan. The adoption of this Plan by a Participating Employer shall constitute an automatic delegation by it to the Board of full authority to amend or terminate the Plan and to the Committee to administer this Plan. Benefits payable under this Plan for a Participant whose employment terminates from a Participating Employer shall be solely the obligation of that Participating Employer. A Participating Employer may withdraw from the Plan by action of its board of directors. If such a withdrawal shall occur, no benefit shall be payable under this Plan to any Participant who has not otherwise satisfied the eligibility requirements of Sections 3, 4 or 6, as of the date of withdrawal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any benefits in pay status as of the date of withdrawal shall continue to be paid in full in accordance with the terms hereof. 19. No Liability for Payee's Debts. Amounts payable under this Plan shall not be liable for or subject to the debts or liabilities of any payee, and no amount payable hereunder shall at any time or in any manner be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or encumbrance of any kind, whether to any Participating Employer or to any other party whomsoever, and whether with or without consideration. If any payee shall attempt to, or shall anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber any amounts payable hereunder or any part thereof, or if by reason of bankruptcy or other event, such amounts would at any time be received or enjoyed by persons other than such payee, except as otherwise permitted by this Plan, the Committee in its sole discretion may terminate such person's interest in any such amounts and hold or apply such amounts to or for the use of such person, his spouse, children or other dependents, or any of them, as the Committee may determine. -1120. Administration. This Plan shall be administered by a Committee composed of the Company's Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary. The Committee shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan. The Committee shall interpret the Plan; shall determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan; and shall construe any ambiguity, supply any omission, and reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as the Committee deems proper in its discretion. Any interpretation or construction placed upon any term or provision of the Plan by the Committee, any decisions and determinations of the Committee arising under the Plan, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i) the eligibility of any individual to become or remain a Participant and a Participant's status as such, and Eligible Earnings for any year; (ii) the time, method and amounts of payments payable under the Plan; (iii) the rights of Participants; and any other action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Committee in good faith shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons concerned, including, but not limited to, the Company, all Participating Employers and all Participants and beneficiaries. 21. Negation of Employment Contract. This Plan does not create an employment contract and nothing contained herein shall be deemed (a) to give a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of any Participating Employer; (b) to interfere with the right of any Participating Employer to discharge a Participant at any time with or without cause; (c) to give any Participating Employer the right to require a Participant to remain in its employ; or (d) to interfere with the right of a Participant to terminate employment voluntarily whenever the Participant

20. Administration. This Plan shall be administered by a Committee composed of the Company's Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary. The Committee shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan. The Committee shall interpret the Plan; shall determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan; and shall construe any ambiguity, supply any omission, and reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as the Committee deems proper in its discretion. Any interpretation or construction placed upon any term or provision of the Plan by the Committee, any decisions and determinations of the Committee arising under the Plan, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i) the eligibility of any individual to become or remain a Participant and a Participant's status as such, and Eligible Earnings for any year; (ii) the time, method and amounts of payments payable under the Plan; (iii) the rights of Participants; and any other action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Committee in good faith shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons concerned, including, but not limited to, the Company, all Participating Employers and all Participants and beneficiaries. 21. Negation of Employment Contract. This Plan does not create an employment contract and nothing contained herein shall be deemed (a) to give a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of any Participating Employer; (b) to interfere with the right of any Participating Employer to discharge a Participant at any time with or without cause; (c) to give any Participating Employer the right to require a Participant to remain in its employ; or (d) to interfere with the right of a Participant to terminate employment voluntarily whenever the Participant chooses. 22. Modification, Amendment, or Termination. Except as provided for in Section 13, the Company has the absolute right to modify or amend this Plan in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, effective as of any specified prior, current or future date. Such amendment shall be made in accordance with applicable corporate procedures then in effect for similar matters. The Company also reserves the right to terminate this Plan, in whole or in part, voluntarily as of any specified current or future date. This Plan shall be automatically terminated upon a termination of the Basic Plan, a dissolution of the Company (but not upon a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization of the Company unless the surviving corporation therein specifically terminates this Plan); upon the Company being legally adjudicated a bankrupt; upon the appointment of a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy with respect to the Company's assets and business if such appointment is not set aside within 90 days thereafter; or upon the making by the Company of an assignment for the benefit of creditors. Upon termination of this Plan, no additional employee shall become eligible to participate herein, and no additional benefits shall be accrued hereunder. Notwithstanding the termination of this Plan, no Participant affected thereby shall be deprived of the right to receive his Accrued Benefit at the time and in the manner provided by this Plan. -1223. Set Off and Withholding. (a) Any amount then due and payable by the Company or any Participating Employer to any Participant or the beneficiary of any Participant under this Plan may be offset by any amounts owed to the Company or any Subsidiary by the Participant and/or the beneficiary for any reason and in any capacity whatsoever, as the Company may determine in its sole and absolute discretion. (b) There shall be deducted from any amount payable under this Plan all taxes required to be withheld by any federal, state or local government. Participants and their beneficiaries shall bear any and all federal, state, local and other income taxes and other taxes imposed on amounts paid under the Plan, whether or not withholding is required or carried out in accordance with this provision. 24. Claims Procedures. (a) The Committee shall make all decisions and determinations respecting the right of any person to a payment under the Plan. (b) The following procedure shall be followed with respect to claims under the Plan: (i) Any claimant who believes he or she is entitled to a benefit under this Plan shall submit a claim for such benefit in writing to the Committee.

23. Set Off and Withholding. (a) Any amount then due and payable by the Company or any Participating Employer to any Participant or the beneficiary of any Participant under this Plan may be offset by any amounts owed to the Company or any Subsidiary by the Participant and/or the beneficiary for any reason and in any capacity whatsoever, as the Company may determine in its sole and absolute discretion. (b) There shall be deducted from any amount payable under this Plan all taxes required to be withheld by any federal, state or local government. Participants and their beneficiaries shall bear any and all federal, state, local and other income taxes and other taxes imposed on amounts paid under the Plan, whether or not withholding is required or carried out in accordance with this provision. 24. Claims Procedures. (a) The Committee shall make all decisions and determinations respecting the right of any person to a payment under the Plan. (b) The following procedure shall be followed with respect to claims under the Plan: (i) Any claimant who believes he or she is entitled to a benefit under this Plan shall submit a claim for such benefit in writing to the Committee. (ii) Any decision by the Committee denying a claim in whole or in part shall be stated in writing by the Committee and delivered or mailed to the claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim by the Committee unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after such receipt. If such an extension of time is taken, the Committee shall inform the claimant of the delay in writing before the expiration of the initial ninety (90) day period, including the reasons therefor and the date by which the Committee expects to render a decision. Any decision denying a claim shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial with specific references to Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and the reasons therefor, and an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure, all written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Committee does not notify the claimant of denial of the claim or the need for an extension of time within the initial ninety (90) day period, the claim shall be deemed denied. (iii) If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the claimant or his duly authorized representative may request a review by the Committee of the decision upon written application to the Committee within sixty (60) days after notification of the decision. The claimant or his duly authorized representative may -13-

review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing. The Committee shall make its decision on review not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request for review unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case its decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review. If such an extension of time is taken, the Committee shall inform the claimant of the delay in writing before the expiration of the initial sixty (60) day period. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and specific references to the pertinent plan provisions on which the decision is based. If the Committee does not notify the claimant of its decision on review within the period herein provided for, the claim shall be deemed denied on review. (c) The Committee may adopt such rules as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate to carry out its duties under this Section 24. Any action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Committee under this Section 24 shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons concerned, including, but not limited to, the Company, all Participating Employers and all Participants and beneficiaries. (d) The procedure provided for in this Section 24 shall be the sole, exclusive and mandatory procedure for resolving any dispute under this Plan; provided, that if a Participant wishes to make a valid legal challenge to the Committee's determination and he has entered into an agreement with the Company to arbitrate disputes arising

review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing. The Committee shall make its decision on review not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request for review unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case its decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review. If such an extension of time is taken, the Committee shall inform the claimant of the delay in writing before the expiration of the initial sixty (60) day period. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and specific references to the pertinent plan provisions on which the decision is based. If the Committee does not notify the claimant of its decision on review within the period herein provided for, the claim shall be deemed denied on review. (c) The Committee may adopt such rules as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate to carry out its duties under this Section 24. Any action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Committee under this Section 24 shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons concerned, including, but not limited to, the Company, all Participating Employers and all Participants and beneficiaries. (d) The procedure provided for in this Section 24 shall be the sole, exclusive and mandatory procedure for resolving any dispute under this Plan; provided, that if a Participant wishes to make a valid legal challenge to the Committee's determination and he has entered into an agreement with the Company to arbitrate disputes arising from his employment with the Company, such legal challenge shall be resolved pursuant to the arbitration procedures in that agreement and the Participant's burden of proof in any arbitration shall be the same as if the dispute were tried in a court proceeding. (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control as defined in Section 13, Section (d) above shall not apply. 25. Miscellaneous. (a) In any instance in which the Committee believes such action to be in the best interest of the party entitled to receive any payment under this Plan, or to be in the best interests of any Participating Employer (such as to eliminate small account balances or to avoid the administrative inconvenience and expense which might be incurred if relatively small amounts were to be paid to multiple recipients over lengthy periods of time), amounts payable hereunder may be paid in a single lump-sum payment, the amount of which shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the payment in question. (b) In the event of the death of a Participant or any beneficiary, the Committee need not make any payment provided for by this Plan until it shall have -14-

received proof satisfactory to it of such death and of the identity, existence and location of the party thereafter entitled to receive payments under this Plan. (c) In making any payment or taking any action under this Plan, the Participating Employers and the Committee shall be absolutely protected in relying upon any finding or statement of facts believed to be true, and on any written instrument believed to have been signed by the proper party. (d) Subject to the applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 which provide to the contrary, this Plan shall be administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the State of Missouri (other than choice of law), and in Courts situated in that State. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. has caused this Amended and Restated Plan to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized, this 9th day of March, 2000, effective as of March 1, 2000. ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC.
By /s/ W. Randolph Baker

received proof satisfactory to it of such death and of the identity, existence and location of the party thereafter entitled to receive payments under this Plan. (c) In making any payment or taking any action under this Plan, the Participating Employers and the Committee shall be absolutely protected in relying upon any finding or statement of facts believed to be true, and on any written instrument believed to have been signed by the proper party. (d) Subject to the applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 which provide to the contrary, this Plan shall be administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the State of Missouri (other than choice of law), and in Courts situated in that State. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. has caused this Amended and Restated Plan to be executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized, this 9th day of March, 2000, effective as of March 1, 2000. ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC.
By /s/ W. Randolph Baker -----------------------------W. Randolph Baker Chief Financial Officer

-15-

ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25.

TABLE OF CONTENTS Definitions Participation Benefit on or After Normal Retirement Date Benefit on Early Retirement Pre-Retirement Death Benefit Disability Benefit Intentionally Blank Forfeiture for Activity Contrary to the Company's Best Interests Intentionally Blank Payment Methods Obligation to Pay Benefits Hereunder Special Rule for Non-Deductible Amounts Change in Control Concerning Payment; Beneficiaries Payees Presumed Competent Facility of Payment Notice of Address; Lost Payees Participating Employer No Liability for Payee's Debts Administration Negation of Employment Contract Modification, Amendment, or Termination Set Off and Withholding Claims Procedure Miscellaneous

1 3 3 4 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 12 14

ANHEUSER-BUSCH

ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25.

TABLE OF CONTENTS Definitions Participation Benefit on or After Normal Retirement Date Benefit on Early Retirement Pre-Retirement Death Benefit Disability Benefit Intentionally Blank Forfeiture for Activity Contrary to the Company's Best Interests Intentionally Blank Payment Methods Obligation to Pay Benefits Hereunder Special Rule for Non-Deductible Amounts Change in Control Concerning Payment; Beneficiaries Payees Presumed Competent Facility of Payment Notice of Address; Lost Payees Participating Employer No Liability for Payee's Debts Administration Negation of Employment Contract Modification, Amendment, or Termination Set Off and Withholding Claims Procedure Miscellaneous

1 3 3 4 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 12 14

ANHEUSER-BUSCH EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000) Preamble Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. (the "Company") adopted the Anheuser-Busch Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management and highly compensated employees, effective as of January 1, 1994. The Company reserved to itself the right to amend the Plan. The Plan has been amended from time to time. The Company deems it necessary and desirable to amend and restate the Plan in its entirety as hereinafter set forth, effective March 1, 2000. I. DEFINITIONS Base Salary: The substantially equal amounts owed by a Participating Employer to an Employee on a regular periodic basis in exchange for services rendered during a Year, regardless of when paid. Bonus: Any amount awarded by a Participating Employer to an Employee for a Year under a bonus plan, regardless of when awarded or paid. Company: Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Effective Date: The original Effective Date was January 1, 1994. The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement of the Plan is March 1, 2000.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25.

TABLE OF CONTENTS Definitions Participation Benefit on or After Normal Retirement Date Benefit on Early Retirement Pre-Retirement Death Benefit Disability Benefit Intentionally Blank Forfeiture for Activity Contrary to the Company's Best Interests Intentionally Blank Payment Methods Obligation to Pay Benefits Hereunder Special Rule for Non-Deductible Amounts Change in Control Concerning Payment; Beneficiaries Payees Presumed Competent Facility of Payment Notice of Address; Lost Payees Participating Employer No Liability for Payee's Debts Administration Negation of Employment Contract Modification, Amendment, or Termination Set Off and Withholding Claims Procedure Miscellaneous

1 3 3 4 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 12 14

ANHEUSER-BUSCH EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000) Preamble Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. (the "Company") adopted the Anheuser-Busch Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management and highly compensated employees, effective as of January 1, 1994. The Company reserved to itself the right to amend the Plan. The Plan has been amended from time to time. The Company deems it necessary and desirable to amend and restate the Plan in its entirety as hereinafter set forth, effective March 1, 2000. I. DEFINITIONS Base Salary: The substantially equal amounts owed by a Participating Employer to an Employee on a regular periodic basis in exchange for services rendered during a Year, regardless of when paid. Bonus: Any amount awarded by a Participating Employer to an Employee for a Year under a bonus plan, regardless of when awarded or paid. Company: Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Effective Date: The original Effective Date was January 1, 1994. The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement of the Plan is March 1, 2000. Eligible Compensation: As to any Year, a Participant's Base Salary and Bonus for such Year. No payments under the Company's Supplemental Life Insurance Program or any like program, taxable or non-taxable fringe benefits, stock-related compensation, international service premiums or other cash or in-kind compensation shall be taken into account as Eligible Compensation. Eligible Employee: With respect to any Year, an Employee who satisfies the requirements for participation in the Plan for the Year, as determined pursuant to Section II.

ANHEUSER-BUSCH EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2000) Preamble Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. (the "Company") adopted the Anheuser-Busch Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management and highly compensated employees, effective as of January 1, 1994. The Company reserved to itself the right to amend the Plan. The Plan has been amended from time to time. The Company deems it necessary and desirable to amend and restate the Plan in its entirety as hereinafter set forth, effective March 1, 2000. I. DEFINITIONS Base Salary: The substantially equal amounts owed by a Participating Employer to an Employee on a regular periodic basis in exchange for services rendered during a Year, regardless of when paid. Bonus: Any amount awarded by a Participating Employer to an Employee for a Year under a bonus plan, regardless of when awarded or paid. Company: Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Effective Date: The original Effective Date was January 1, 1994. The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement of the Plan is March 1, 2000. Eligible Compensation: As to any Year, a Participant's Base Salary and Bonus for such Year. No payments under the Company's Supplemental Life Insurance Program or any like program, taxable or non-taxable fringe benefits, stock-related compensation, international service premiums or other cash or in-kind compensation shall be taken into account as Eligible Compensation. Eligible Employee: With respect to any Year, an Employee who satisfies the requirements for participation in the Plan for the Year, as determined pursuant to Section II. Employee: A salaried common-law employee of a Participating Employer as determined from time to time. In no event shall any individual be classified as an Employee while he or she is in any of the following categories: (a) Independent contractors, including non-employee directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. 1

(b) Leased employees. (c) Non-resident aliens. (d) Collective bargaining unit members. Participant: With respect to any Year, an Eligible Employee who elects to defer a portion of his or her Eligible Compensation for the Year or who so elected with respect to an earlier Year as to which the entire amount deferred and all interest accrued thereon have not been paid. Participating Employer: The Company and any other business entity in which the Company has an equity interest of at least fifty percent (50%), and which adopts this Plan, as determined from time to time. Plan: Anheuser-Busch Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, the Plan set forth herein, as duly amended from time to time.

(b) Leased employees. (c) Non-resident aliens. (d) Collective bargaining unit members. Participant: With respect to any Year, an Eligible Employee who elects to defer a portion of his or her Eligible Compensation for the Year or who so elected with respect to an earlier Year as to which the entire amount deferred and all interest accrued thereon have not been paid. Participating Employer: The Company and any other business entity in which the Company has an equity interest of at least fifty percent (50%), and which adopts this Plan, as determined from time to time. Plan: Anheuser-Busch Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, the Plan set forth herein, as duly amended from time to time. Related Employer: Each Participating Employer and each other legal entity as to which the Company has at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power. Year: Each calendar year commencing on or after January 1, 1994. II. ELIGIBILITY An Employee shall be an Eligible Employee for a Year only if the sum of the Employee's annual rate of Base Salary as of October 1 of the immediately preceding calendar year and the Employee's Bonus for the second preceding calendar year exceeds $250,000, as adjusted for each Year after 1994 in accordance with the Company's budgeted internal merit increase factor for that Year (hereinafter "$250,000 As Adjusted"). III. DEFERRAL ELECTIONS 3.01. Types of Election; Time of Election. Each Participant for a Year shall make the following elections in writing on a form provided by the Company and delivered to the Company not later than the Company may direct. (a) The portion of the Participant's Eligible Compensation for the Year that shall be deferred; however: (i) The maximum portion of each installment of a Participant's Base Salary subject to deferral election hereunder shall be 2 equal to a pro rata share of the portion of the Participant's Base Salary in excess of $250,000 As Adjusted. If by reason of Sec. 3.04, an installment is insufficient to support any deferral, no make-up deferral shall be made from any future Base Salary installment. (ii) If a Participant's annual Base Salary rate is changed during a Year, the amounts deferred prior to the date of change shall not be changed. The maximum portion of each installment that can be deferred after the change shall be determined by: (i) adding (a) the Participant's actual Base Salary for the period before the effective date of the change, and (b) the Participant's Base Salary rate per pay period on the effective date of the change multiplied by the number of pay periods remaining in the Year on the effective date of the change; (ii) subtracting from the total (a) $250,000 As Adjusted, and (b) the total amount deferred during the Year before the effective date of the change; and (iii) dividing the remainder by the number of pay periods remaining in the Year as of the effective date of the change.

equal to a pro rata share of the portion of the Participant's Base Salary in excess of $250,000 As Adjusted. If by reason of Sec. 3.04, an installment is insufficient to support any deferral, no make-up deferral shall be made from any future Base Salary installment. (ii) If a Participant's annual Base Salary rate is changed during a Year, the amounts deferred prior to the date of change shall not be changed. The maximum portion of each installment that can be deferred after the change shall be determined by: (i) adding (a) the Participant's actual Base Salary for the period before the effective date of the change, and (b) the Participant's Base Salary rate per pay period on the effective date of the change multiplied by the number of pay periods remaining in the Year on the effective date of the change; (ii) subtracting from the total (a) $250,000 As Adjusted, and (b) the total amount deferred during the Year before the effective date of the change; and (iii) dividing the remainder by the number of pay periods remaining in the Year as of the effective date of the change. (iii) The maximum portion of a Participant's Bonus subject to deferral election hereunder shall be equal to the amount by which the Participant's Eligible Compensation exceeds the sum of the portion of the Participant's Base Salary deferred hereunder plus $250,000 As Adjusted. (iv) If any portion of a Participant's total compensation from all Participating Employers for a Year would not be deductible for the Year by any Participating Employer under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the Participant may elect to defer an indefinite amount equal to such non-deductible portion of the Participant's compensation, and the Company may adopt such special rules and procedures as it deems appropriate to carry out such election. (b) The period of deferral for amounts deferred during the Year, which may be a definite period of five (5), ten (10), fifteen (15) or twenty (20) Years including the Year of deferral, or an indefinite period ending on termination of the Participant's employment with all Related Employers, subject to extension provided for in Secs. 3.01(e), 3.01(f) and 3.02 or acceleration as provided for in Secs. 5.01(b), 5.05, 5.06 and 5.07. 3

(c) The interest rates to be applied to amounts deferred during the Year and to any previously deferred amounts as to which a new election is required under Sec. 4.01. (d) Whether payment of amounts deferred for the Year and interest accrued thereon shall be made in a single sum, in five (5) installments, or in ten (10) installments subject to acceleration as provided for in Secs. 5.02(c), 5.05, 5.06 and 5.07. (e) Whether payment of amounts deferred for the Year that become due on account of termination of the Participant's employment with all Related Employers shall begin as of the first day of the calendar month following the termination or the January 1 following the termination. (f) Except as provided for in this Sec. 3.01(f), all elections pursuant to this Sec. 3.01 shall be irrevocable. Notwithstanding anything, a Participant may elect a longer deferral period (not to exceed the period ending on termination of employment as provided for in Sec. 3.01(b))or a longer period for payment of installments for amounts previously deferred under the Plan under Sec. 3.01(d) or the later commencement date permitted in Sec. 3.01(e), provided that such an election shall be of no force or effect unless the Participant provides the Company with written notice of the change at least one year prior to the date payment would begin in the absence of such an election or termination of the Participant's employment with all Related Employers, whichever occurs first. 3.02. Special Rule for Non-deductible Amounts. Any amount otherwise payable under the Plan in a Year for which the Company determines that the amount would not be deductible by any Participating Employer under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code shall not be paid until such Year as the Company determines that the amount has ceased to be non-deductible by any Participating Employer under section 162(m) of the Internal

(c) The interest rates to be applied to amounts deferred during the Year and to any previously deferred amounts as to which a new election is required under Sec. 4.01. (d) Whether payment of amounts deferred for the Year and interest accrued thereon shall be made in a single sum, in five (5) installments, or in ten (10) installments subject to acceleration as provided for in Secs. 5.02(c), 5.05, 5.06 and 5.07. (e) Whether payment of amounts deferred for the Year that become due on account of termination of the Participant's employment with all Related Employers shall begin as of the first day of the calendar month following the termination or the January 1 following the termination. (f) Except as provided for in this Sec. 3.01(f), all elections pursuant to this Sec. 3.01 shall be irrevocable. Notwithstanding anything, a Participant may elect a longer deferral period (not to exceed the period ending on termination of employment as provided for in Sec. 3.01(b))or a longer period for payment of installments for amounts previously deferred under the Plan under Sec. 3.01(d) or the later commencement date permitted in Sec. 3.01(e), provided that such an election shall be of no force or effect unless the Participant provides the Company with written notice of the change at least one year prior to the date payment would begin in the absence of such an election or termination of the Participant's employment with all Related Employers, whichever occurs first. 3.02. Special Rule for Non-deductible Amounts. Any amount otherwise payable under the Plan in a Year for which the Company determines that the amount would not be deductible by any Participating Employer under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code shall not be paid until such Year as the Company determines that the amount has ceased to be non-deductible by any Participating Employer under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the case of any inconsistency between this Sec. 3.02 and any other provision of the Plan, this Sec. 3.02 shall govern, except in the case of Sec. 5.06. 3.03. Termination of Deferrals on Termination of Employment. If a Participant's employment with all Participating Employers is terminated before the end of a Year as to which the Participant elected to defer a portion of Eligible Compensation under the Plan: (a) Except for deferrals described in Sec. 3.01(a)(iv), all such deferrals shall cease upon such termination of employment, whether or not the Participant receives any amounts otherwise classified as Eligible Compensation after such termination, and 4

(b) No portion of the Participant's Eligible Compensation previously deferred during the Year shall be refunded to the Participant, even though the Participant's total Eligible Compensation for the Year may be less than $250,000 As Adjusted. 3.04. Miscellaneous Limitations on Deferral. Notwithstanding Sec. 3.01, a Participant's deferral election for a Year shall be of no force or effect to the extent that it requires deferral of: (i) any amounts the Participant elects to contribute under the Anheuser-Busch Deferred Income Stock Purchase and Savings Plan on either a before-tax or after-tax basis and the Anheuser-Busch 401(k) Restoration Plan; (ii) any amounts the Participant elects or is required to contribute under the Group Insurance Plan for Certain Employees of Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., the Anheuser-Busch Dependent Care Assistance Plan, the Anheuser-Busch Salaried Long-Term Disability Plan, or any other welfare benefit plan maintained by any Participating Employer; (iii) any payroll taxes, income taxes or any other taxes required to be withheld from the Participant's compensation which is subject to such taxes during the Year, including but not limited to FICA taxes and federal, state and local income taxes required to be withheld on the Participant's wages for the Year; and (iv) any amounts payable to a court or other individual or entity by court order. IV. ACCRUAL OF INTEREST 4.01. Participant Elections.

(b) No portion of the Participant's Eligible Compensation previously deferred during the Year shall be refunded to the Participant, even though the Participant's total Eligible Compensation for the Year may be less than $250,000 As Adjusted. 3.04. Miscellaneous Limitations on Deferral. Notwithstanding Sec. 3.01, a Participant's deferral election for a Year shall be of no force or effect to the extent that it requires deferral of: (i) any amounts the Participant elects to contribute under the Anheuser-Busch Deferred Income Stock Purchase and Savings Plan on either a before-tax or after-tax basis and the Anheuser-Busch 401(k) Restoration Plan; (ii) any amounts the Participant elects or is required to contribute under the Group Insurance Plan for Certain Employees of Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., the Anheuser-Busch Dependent Care Assistance Plan, the Anheuser-Busch Salaried Long-Term Disability Plan, or any other welfare benefit plan maintained by any Participating Employer; (iii) any payroll taxes, income taxes or any other taxes required to be withheld from the Participant's compensation which is subject to such taxes during the Year, including but not limited to FICA taxes and federal, state and local income taxes required to be withheld on the Participant's wages for the Year; and (iv) any amounts payable to a court or other individual or entity by court order. IV. ACCRUAL OF INTEREST 4.01. Participant Elections. (a) Before the beginning of each Year, the Company shall offer one or more combinations of interest rates (hereinafter "Rates") and time periods (hereinafter "Terms") which shall apply to amounts deferred for the Year and to all prior deferrals and interest accrued thereon as to which the previous Terms expired on December 31 of the prior Year. (b) The Rates and Terms for each Year shall be determined by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and shall correspond generally to the borrowing rates and terms that will be available to the Company for the Year on the basis of market rates in effect prior to announcement to Eligible Employees of the Rates and Terms for the Year. (c) All Terms shall commence on a January 1 and expire on a December 31. For example, if before January 1, 1995, a Participant elects a combination of a 3-Year Term and a 3% Rate for the amounts deferred by the Participant for 1995, the 3% Rate shall apply to all amounts deferred for 1995 from the date of deferral through December 31, 1997. 5

(d) The Terms elected by a Participant need not be limited to the deferral period for the amount subject to the Term elected. For example, a Participant may elect a 10-Year Term for an amount the Participant has elected to be distributed after 5 Years. (e) Each Participant shall elect the Rate/Term combinations which shall apply to amounts the Participant defers for the Year and to the Participant's prior deferrals and interest accrued thereon as to which the previous Terms expired on December 31 of the prior Year. The Participant may make separate elections regarding the Rate/Term combinations for amounts the Participant defers for the Year and amounts attributable to prior deferrals and interest accrued thereon as to which the previous Terms expired on December 31 of the prior Year. 4.02. Accrual of Interest during Deferral Period. Interest shall accrue on the amounts deferred by a Participant for each Year in accordance with the Participant's elections from time to time as provided for in Sec. 4.01 until payment becomes due with respect to such amounts pursuant to Section V. 4.03. Accrual of Interest on Installment Payments. If any amount is paid in installments pursuant to a Participant's election in accordance with Sec. 3.01(d) or (f), interest shall accrue on any balance thereof remaining to be paid in installments from time to time in accordance with the Participant's elections from time to time as provided for in Sec. 4.01(e) until payment is complete; provided, in the absence of an election by a Participant in accordance with the foregoing, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected the Rate in effect for the longest time period

(d) The Terms elected by a Participant need not be limited to the deferral period for the amount subject to the Term elected. For example, a Participant may elect a 10-Year Term for an amount the Participant has elected to be distributed after 5 Years. (e) Each Participant shall elect the Rate/Term combinations which shall apply to amounts the Participant defers for the Year and to the Participant's prior deferrals and interest accrued thereon as to which the previous Terms expired on December 31 of the prior Year. The Participant may make separate elections regarding the Rate/Term combinations for amounts the Participant defers for the Year and amounts attributable to prior deferrals and interest accrued thereon as to which the previous Terms expired on December 31 of the prior Year. 4.02. Accrual of Interest during Deferral Period. Interest shall accrue on the amounts deferred by a Participant for each Year in accordance with the Participant's elections from time to time as provided for in Sec. 4.01 until payment becomes due with respect to such amounts pursuant to Section V. 4.03. Accrual of Interest on Installment Payments. If any amount is paid in installments pursuant to a Participant's election in accordance with Sec. 3.01(d) or (f), interest shall accrue on any balance thereof remaining to be paid in installments from time to time in accordance with the Participant's elections from time to time as provided for in Sec. 4.01(e) until payment is complete; provided, in the absence of an election by a Participant in accordance with the foregoing, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected the Rate in effect for the longest time period available as of the due date of the election. 4.04. If Payment Is Delayed. (a) In the event payment of an amount due a Participant occurs thirty (30) or fewer days after its due date, no interest shall accrue during the period between the due date and the date of payment. (b) In the event payment of any amount due a Participant occurs more than thirty (30) days after its due date, interest shall accrue during the period between the due date and the date of payment at an annual rate equal to the prime rate published by The Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis as of the due date. 4.05. If Payment Is Accelerated. If payment of an amount due a Participant is accelerated for any reason, no interest shall accrue with respect to the accelerated amount after the date scheduled for accelerated payment, notwithstanding that the Participant previously elected a longer term or a later payment date, except as provided for in Sec. 4.04(b). 6

V. PAYMENTS TO PARTICIPANTS 5.01. Time Payment Begins. (a) Subject to the remaining provisions of this Section V, payment of amounts deferred for a Year and interest accrued thereon shall begin as of January 1 of the Year following expiration of the deferral period the Participant elected therefor in accordance with Sec. 3.01(b) or (f). (b) Notwithstanding Sec. 5.01(a), payment of a Participant's deferred amounts and interest thereon shall begin not later than the first day of the calendar month following termination of the Participant's employment with all Related Employers on account of retirement, death or any reason or the January 1 following the termination, as elected by the Participant pursuant to Sec. 3.01(e) or (f). 5.02. Form of Payment. (a) If a Participant elects payment of any amount in a single sum pursuant to Sec. 3.01(d), such single sum amount shall be due and payable as of the date determined pursuant to Sec. 5.01. (b) If a Participant elects payment of any amount in five (5) or ten (10) installments pursuant to Sec. 3.01(d) or

V. PAYMENTS TO PARTICIPANTS 5.01. Time Payment Begins. (a) Subject to the remaining provisions of this Section V, payment of amounts deferred for a Year and interest accrued thereon shall begin as of January 1 of the Year following expiration of the deferral period the Participant elected therefor in accordance with Sec. 3.01(b) or (f). (b) Notwithstanding Sec. 5.01(a), payment of a Participant's deferred amounts and interest thereon shall begin not later than the first day of the calendar month following termination of the Participant's employment with all Related Employers on account of retirement, death or any reason or the January 1 following the termination, as elected by the Participant pursuant to Sec. 3.01(e) or (f). 5.02. Form of Payment. (a) If a Participant elects payment of any amount in a single sum pursuant to Sec. 3.01(d), such single sum amount shall be due and payable as of the date determined pursuant to Sec. 5.01. (b) If a Participant elects payment of any amount in five (5) or ten (10) installments pursuant to Sec. 3.01(d) or (f), the initial installment shall be paid as of the first day of the calendar month following termination of the Participant's employment with all Related Employers or as of the January 1 following the termination, as elected by the Participant pursuant to Sec. 3.01(e) or (f), and the remaining four (4) or nine (9) installments shall be paid as of January 1 of the next four (4) or nine (9) calendar years. (c) Notwithstanding Sec. 5.02(b): (i) if a Participant's employment with all Related Employers terminates before age fifty-five (55) for any reason other than the Participant's death or disability, or (ii) if a Participant's termination of employment with all Related Employers occurs before the end of the Participant's first Year of deferral under the Plan, the Company may determine that payment of the entire amount then accrued for the benefit of the Participant under the Plan shall be paid in a single sum, notwithstanding any election by the Participant to the contrary. 7 5.03. Set Off and Withholding. (a) Any amount then due and payable by the Company to any Participant or the successor to any Participant under this Plan may be offset by any amounts owed to any Related Employer by the Participant and/or the successor for any reason and in any capacity whatsoever, as the Company may determine in its sole and absolute discretion. (b) There shall be deducted from any amount payable under this Plan all taxes required to be withheld by any federal, state or local government. Participants and their beneficiaries shall bear any and all federal, state, local and other income taxes and other taxes imposed on amounts paid under the Plan, whether or not withholding is required or carried out in accordance with this provision. 5.04. Determination of Installment Amounts. If payment of a deferred amount occurs in installments, the amount of each installment shall be equal to the deferred amount and accrued interest thereon remaining unpaid as of the December 31 preceding payment, divided by the number of installments then remaining to be paid. For example, with respect to a deferred amount that is payable in five (5) installments, to determine the amount of the first installment, divide the total amount of the deferral and accrued interest as of the preceding December 31 by five (5); to determine the amount of the second installment, divide the amount of the deferral and accrued interest remaining to be paid as of the preceding December 31 by four (4), and so on. 5.05. Acceleration of Payment for Unforeseeable Emergency. (a) The Company may determine that payment of any portion of the amount then accrued for the benefit of a Participant or beneficiary under the Plan shall be accelerated on application of the Participant or beneficiary on account of and subject to reasonable proof of unforeseeable emergency as provided for in this Sec. 5.05.

5.03. Set Off and Withholding. (a) Any amount then due and payable by the Company to any Participant or the successor to any Participant under this Plan may be offset by any amounts owed to any Related Employer by the Participant and/or the successor for any reason and in any capacity whatsoever, as the Company may determine in its sole and absolute discretion. (b) There shall be deducted from any amount payable under this Plan all taxes required to be withheld by any federal, state or local government. Participants and their beneficiaries shall bear any and all federal, state, local and other income taxes and other taxes imposed on amounts paid under the Plan, whether or not withholding is required or carried out in accordance with this provision. 5.04. Determination of Installment Amounts. If payment of a deferred amount occurs in installments, the amount of each installment shall be equal to the deferred amount and accrued interest thereon remaining unpaid as of the December 31 preceding payment, divided by the number of installments then remaining to be paid. For example, with respect to a deferred amount that is payable in five (5) installments, to determine the amount of the first installment, divide the total amount of the deferral and accrued interest as of the preceding December 31 by five (5); to determine the amount of the second installment, divide the amount of the deferral and accrued interest remaining to be paid as of the preceding December 31 by four (4), and so on. 5.05. Acceleration of Payment for Unforeseeable Emergency. (a) The Company may determine that payment of any portion of the amount then accrued for the benefit of a Participant or beneficiary under the Plan shall be accelerated on application of the Participant or beneficiary on account of and subject to reasonable proof of unforeseeable emergency as provided for in this Sec. 5.05. (b) For purposes of this Sec. 5.05, an unforeseeable emergency is a severe financial hardship to the Participant or beneficiary resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or beneficiary or of a dependent (as defined in section 152(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) of the Participant or beneficiary, loss of the Participant's or beneficiary's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant or beneficiary. The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment 8

may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved-(i) Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (ii) By liquidation of the Participant's or beneficiary's assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or (iii) By cessation of deferrals under this Plan or by cessation of elective deferrals if and when possible under any other deferred compensation plan for which the Participant or beneficiary is eligible; provided that a Participant shall not be permitted to cease deferrals under this plan as of any date other than a January 1. Examples of what are not considered to be unforeseeable emergencies include the need to send a Participant's or beneficiary's child to college or the desire to purchase a home. (c) Withdrawal of amounts because of an unforeseeable emergency shall be permitted only to the extent reasonably needed to satisfy the emergency need. (d) All determinations under this Sec. 5.05 shall be made by an Administrative Committee appointed pursuant to Sec. 6.01(c). (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Sec. 5.05, authorization of distribution on account of hardship under the Anheuser-Busch Deferred Income Stock Purchase and Savings Plan shall automatically terminate any

may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved-(i) Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (ii) By liquidation of the Participant's or beneficiary's assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or (iii) By cessation of deferrals under this Plan or by cessation of elective deferrals if and when possible under any other deferred compensation plan for which the Participant or beneficiary is eligible; provided that a Participant shall not be permitted to cease deferrals under this plan as of any date other than a January 1. Examples of what are not considered to be unforeseeable emergencies include the need to send a Participant's or beneficiary's child to college or the desire to purchase a home. (c) Withdrawal of amounts because of an unforeseeable emergency shall be permitted only to the extent reasonably needed to satisfy the emergency need. (d) All determinations under this Sec. 5.05 shall be made by an Administrative Committee appointed pursuant to Sec. 6.01(c). (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Sec. 5.05, authorization of distribution on account of hardship under the Anheuser-Busch Deferred Income Stock Purchase and Savings Plan shall automatically terminate any deferral election of the Participant then in force with respect to Eligible Compensation and further deferrals under this Plan shall not be permitted for a period of twelve (12) months. 5.06. Change in Control. (a) If a Change in Control (as defined in Sec. 5.06(b)) shall occur, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the entire amount accrued on behalf of a Participant under the Plan as of the Change in Control Date shall be paid in a single sum within 30 days after the Change in Control Date. (b) For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control" shall occur automatically if and when an "Acceleration Date" occurs as defined 9

in the Company's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan or if and when an analogous change in control event occurs as defined in any successor to such plan, and the Change in Control Date shall be the Acceleration Date or analogous date as defined therein. (c) This Sec. 5.06 may be deleted or amended in any way pursuant to Article VII at any time prior to a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Article VII, following a Change in Control, the provisions of this Sec. 5.06 cannot, after the Change in Control Date, be amended in any manner without the written consent of each individual who was a Participant immediately prior to the Change in Control. (d) Following a Change in Control, this Plan may continue in effect, notwithstanding that payment of benefits shall have been made under Sec. 5.06(a). (e) If by reason of this Sec. 5.06 an excise or other special tax ("Excise Tax") is imposed on any payment under the Plan (a "Required Payment"), the amount of each Required Payment shall be increased by an amount which, after payment of income taxes, payroll taxes and Excise Tax thereon, will equal such Excise Tax on the Required Payment. 5.07. General Right to Accelerate Payment. Notwithstanding Secs. 5.01 and 5.02, the Company by its proper officers in its sole discretion may direct current payment of all amounts that all Participants have elected to defer pursuant to Sec. 3.01 and all interest then accrued thereon.

in the Company's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan or if and when an analogous change in control event occurs as defined in any successor to such plan, and the Change in Control Date shall be the Acceleration Date or analogous date as defined therein. (c) This Sec. 5.06 may be deleted or amended in any way pursuant to Article VII at any time prior to a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Article VII, following a Change in Control, the provisions of this Sec. 5.06 cannot, after the Change in Control Date, be amended in any manner without the written consent of each individual who was a Participant immediately prior to the Change in Control. (d) Following a Change in Control, this Plan may continue in effect, notwithstanding that payment of benefits shall have been made under Sec. 5.06(a). (e) If by reason of this Sec. 5.06 an excise or other special tax ("Excise Tax") is imposed on any payment under the Plan (a "Required Payment"), the amount of each Required Payment shall be increased by an amount which, after payment of income taxes, payroll taxes and Excise Tax thereon, will equal such Excise Tax on the Required Payment. 5.07. General Right to Accelerate Payment. Notwithstanding Secs. 5.01 and 5.02, the Company by its proper officers in its sole discretion may direct current payment of all amounts that all Participants have elected to defer pursuant to Sec. 3.01 and all interest then accrued thereon. 5.08. Payments After Death. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Sec. 5.08, any amount payable under this Plan as a result of or following the death of a Participant shall be applied only for the benefit of the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant pursuant to this Sec. 5.08. Each Participant shall specifically designate, by name, on forms provided by the Company, the beneficiary(ies) to whom any such amounts shall be paid. A Participant may change or revoke a beneficiary designation without the consent of the beneficiary(ies) at any time by filing a new beneficiary designation form with the Company. The filing of a new form shall automatically revoke any forms previously filed with the Company. A beneficiary designation form not properly filed with the Company prior to the death of the Participant shall have no validity under the Plan. 10

(b) Any such designation shall be contingent on the designated beneficiary surviving the Participant. If a designated beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before receiving the entire amount payable to the designated beneficiary hereunder, the amount which would otherwise have been so paid shall be paid to the estate of the deceased beneficiary unless a contrary direction was made by the Participant, in which case such direction shall control. More than one beneficiary, and alternative or contingent beneficiaries, may be designated, in which case the Participant shall specify the shares, terms and conditions upon which amounts shall be paid to such multiple or alternative or contingent beneficiaries, all of which must be satisfactory to the Company. (c) If no beneficiary designation is on file with the Company at the time of the Participant's death or no beneficiary designated by the Participant survives the Participant, the Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the beneficiary designated to receive any amounts then remaining payable under this Plan. (d) In determining any question concerning a Participant's beneficiary, the latest designation filed with the Company shall control and intervening changes in circumstances shall be ignored; provided, if a Participant's spouse is designated as beneficiary but thereafter is divorced from the Participant, such designation shall become invalid as of the date of divorce unless the Participant files a beneficiary designation form with the Company after the date of divorce confirming designation of such former spouse as beneficiary. (e) Any check issued on or before the date of a Participant's death shall remain payable to the Participant, whether or not the check is received by the Participant prior to death. Any check issued after the date of the Participant's death shall be the property of the Participant's beneficiaries determined in accordance with this Sec. 5.08.

(b) Any such designation shall be contingent on the designated beneficiary surviving the Participant. If a designated beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before receiving the entire amount payable to the designated beneficiary hereunder, the amount which would otherwise have been so paid shall be paid to the estate of the deceased beneficiary unless a contrary direction was made by the Participant, in which case such direction shall control. More than one beneficiary, and alternative or contingent beneficiaries, may be designated, in which case the Participant shall specify the shares, terms and conditions upon which amounts shall be paid to such multiple or alternative or contingent beneficiaries, all of which must be satisfactory to the Company. (c) If no beneficiary designation is on file with the Company at the time of the Participant's death or no beneficiary designated by the Participant survives the Participant, the Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the beneficiary designated to receive any amounts then remaining payable under this Plan. (d) In determining any question concerning a Participant's beneficiary, the latest designation filed with the Company shall control and intervening changes in circumstances shall be ignored; provided, if a Participant's spouse is designated as beneficiary but thereafter is divorced from the Participant, such designation shall become invalid as of the date of divorce unless the Participant files a beneficiary designation form with the Company after the date of divorce confirming designation of such former spouse as beneficiary. (e) Any check issued on or before the date of a Participant's death shall remain payable to the Participant, whether or not the check is received by the Participant prior to death. Any check issued after the date of the Participant's death shall be the property of the Participant's beneficiaries determined in accordance with this Sec. 5.08. (f) A Participant's election of payment in installments shall not be altered by reason of the Participant's death. 5.09. All Payments to be Made by the Company. All payments due any Participant or beneficiary under this Plan shall be the sole responsibility of the Company. 11

VI. ADMINISTRATION 6.01. Administrative Duties of the Company. (a) The Company shall have sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan. (b) The Company shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan. The Company shall interpret the Plan; shall determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan; and shall construe any ambiguity, supply any omission, and reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as the Company deems proper. Any interpretation or construction placed upon any term or provision of the Plan by the Company, any decisions and determinations of the Company arising under the Plan, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i) the eligibility of any individual to become or remain a Participant and a Participant's status as such, and Eligible Compensation for any Year; (ii) the time, method and amounts of payments payable under the Plan; (iii) the rights of Participants; and any other action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Company in good faith shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons concerned, including, but not limited to, the Company, all Participating Employers and all Participants and beneficiaries. (c) The Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall appoint one or more Employees to carry out the Company's duties hereunder. (d) The Company may employ accountants, counsel, specialists, and other persons necessary to help carry out its duties and responsibilities under the Plan. The Company or any appointee shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon any opinions or reports which shall be furnished to it or him by such accountants, counsel, specialists, and other persons. (e) No Employee shall participate in determining his or her own entitlement under the Plan.

VI. ADMINISTRATION 6.01. Administrative Duties of the Company. (a) The Company shall have sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan. (b) The Company shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan. The Company shall interpret the Plan; shall determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan; and shall construe any ambiguity, supply any omission, and reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as the Company deems proper. Any interpretation or construction placed upon any term or provision of the Plan by the Company, any decisions and determinations of the Company arising under the Plan, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i) the eligibility of any individual to become or remain a Participant and a Participant's status as such, and Eligible Compensation for any Year; (ii) the time, method and amounts of payments payable under the Plan; (iii) the rights of Participants; and any other action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Company in good faith shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons concerned, including, but not limited to, the Company, all Participating Employers and all Participants and beneficiaries. (c) The Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall appoint one or more Employees to carry out the Company's duties hereunder. (d) The Company may employ accountants, counsel, specialists, and other persons necessary to help carry out its duties and responsibilities under the Plan. The Company or any appointee shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon any opinions or reports which shall be furnished to it or him by such accountants, counsel, specialists, and other persons. (e) No Employee shall participate in determining his or her own entitlement under the Plan. 6.02. Claims Procedures. (a) The Company shall make all decisions and determinations respecting the right of any person to a payment under the Plan. 12

(b) The following procedure shall be followed with respect to claims under the Plan: (i) Any claimant who believes he or she is entitled to a benefit under this Plan shall submit a claim for such benefit in writing to the Company. (ii) Any decision by the Company denying a claim in whole or in part shall be stated in writing by the Company and delivered or mailed to the claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim by the Company unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after such receipt. If such an extension of time is taken, the Company shall inform the claimant of the delay in writing before the expiration of the initial ninety (90) day period, including the reasons therefor and the date by which the Company expects to render a decision. Any decision denying a claim shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial with specific references to Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and the reasons therefor, and an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure as provided for in Sec. 6.02(b)(iii), all written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Company does not notify the claimant of denial of the claim or the need for an extension of time within the initial ninety (90) day period, the claim shall be deemed denied. (iii) If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may request a review by the Company of the decision upon written application to the Company within sixty (60) days after notification of the decision. The claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing. The Company shall make its decision on review not later

(b) The following procedure shall be followed with respect to claims under the Plan: (i) Any claimant who believes he or she is entitled to a benefit under this Plan shall submit a claim for such benefit in writing to the Company. (ii) Any decision by the Company denying a claim in whole or in part shall be stated in writing by the Company and delivered or mailed to the claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim by the Company unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after such receipt. If such an extension of time is taken, the Company shall inform the claimant of the delay in writing before the expiration of the initial ninety (90) day period, including the reasons therefor and the date by which the Company expects to render a decision. Any decision denying a claim shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial with specific references to Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and the reasons therefor, and an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure as provided for in Sec. 6.02(b)(iii), all written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Company does not notify the claimant of denial of the claim or the need for an extension of time within the initial ninety (90) day period, the claim shall be deemed denied. (iii) If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may request a review by the Company of the decision upon written application to the Company within sixty (60) days after notification of the decision. The claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing. The Company shall make its decision on review not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request for review unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case its decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review. If such an extension of time is taken, the Company shall inform the claimant of the delay in writing before the expiration of the initial sixty (60) day period. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in 13

a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and specific references to the pertinent plan provisions on which the decision is based. If the Company does not notify the claimant of its decision on review within the period herein provided for, the claim shall be deemed denied on review. (c) The Company may adopt such rules as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate to carry out its duties under this Sec. 6.02. All rules, decisions and determinations of the Company under this Sec. 6.02 shall be uniformly and consistently applied. Any action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Company under this Sec. 6.02 in good faith shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons concerned, including, but not limited to, the Company, all Participating Employers and all Participants and beneficiaries. (d) The procedure provided for in this Sec. 6.02 shall be the sole, exclusive and mandatory procedure for resolving any dispute under this Plan; provided, that if a Participant wishes to make a valid legal challenge to the Company's determination and he has entered into an agreement with the Company to arbitrate disputes arising from his employment with the Company, such legal challenge shall be resolved pursuant to the arbitration procedures in that agreement and the Participant's burden of proof in any arbitration shall be the same as if the dispute were tried in a court proceeding. (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control as defined in Sec. 5.06, Section (d) shall not apply. 6.03. Books and Records. (a) The Company shall keep such books, records, and other data as it deems necessary for proper administration of the Plan, including but not limited to records of each Participant's Eligible Compensation, elections, deferred amounts, Rates and Terms, interest accrued, amounts payable to each Participant from time to time, and amounts paid to each Participant or beneficiary from time to time.

a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and specific references to the pertinent plan provisions on which the decision is based. If the Company does not notify the claimant of its decision on review within the period herein provided for, the claim shall be deemed denied on review. (c) The Company may adopt such rules as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate to carry out its duties under this Sec. 6.02. All rules, decisions and determinations of the Company under this Sec. 6.02 shall be uniformly and consistently applied. Any action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Company under this Sec. 6.02 in good faith shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons concerned, including, but not limited to, the Company, all Participating Employers and all Participants and beneficiaries. (d) The procedure provided for in this Sec. 6.02 shall be the sole, exclusive and mandatory procedure for resolving any dispute under this Plan; provided, that if a Participant wishes to make a valid legal challenge to the Company's determination and he has entered into an agreement with the Company to arbitrate disputes arising from his employment with the Company, such legal challenge shall be resolved pursuant to the arbitration procedures in that agreement and the Participant's burden of proof in any arbitration shall be the same as if the dispute were tried in a court proceeding. (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control as defined in Sec. 5.06, Section (d) shall not apply. 6.03. Books and Records. (a) The Company shall keep such books, records, and other data as it deems necessary for proper administration of the Plan, including but not limited to records of each Participant's Eligible Compensation, elections, deferred amounts, Rates and Terms, interest accrued, amounts payable to each Participant from time to time, and amounts paid to each Participant or beneficiary from time to time. (b) The records of the Company shall be conclusive on all persons unless proved incorrect to the satisfaction of the Company. (c) The Company shall comply with all reporting and disclosure requirements of the law and shall maintain all records required by law. 14 6.04. Notices. (a) Any notice from the Company to any Participant shall be in writing and shall be given by delivery to the Participant, or by mailing to the last known residence address of the Participant. Any notice from a Participant to the Company shall be in writing and shall be given by delivery to the Pension Department of the Company at the Company's headquarters, except as otherwise designated by the Company. Notices shall be effective on the date of actual delivery. (b) Each Participant shall furnish all information, including post office address and each change of post office address, proofs, receipts and releases, as may be required by the Company. (c) Any communication, statement or notice addressed to any individual at the last post office address filed with the Company shall be binding for all purposes of the Plan, and the Company shall not be obligated to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any such individual. (d) Except as provided in Section III, any notice required by the Plan may be waived by the Company or any Participant. VII. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION The Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall have authority to amend or terminate the Plan on behalf of the Company in his sole discretion at any time, except as follows: (a) Amendments that provide for substantial increases in benefits shall require approval by the Compensation

6.04. Notices. (a) Any notice from the Company to any Participant shall be in writing and shall be given by delivery to the Participant, or by mailing to the last known residence address of the Participant. Any notice from a Participant to the Company shall be in writing and shall be given by delivery to the Pension Department of the Company at the Company's headquarters, except as otherwise designated by the Company. Notices shall be effective on the date of actual delivery. (b) Each Participant shall furnish all information, including post office address and each change of post office address, proofs, receipts and releases, as may be required by the Company. (c) Any communication, statement or notice addressed to any individual at the last post office address filed with the Company shall be binding for all purposes of the Plan, and the Company shall not be obligated to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any such individual. (d) Except as provided in Section III, any notice required by the Plan may be waived by the Company or any Participant. VII. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION The Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall have authority to amend or terminate the Plan on behalf of the Company in his sole discretion at any time, except as follows: (a) Amendments that provide for substantial increases in benefits shall require approval by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. (b) No amendment shall reduce the amount accrued for the benefit of a Participant immediately prior to the effective date of the amendment. (c) No amendment shall reduce any Rate elected by a Participant before expiration of the Term provided therefor when the election was made unless the amount governed by the Rate and Term is distributed to the Participant in connection with termination of the Plan or otherwise pursuant to the Plan. 15

VIII. PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS OTHER THAN THE COMPANY 8.01. Adoption. A Participating Employer other than the Company shall adopt this Plan by written instrument executed by its proper officers, subject to the written approval of the Company. Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Employer shall constitute automatic delegation of all rights and duties it might otherwise reserve to itself under the Plan to the Company, including full authority to amend or terminate the Plan. 8.02. Withdrawal. A Participating Employer shall automatically withdraw from the Plan if and when the Company ceases to have an equity interest of at least fifty percent (50%) without the execution of any other instrument. A Participating Employer may voluntarily withdraw from the Plan on not less than thirty (30) days' written notice from its proper officers. 8.03. Succession. In the event of dissolution, merger, consolidation, or spin-off involving a Participating Employer, the entity surviving the transaction shall succeed to the rights and duties of the affected Participating Employer without the execution of any other instrument. IX. MISCELLANEOUS 9.01. Company's Obligations Unsecured. It is the intention of the Company and all Participants that the Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Amounts payable to Participants under this Plan shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company as they come due from time to time. No Participant and no successor of any Participant shall have any property interest whatsoever in any asset of the Company on account of participation in

VIII. PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS OTHER THAN THE COMPANY 8.01. Adoption. A Participating Employer other than the Company shall adopt this Plan by written instrument executed by its proper officers, subject to the written approval of the Company. Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Employer shall constitute automatic delegation of all rights and duties it might otherwise reserve to itself under the Plan to the Company, including full authority to amend or terminate the Plan. 8.02. Withdrawal. A Participating Employer shall automatically withdraw from the Plan if and when the Company ceases to have an equity interest of at least fifty percent (50%) without the execution of any other instrument. A Participating Employer may voluntarily withdraw from the Plan on not less than thirty (30) days' written notice from its proper officers. 8.03. Succession. In the event of dissolution, merger, consolidation, or spin-off involving a Participating Employer, the entity surviving the transaction shall succeed to the rights and duties of the affected Participating Employer without the execution of any other instrument. IX. MISCELLANEOUS 9.01. Company's Obligations Unsecured. It is the intention of the Company and all Participants that the Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Amounts payable to Participants under this Plan shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company as they come due from time to time. No Participant and no successor of any Participant shall have any property interest whatsoever in any asset of the Company on account of participation in this Plan. Participants' rights under this Plan shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. Nothing in this Plan shall require the Company to invest any amount in any asset or type of asset. 9.02. No Alienation. Except as required by law, amounts payable under this Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary; any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any right to payment hereunder shall be void, and the Company shall not in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any Participant or other person. 9.03. No Waiver of Rights. Except as provided for in Sec. 6.02, no failure or delay by the Company or any Participant to exercise any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. 16 9.04. Severability. The invalidity of any particular clause, provision or covenant herein shall not invalidate all or any part of the remainder of this Plan, but such remainder shall be and remain valid in all respects as fully as the law will permit. 9.05. Legal Expenses. In any proceeding to enforce rights and obligations hereunder, the unsuccessful party shall pay the successful party an amount equal to all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable legal expenses and court costs) incurred by the successful party. 9.06. Presumption of Competence. Every person receiving or claiming amounts payable under this Plan shall be conclusively presumed to be mentally competent and of legal age unless and until the Company receives proof satisfactory to the Company that the person is incompetent or is a minor or that a guardian or other person legally vested with the care of the person's estate has been appointed. 9.07. Facility of Payment. If any amount is payable hereunder to a minor or other person under legal disability or otherwise incapable of managing his or her own affairs, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, payment thereof shall be made in one (or any combination) of the following ways, as the Company shall determine in its sole discretion:

9.04. Severability. The invalidity of any particular clause, provision or covenant herein shall not invalidate all or any part of the remainder of this Plan, but such remainder shall be and remain valid in all respects as fully as the law will permit. 9.05. Legal Expenses. In any proceeding to enforce rights and obligations hereunder, the unsuccessful party shall pay the successful party an amount equal to all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable legal expenses and court costs) incurred by the successful party. 9.06. Presumption of Competence. Every person receiving or claiming amounts payable under this Plan shall be conclusively presumed to be mentally competent and of legal age unless and until the Company receives proof satisfactory to the Company that the person is incompetent or is a minor or that a guardian or other person legally vested with the care of the person's estate has been appointed. 9.07. Facility of Payment. If any amount is payable hereunder to a minor or other person under legal disability or otherwise incapable of managing his or her own affairs, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, payment thereof shall be made in one (or any combination) of the following ways, as the Company shall determine in its sole discretion: (i) Directly to said minor or other person; (ii) To a custodian for said minor or other person (whether designated by the Company or any other person) under the Missouri Transfers to Minors Law, the Missouri Personal Custodian Law or a similar law of any other jurisdiction; (iii) To the conservator of the estate of said minor or other person; or (iv) To some relative or friend of such minor or other person for the support, welfare or education of such minor or other person. The Company shall not be required to see to the application of any payment so made, and payment to the person determined by the Company shall fully discharge the Company from any further accountability or responsibility with respect to the amount so paid. 9.08. No Guarantee of Employment or Compensation. No provision of this Plan shall restrict any Related Employer from discharging a Participant from employment or restrict any Participant from resigning from employment with any Related Employer. No provision of this Plan shall restrict any Related Employer from increasing or decreasing the compensation of any Employee. 17 9.09. Plan Provisions Binding. The provisions of the Plan shall be binding upon the Company, all Participating Employers and all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan and their respective successors, heirs and legal representatives. 9.10. Rules of Interpretation. Words of gender shall include persons and entities of any gender, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural. Captions are intended to assist in reference and shall not be interpreted as part of the Plan. 9.11. Missouri Law Controls. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 which provide to the contrary, this Plan shall be administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the State of Missouri (other than choice of law) and in Courts situated in that State. 9.12. Counterparts. This Plan may be executed in two or more counterparts, any one of which shall constitute an original without reference to the others. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. executed this amended and restated Plan this 9th day of March, 2000, effective as of the 1st day of March, 2000. ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC.

9.09. Plan Provisions Binding. The provisions of the Plan shall be binding upon the Company, all Participating Employers and all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan and their respective successors, heirs and legal representatives. 9.10. Rules of Interpretation. Words of gender shall include persons and entities of any gender, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural. Captions are intended to assist in reference and shall not be interpreted as part of the Plan. 9.11. Missouri Law Controls. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 which provide to the contrary, this Plan shall be administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the State of Missouri (other than choice of law) and in Courts situated in that State. 9.12. Counterparts. This Plan may be executed in two or more counterparts, any one of which shall constitute an original without reference to the others. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. executed this amended and restated Plan this 9th day of March, 2000, effective as of the 1st day of March, 2000. ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC.
By /s/ W. Randolph Baker -------------------------W. Randolph Baker Chief Financial Officer

18

ANHEUSER-BUSCH EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000

TABLE OF CONTENTS ----------------Preamble -------I. DEFINITIONS Base Salary Bonus Company Effective Date Eligible Compensation Eligible Employee Employee Participant Participating Employer Plan Related Employer Year II. III. ELIGIBILITY DEFERRAL ELECTIONS 3.01. Types of Election; Time of Election 3.02. Special Rule for Non-deductible Amounts 3.03. Termination of Deferrals on Termination of Employment 3.04. Miscellaneous Limitations on Deferral ACCRUAL OF INTEREST 4.01. Participant Elections 4.02. Accrual of Interest during Deferral Period 4.03. Accrual of Interest on Installment Payments 4.04. If Payment Is Delayed 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6

IV.

ANHEUSER-BUSCH EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000

TABLE OF CONTENTS ----------------Preamble -------I. DEFINITIONS Base Salary Bonus Company Effective Date Eligible Compensation Eligible Employee Employee Participant Participating Employer Plan Related Employer Year II. III. ELIGIBILITY DEFERRAL ELECTIONS 3.01. Types of Election; Time of Election 3.02. Special Rule for Non-deductible Amounts 3.03. Termination of Deferrals on Termination of Employment 3.04. Miscellaneous Limitations on Deferral ACCRUAL OF INTEREST 4.01. Participant Elections 4.02. Accrual of Interest during Deferral Period 4.03. Accrual of Interest on Installment Payments 4.04. If Payment Is Delayed 4.05. If Payment Is Accelerated PAYMENTS TO PARTICIPANTS 5.01. Time Payment Begins 5.02. Form of Payment 5.03. Set Off and Withholding 5.04. Determination of Installment Amounts 5.05. Acceleration of Payment for Unforeseeable Emergency 5.06. Change in Control 5.07. General Right to Accelerate Payment 5.08. Payments After Death 5.09. All Payments to be Made by the Company i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 10 10 11

IV.

V.

VI.

ADMINISTRATION 6.01. Administrative Duties of the Company 6.02. Claims Procedures 6.03. Books and Records 6.04. Notices AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

12 12 12 14 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 17

VII.

VIII. PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS OTHER THAN THE COMPANY 8.01. Adoption 8.02. Withdrawal 8.03. Succession IX. MISCELLANEOUS 9.01. Company's Obligations Unsecured 9.02. No Alienation 9.03. No Waiver of Rights 9.04. Severability

TABLE OF CONTENTS ----------------Preamble -------I. DEFINITIONS Base Salary Bonus Company Effective Date Eligible Compensation Eligible Employee Employee Participant Participating Employer Plan Related Employer Year II. III. ELIGIBILITY DEFERRAL ELECTIONS 3.01. Types of Election; Time of Election 3.02. Special Rule for Non-deductible Amounts 3.03. Termination of Deferrals on Termination of Employment 3.04. Miscellaneous Limitations on Deferral ACCRUAL OF INTEREST 4.01. Participant Elections 4.02. Accrual of Interest during Deferral Period 4.03. Accrual of Interest on Installment Payments 4.04. If Payment Is Delayed 4.05. If Payment Is Accelerated PAYMENTS TO PARTICIPANTS 5.01. Time Payment Begins 5.02. Form of Payment 5.03. Set Off and Withholding 5.04. Determination of Installment Amounts 5.05. Acceleration of Payment for Unforeseeable Emergency 5.06. Change in Control 5.07. General Right to Accelerate Payment 5.08. Payments After Death 5.09. All Payments to be Made by the Company i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 10 10 11

IV.

V.

VI.

ADMINISTRATION 6.01. Administrative Duties of the Company 6.02. Claims Procedures 6.03. Books and Records 6.04. Notices AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

12 12 12 14 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18

VII.

VIII. PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS OTHER THAN THE COMPANY 8.01. Adoption 8.02. Withdrawal 8.03. Succession IX. MISCELLANEOUS 9.01. Company's Obligations Unsecured 9.02. No Alienation 9.03. No Waiver of Rights 9.04. Severability 9.05. Legal Expenses 9.06. Presumption of Competence 9.07. Facility of Payment 9.08. No Guarantee of Employment or Compensation 9.09. Plan Provisions Binding 9.10. Rules of Interpretation 9.11. Missouri Law Controls 9.12. Counterparts

VI.

ADMINISTRATION 6.01. Administrative Duties of the Company 6.02. Claims Procedures 6.03. Books and Records 6.04. Notices AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

12 12 12 14 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18

VII.

VIII. PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS OTHER THAN THE COMPANY 8.01. Adoption 8.02. Withdrawal 8.03. Succession IX. MISCELLANEOUS 9.01. Company's Obligations Unsecured 9.02. No Alienation 9.03. No Waiver of Rights 9.04. Severability 9.05. Legal Expenses 9.06. Presumption of Competence 9.07. Facility of Payment 9.08. No Guarantee of Employment or Compensation 9.09. Plan Provisions Binding 9.10. Rules of Interpretation 9.11. Missouri Law Controls 9.12. Counterparts

ii

ANHEUSER-BUSCH 401(k) RESTORATION PLAN Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000

ANHEUSER-BUSCH 401(k) RESTORATION PLAN (Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000) ARTICLE I RESTATEMENT OF PLAN 1.1. Action By Company. Effective as of January 1, 1994, Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), established the Anheuser-Busch 401(k) Restoration Plan (the "Plan"). The Company reserved to itself the right to amend the Plan and has amended the Plan. The Company deems it necessary and desirable to amend and restate the Plan in its entirety as set forth herein, effective March 1, 2000. 1.2. Purpose of the Plan. The Plan is established and maintained by the Company for the purpose of restoring certain benefits which are precluded from being provided under the Regular 401(k) Plan to a select group of management and highly compensated employees. ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Regular 401(k) Plan. 2.1. "Account". The separate record of the interest of each Participant in this Plan which the Company will

ANHEUSER-BUSCH 401(k) RESTORATION PLAN Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000

ANHEUSER-BUSCH 401(k) RESTORATION PLAN (Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000) ARTICLE I RESTATEMENT OF PLAN 1.1. Action By Company. Effective as of January 1, 1994, Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), established the Anheuser-Busch 401(k) Restoration Plan (the "Plan"). The Company reserved to itself the right to amend the Plan and has amended the Plan. The Company deems it necessary and desirable to amend and restate the Plan in its entirety as set forth herein, effective March 1, 2000. 1.2. Purpose of the Plan. The Plan is established and maintained by the Company for the purpose of restoring certain benefits which are precluded from being provided under the Regular 401(k) Plan to a select group of management and highly compensated employees. ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Regular 401(k) Plan. 2.1. "Account". The separate record of the interest of each Participant in this Plan which the Company will establish in accordance with Article VI. 2.2. "Beneficiary." The individual or individuals designated by a Participant to receive benefits under Section 9.9, or any other person deemed to be a Beneficiary under any other provision of this Plan or by law. 2.3. "Company Contributions." The amounts credited to the Accounts of Participants pursuant to Article V hereof. 2.4. "Compensation." Base Pay under the Regular 401(k) Plan, except that no reduction shall be made to reflect the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. 2.5. "Effective Date." The original Effective Date of the Plan was January 1, 1994. The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement of the Plan is March 1, 2000. 1 2.6. "Election Date." A date determined by the Company not later than which any election under the Plan must be made. 2.7. "Eligible Employee." An Employee of any Participating Employer who is eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Article III hereof. 2.8. "Employee." A common-law employee of any Participating Employer. 2.9. "Investment Fund." Any of the investment sub-funds which, from time to time, comprise the Fund under the

ANHEUSER-BUSCH 401(k) RESTORATION PLAN (Amended and Restated as of March 1, 2000) ARTICLE I RESTATEMENT OF PLAN 1.1. Action By Company. Effective as of January 1, 1994, Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), established the Anheuser-Busch 401(k) Restoration Plan (the "Plan"). The Company reserved to itself the right to amend the Plan and has amended the Plan. The Company deems it necessary and desirable to amend and restate the Plan in its entirety as set forth herein, effective March 1, 2000. 1.2. Purpose of the Plan. The Plan is established and maintained by the Company for the purpose of restoring certain benefits which are precluded from being provided under the Regular 401(k) Plan to a select group of management and highly compensated employees. ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Regular 401(k) Plan. 2.1. "Account". The separate record of the interest of each Participant in this Plan which the Company will establish in accordance with Article VI. 2.2. "Beneficiary." The individual or individuals designated by a Participant to receive benefits under Section 9.9, or any other person deemed to be a Beneficiary under any other provision of this Plan or by law. 2.3. "Company Contributions." The amounts credited to the Accounts of Participants pursuant to Article V hereof. 2.4. "Compensation." Base Pay under the Regular 401(k) Plan, except that no reduction shall be made to reflect the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. 2.5. "Effective Date." The original Effective Date of the Plan was January 1, 1994. The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement of the Plan is March 1, 2000. 1 2.6. "Election Date." A date determined by the Company not later than which any election under the Plan must be made. 2.7. "Eligible Employee." An Employee of any Participating Employer who is eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Article III hereof. 2.8. "Employee." A common-law employee of any Participating Employer. 2.9. "Investment Fund." Any of the investment sub-funds which, from time to time, comprise the Fund under the Regular 401(k) Plan. At the time of the establishment of this Plan, the Investment Funds include the Company Stock Fund, the Equity Index Fund, the Medium-Term Fixed Income Fund and the Short-Term Fixed Income Fund. 2.10. "Match Rate." The applicable contribution rate for Company Matching Contributions under the Regular 401(k) Plan from time to time. 2.11. "Participant." Any Eligible Employee who has elected to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section

2.6. "Election Date." A date determined by the Company not later than which any election under the Plan must be made. 2.7. "Eligible Employee." An Employee of any Participating Employer who is eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Article III hereof. 2.8. "Employee." A common-law employee of any Participating Employer. 2.9. "Investment Fund." Any of the investment sub-funds which, from time to time, comprise the Fund under the Regular 401(k) Plan. At the time of the establishment of this Plan, the Investment Funds include the Company Stock Fund, the Equity Index Fund, the Medium-Term Fixed Income Fund and the Short-Term Fixed Income Fund. 2.10. "Match Rate." The applicable contribution rate for Company Matching Contributions under the Regular 401(k) Plan from time to time. 2.11. "Participant." Any Eligible Employee who has elected to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof and for whom an Account is maintained. 2.12. "Participating Employer." The Company and any other employer which is a Participating Employer under the Regular 401(k) Plan and employs any Eligible Employees.
"Personal Salary Deferral Contributions." -------------------------------------personal salary deferral contributions to this Plan. 2.14. 2.13. A Participant's

"Plan Year." The fiscal year adopted for this Plan. --------Effective Date, the Plan Year is the calendar year. 2.15.

On the

"Regular 401(k) Plan." The Anheuser-Busch Deferred Income Stock ------------------Purchase and Savings Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.16. "Regular 401(k) Plan Matched Contributions." A Participant's Personal Contributions to the Regular 401 (k) Plan with respect to which Company Matching Contributions are made. 2.17. "Reporting Person." As of a given date, an Employee who would be required to report an ordinary purchase or sale of the common stock of the Company occurring on such date to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder. 2.18. "Reporting Person's HCSF Sub-Account." That portion of an Account of a Reporting Person which is hypothetically invested in the Company Stock Fund. 2

ARTICLE III ELIGIBILITY 3.1. Eligibility on Election Dates. Any person who is an Employee of a Participating Employer on the Effective Date or any subsequent Election Date is eligible to participate in the Plan as of such Effective Date or Election Date provided he or she satisfies the requirements of Section 3.2 on such date. 3.2. Eligibility Requirements. In order to be eligible to defer any portion of his Compensation under the Plan from time to time, an Employee must satisfy the following requirements: (a) Be a participant in the Regular 401(k) Plan;

ARTICLE III ELIGIBILITY 3.1. Eligibility on Election Dates. Any person who is an Employee of a Participating Employer on the Effective Date or any subsequent Election Date is eligible to participate in the Plan as of such Effective Date or Election Date provided he or she satisfies the requirements of Section 3.2 on such date. 3.2. Eligibility Requirements. In order to be eligible to defer any portion of his Compensation under the Plan from time to time, an Employee must satisfy the following requirements: (a) Be a participant in the Regular 401(k) Plan; (b) Have Compensation exceeding the limit established under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, determined on a ratable basis under the standards applied under the Regular 401(k) Plan; and (c) Be contributing to the Regular 401(k) Plan the maximum percentage of Base Pay which may constitute Regular 401(k) Plan Matched Contributions. 3.3. Participation. Any Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan by electing to make Personal Salary Deferral Contributions pursuant to Article IV hereof, and shall remain a Participant as long as he or she shall continue to live and have an Account. 3.4. Suspension. (a) A Participant who reduces contributions to the Regular 401(k) Plan below the maximum percentage of Base Pay which may constitute Regular 401(k) Plan Matched Contributions shall be suspended from making Personal Salary Deferral Contributions and from receiving Company Contributions under this Plan for period of twelve (12) months after the effective date of such reduction. (b) A Participant who makes a withdrawal pursuant to Section 9.6 or a hardship withdrawal under the Regular 401(k) Plan shall be suspended from making Personal Salary Deferral Contributions and receiving Company Contributions under this Plan for a period of twelve (12) months after the effective date of such withdrawal. (c) A Participant who is suspended from making Regular 401(k) Plan Matched Contributions for any other reason shall be suspended from making Personal Salary Deferral Contributions and receiving Company Contributions under this Plan for the same period as the suspension period provided for in the 3

Regular 401(k) Plan. (d) Any Participant suspended pursuant to this Section 3.4 may resume deferrals under this Plan only if the Participant satisfies the requirements of Section 3.2 at the time of resumption and makes an election described in Section 4.1 not later than the Election Date for the Plan Year in which deferrals are resumed, whether the Participant's suspension period expires as of January 1 or on a later date during the Plan Year. ARTICLE IV PARTICIPANT DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION 4.1. Election. An Eligible Employee who wishes to begin or resume Personal Salary Deferral Contributions under the Plan must execute and deliver the appropriate Company form properly completed. Execution and delivery of

Regular 401(k) Plan. (d) Any Participant suspended pursuant to this Section 3.4 may resume deferrals under this Plan only if the Participant satisfies the requirements of Section 3.2 at the time of resumption and makes an election described in Section 4.1 not later than the Election Date for the Plan Year in which deferrals are resumed, whether the Participant's suspension period expires as of January 1 or on a later date during the Plan Year. ARTICLE IV PARTICIPANT DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION 4.1. Election. An Eligible Employee who wishes to begin or resume Personal Salary Deferral Contributions under the Plan must execute and deliver the appropriate Company form properly completed. Execution and delivery of such form to the Company shall be an irrevocable direction by the Participant to his or her Participating Employer to defer payment of an amount which is equal to (a) the difference between the Participant's Compensation and the applicable annual compensation limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, times (b) the maximum percentage of Base Pay which may constitute Regular 401(k) Plan Matched Contributions until the earlier of the date the Participant's employment with all Participating Employers ends, the date of suspension of the Participant's contributions pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of cessation of the Participant's Personal Salary Deferral Contributions pursuant to Section 4.4. 4.2. Time For Making Election. In general, the election described in Section 4.1 must be made not later than the Election Date which immediately precedes the Plan Year in which the Participant wishes to begin or resume making Personal Salary Deferral Contributions. In the case of an Employee who becomes an Eligible Employee after the Effective Date, the election to begin making Personal Salary Deferral Contributions described in Section 4.1 must be made not later than the Election Date which coincides with such Employee's initial eligibility, and will apply to defer amounts attributable to services performed after such Election Date. 4.3. Special Rule for Reporting Persons. Notwithstanding anything, an election described in Section 4.1 by a Reporting Person shall not be effective as to Compensation payable prior to the first day of the month following the calendar month in which the election is executed and delivered. 4 4.4. Cessation of Personal Salary Deferral Contributions. A Participant may cease making Personal Salary Deferral Contributions as of the first day of any Plan Year, provided that the Participant executes and delivers the appropriate form promulgated by the Company not later than the Election Date which immediately precedes the Plan Year. An election under this Section 4.4 does not constitute a termination of participation in the Plan. ARTICLE V COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS Each Participant's Account will be credited with a Company Matching Contribution which is equal to (a) the amount of such Participant's Personal Salary Deferral Contribution, times (b) the Match Rate, all as determined from time to time. Each Participant's Account will be credited with a Supplemental Contribution for each Plan Year at the same rate as the Supplemental Contribution under the Regular 401(k) Plan for the Regular 401(k) Plan's plan year within which the Plan Year of this Plan ends. ARTICLE VI ACCOUNTS 6.1. Establishment of Accounts. The Company will establish an Account for the benefit of each Participant. 6.2. Crediting of Personal Salary Deferral Contributions. Each Participant's Account shall be credited with his or her Personal Salary Deferral Contributions at the same time as accounts under the Regular 401(k) Plan are credited with Personal Contributions.

4.4. Cessation of Personal Salary Deferral Contributions. A Participant may cease making Personal Salary Deferral Contributions as of the first day of any Plan Year, provided that the Participant executes and delivers the appropriate form promulgated by the Company not later than the Election Date which immediately precedes the Plan Year. An election under this Section 4.4 does not constitute a termination of participation in the Plan. ARTICLE V COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS Each Participant's Account will be credited with a Company Matching Contribution which is equal to (a) the amount of such Participant's Personal Salary Deferral Contribution, times (b) the Match Rate, all as determined from time to time. Each Participant's Account will be credited with a Supplemental Contribution for each Plan Year at the same rate as the Supplemental Contribution under the Regular 401(k) Plan for the Regular 401(k) Plan's plan year within which the Plan Year of this Plan ends. ARTICLE VI ACCOUNTS 6.1. Establishment of Accounts. The Company will establish an Account for the benefit of each Participant. 6.2. Crediting of Personal Salary Deferral Contributions. Each Participant's Account shall be credited with his or her Personal Salary Deferral Contributions at the same time as accounts under the Regular 401(k) Plan are credited with Personal Contributions. 6.3. Crediting of Company Contributions. Each Participant's Account will also be credited with Company Matching Contributions and Supplemental Contributions in accordance with Article V, at the same times as accounts under the Regular 401(k) Plan are credited therewith. 6.4. Crediting or Debiting of Investment Returns. The Company shall credit or debit, as the case may be, each Participant's Account to reflect the return on hypothetical investments provided in Article VII. 6.5. Debiting of Payments. Each Participant's Account shall be debited by the amount of any payments of benefits pursuant to Article IX at the time of any such payments. 5

ARTICLE VII HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENTS 7.1. Election of Hypothetical Investments. Prior to becoming a Participant, each Participant must (and at such times as the Company may thereafter allow, each Participant may) select the combination of Investment Funds in which he or she wishes hypothetically to invest, subject to the following limitations: (a) The portion of each Participant's Account which is attributable to Company Contributions, including earnings thereon, shall be hypothetically invested at all times in the Company Stock Fund. (b) At least 50% of the portion of each Participant's Account which is attributable to Personal Salary Deferral Contributions, including earnings thereon, shall be hypothetically invested in the Company Stock Fund for at least one complete Plan Year after the Plan Year of contribution. (c) Notwithstanding (b) above, no part of the value of a Reporting Person's Account which is attributable to Personal Salary Deferral Contributions shall be hypothetically invested in the Company Stock Fund at any time. (d) A Participant's elections respecting hypothetical investment of future deferrals and hypothetical investment of the Participant's existing Account shall be made separately and independently in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Regular 401(k) Plan.

ARTICLE VII HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENTS 7.1. Election of Hypothetical Investments. Prior to becoming a Participant, each Participant must (and at such times as the Company may thereafter allow, each Participant may) select the combination of Investment Funds in which he or she wishes hypothetically to invest, subject to the following limitations: (a) The portion of each Participant's Account which is attributable to Company Contributions, including earnings thereon, shall be hypothetically invested at all times in the Company Stock Fund. (b) At least 50% of the portion of each Participant's Account which is attributable to Personal Salary Deferral Contributions, including earnings thereon, shall be hypothetically invested in the Company Stock Fund for at least one complete Plan Year after the Plan Year of contribution. (c) Notwithstanding (b) above, no part of the value of a Reporting Person's Account which is attributable to Personal Salary Deferral Contributions shall be hypothetically invested in the Company Stock Fund at any time. (d) A Participant's elections respecting hypothetical investment of future deferrals and hypothetical investment of the Participant's existing Account shall be made separately and independently in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Regular 401(k) Plan. (e) If a Participant dies before distribution of the Participant's entire Account is complete, the Participant's Beneficiary shall have the right to make the elections reserved to the Participant in the foregoing subsections of this Section 7.1 from the date the Employee Stock Plans Department of the Company receives written notice of the Participant's death through the date of final distribution; provided: (i) if a deceased Participant has two or more Beneficiaries, the Beneficiaries shall have the right to make such elections with respect to the portions of the Participant's Account to which they are respectively entitled; and (ii) if the Beneficiary is a minor or otherwise legally incompetent, a parent or legal guardian of the Beneficiary, as the case may be, shall exercise such right on behalf of the Beneficiary. 7.2. Crediting of Investment Returns. The Company shall, at such times and in such manner as it in its sole discretion determines to be appropriate, credit or debit each Participant's Account, as the case may be, with the appropriate amount of income, gain or loss, as if such Account had been invested in the combination of Investment Funds he or she has selected in accordance with Section 7.1. 6

ARTICLE VIII VESTING 8.1. Personal Salary Deferral Contributions. The portion of a Participant's Account which is attributable to the Participant's Personal Salary Deferral Contributions, together with all earnings thereon, shall be fully vested and non-forfeitable at all times. 8.2. Company Contributions. The portion of a Participant's Account which is attributable to Company Contributions, together with all earnings thereon, shall vest and become non-forfeitable when the portion of such Participant's Regular 401(k) Plan account which is attributable to Company Matching Contributions and Supplemental Contributions vests and becomes non-forfeitable. ARTICLE IX PAYMENT OF BENEFITS 9.1. Election.

ARTICLE VIII VESTING 8.1. Personal Salary Deferral Contributions. The portion of a Participant's Account which is attributable to the Participant's Personal Salary Deferral Contributions, together with all earnings thereon, shall be fully vested and non-forfeitable at all times. 8.2. Company Contributions. The portion of a Participant's Account which is attributable to Company Contributions, together with all earnings thereon, shall vest and become non-forfeitable when the portion of such Participant's Regular 401(k) Plan account which is attributable to Company Matching Contributions and Supplemental Contributions vests and becomes non-forfeitable. ARTICLE IX PAYMENT OF BENEFITS 9.1. Election. (a) At the time an Eligible Employee makes the initial election to participate in the Plan which is described in Section 4.1, he or she shall also irrevocably elect whether amounts deferred under the Plan during the initial Plan Year and subsequent Plan Years shall be made in a single sum, or five (5) installments, and whether payment shall begin as of the first day of the calendar month following termination of the Participant's employment with all Employing Companies or as of the January 1 following the termination, all subject to acceleration as provided for in Sections 9.6, 9.7 and 9.8. (b) A Participant may change any prior election made pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or any election pursuant to this Section 9.1(b), effective as to the value of the Participant's Account which is attributable to contributions made on and after the first day of any succeeding Plan Year. Notice of any such change shall be filed by the Election Date for such Plan Year on a form prescribed by the Company. 9.2. Commencement of Payments. Subject to the remaining provisions of this Article IX, payments under the Plan shall begin as of the first day of the calendar month following the Participant's termination of employment with all Employing Companies or as of the January 1 following the termination, as elected by the Participant. 7 9.3. Timing of Payments. (a) If a Participant has elected payment of any portion of the Participant's Account in a single sum pursuant to Section 9.1, such single sum amount shall be due and payable as of the first day of the calendar month following termination of the Participant's employment with all Employing Companies or as of the January 1 following the termination, as elected by the Participant. (b) If a Participant has elected payment of any portion of the Participant's Account in installments pursuant to Section 9.1, the initial installment shall be due and payable as of the first day of the calendar month following the Participant's termination of employment with all Employing Companies or as of the January 1 following the termination, as elected by the Participant, and the remaining four (4) installments shall be due and payable as of January 1 of the next four (4) Plan Years. (c) Notwithstanding Section 9.3(b), if the Participant's employment with all Employing Companies terminates before age fifty-five (55) for any reason other than the Participant's death or disability, the Company may determine that payment of the Participant's entire Account balance shall be paid in a single sum, notwithstanding any election by the Participant to the contrary. 9.4. Set Off and Withholding. (a) Any amount then due and payable by the Company to any Participant and/or Beneficiary under this Plan may

9.3. Timing of Payments. (a) If a Participant has elected payment of any portion of the Participant's Account in a single sum pursuant to Section 9.1, such single sum amount shall be due and payable as of the first day of the calendar month following termination of the Participant's employment with all Employing Companies or as of the January 1 following the termination, as elected by the Participant. (b) If a Participant has elected payment of any portion of the Participant's Account in installments pursuant to Section 9.1, the initial installment shall be due and payable as of the first day of the calendar month following the Participant's termination of employment with all Employing Companies or as of the January 1 following the termination, as elected by the Participant, and the remaining four (4) installments shall be due and payable as of January 1 of the next four (4) Plan Years. (c) Notwithstanding Section 9.3(b), if the Participant's employment with all Employing Companies terminates before age fifty-five (55) for any reason other than the Participant's death or disability, the Company may determine that payment of the Participant's entire Account balance shall be paid in a single sum, notwithstanding any election by the Participant to the contrary. 9.4. Set Off and Withholding. (a) Any amount then due and payable by the Company to any Participant and/or Beneficiary under this Plan may be offset by any amount owed to any Employing Company by the Participant and/or Beneficiary for any reason and in any capacity whatsoever, as the Company may determine in its sole and absolute discretion. (b) There shall be deducted from any amount payable under this Plan all taxes required to be withheld by any federal, state or local government. Participants and their Beneficiaries shall bear any and all federal, state, local and other income taxes and other taxes imposed on amounts paid under the Plan, whether or not withholding is required or carried out in accordance with this provision. 9.5. Determination of Payment Amounts. (a) If payment to a Participant or Beneficiary occurs in a single sum, the amount of such single sum shall be equal to the Participant's vested Account balance as of the Plan's valuation date immediately preceding the payment date. (b) If payment to a Participant or Beneficiary occurs in annual installments, the amount of each installment shall be equal to the Participant's vested Account balance as of the Plan's 8

valuation date immediately preceding the payment date, divided by the number of installments then remaining to be paid. For example, to determine the amount of the first installment, divide the Participant's vested Account balance by five (5); to determine the amount of the second installment, divide the Participant's vested Account balance by four (4), and so on. 9.6. Unforeseeable Emergency. (a) Notwithstanding Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 above, the Company may determine that payment of any portion of the amount then due a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan shall be accelerated on application of the Participant or Beneficiary on account of and subject to reasonable proof of unforeseeable emergency. (b) For purposes of this Section 9.6, an unforeseeable emergency is a severe financial hardship to the Participant or Beneficiary resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or Beneficiary or of a dependent (as defined in section 152(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) of the Participant or Beneficiary, loss of the Participant's or Beneficiary's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant or Beneficiary. The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved--

valuation date immediately preceding the payment date, divided by the number of installments then remaining to be paid. For example, to determine the amount of the first installment, divide the Participant's vested Account balance by five (5); to determine the amount of the second installment, divide the Participant's vested Account balance by four (4), and so on. 9.6. Unforeseeable Emergency. (a) Notwithstanding Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 above, the Company may determine that payment of any portion of the amount then due a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan shall be accelerated on application of the Participant or Beneficiary on account of and subject to reasonable proof of unforeseeable emergency. (b) For purposes of this Section 9.6, an unforeseeable emergency is a severe financial hardship to the Participant or Beneficiary resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or Beneficiary or of a dependent (as defined in section 152(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) of the Participant or Beneficiary, loss of the Participant's or Beneficiary's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant or Beneficiary. The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved-(i) Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (ii) By liquidation of the Participant's or Beneficiary's assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or (iii) By cessation of Personal Salary Deferral Contributions under the Plan if and when possible under the remaining provisions of the Plan, or by cessation of elective deferrals if and when possible under any other deferred compensation plan for which the Participant or Beneficiary is eligible. Examples of what are not considered to be unforeseeable emergencies include the need to send a Participant's or Beneficiary's child to college or the desire to purchase a home. (c) Withdrawal of amounts because of an unforeseeable emergency shall be permitted only to the extent reasonably needed to satisfy the emergency. If the Company determines that an unforeseeable emergency requires and can be satisfied by cessation of deferrals under this Plan and any other deferred compensation plan without withdrawal under this Plan, the Company shall direct 9

cessation of such deferrals under this Plan and any other such plan if and to the extent permitted under the provisions thereof, and shall not direct acceleration of payment under this Section 9.6. (d) All determinations under this Section 9.6 shall be made by an Administrative Committee appointed pursuant to Section 11.1(c). 9.7. Change in Control. (a) If a Change in Control (as defined in Sec. 9.7(b)) shall occur, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the entire amount accrued on behalf of a Participant under the Plan as of the Change in Control Date shall be paid in a single sum within 30 days after the Change in Control Date. (b) For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control" shall occur automatically if and when an "Acceleration Date" occurs as defined in the Company's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan or if and when an analogous change in control event occurs as defined in any successor to such plan, and the Change in Control Date shall be the Acceleration Date or analogous date as defined therein. (c) This Sec. 9.7 may be deleted or amended in any way pursuant to Article XII at any time prior to a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Article XII, following a Change in Control, the provisions of this Sec. 9.7 cannot, after

cessation of such deferrals under this Plan and any other such plan if and to the extent permitted under the provisions thereof, and shall not direct acceleration of payment under this Section 9.6. (d) All determinations under this Section 9.6 shall be made by an Administrative Committee appointed pursuant to Section 11.1(c). 9.7. Change in Control. (a) If a Change in Control (as defined in Sec. 9.7(b)) shall occur, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the entire amount accrued on behalf of a Participant under the Plan as of the Change in Control Date shall be paid in a single sum within 30 days after the Change in Control Date. (b) For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control" shall occur automatically if and when an "Acceleration Date" occurs as defined in the Company's 1998 Incentive Stock Plan or if and when an analogous change in control event occurs as defined in any successor to such plan, and the Change in Control Date shall be the Acceleration Date or analogous date as defined therein. (c) This Sec. 9.7 may be deleted or amended in any way pursuant to Article XII at any time prior to a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Article XII, following a Change in Control, the provisions of this Sec. 9.7 cannot, after the Change in Control Date, be amended in any manner without the written consent of each individual who was a Participant immediately prior to a Change in Control. (d) Following a Change in Control, this Plan may continue in effect, notwithstanding that payment of benefits shall have been made under Sec. 9.7(a). (e) If, by reason of this Section 9.7, an excise or other special tax ("Excise Tax") is imposed on any payment under the Plan (a "Required Payment"), the amount of each Required Payment shall be increased by an amount which, after payment of income taxes, payroll taxes and Excise Tax on such additional amount, will equal such Excise Tax on the Required Payment. 9.8. General Right to Accelerate Payment. Notwithstanding Sections 9.2 and 9.3, the Company by its proper officers in its sole discretion may direct current payment of all amounts then credited to all Participants' Accounts under the Plan. 10 9.9. Payments After Death. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.9, any amount payable under this Plan as a result of or following the death of a Participant shall be applied only for the benefit of the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated by the Participant pursuant to this Section 9.9 or any other person deemed to be a Beneficiary under any other provision of this Plan or by law. Each Participant shall specifically designate, by name, on forms provided by the Company, the Beneficiary(ies) to whom any such amounts shall be paid. A Participant may change or revoke a Beneficiary designation without the consent of the Beneficiary(ies) at the time by filing a new Beneficiary designation form with the Company. The filing of a new form shall automatically revoke any forms previously filed with the Company. A Beneficiary designation form not properly filed with the Company prior to the death of the Participant shall have no validity under the Plan. (b) Any such designation shall be contingent on the designated Beneficiary surviving the Participant. If the designated Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before receiving the entire amount payable to the designated Beneficiary hereunder, the amount which would otherwise have been so paid shall be paid to the estate of the deceased Beneficiary unless a contrary direction was made by the Participant, in which case such direction shall control. More than one Beneficiary, and alternative or contingent Beneficiaries may be designated, in which case the Participant shall specify the shares, terms and conditions upon which amounts shall be paid to such multiple or alternative or contingent Beneficiaries, all of which must be satisfactory to the Company. (c) If no Beneficiary designation is on file with the Company at the time of the Participant's death, the beneficiary (ies) for purposes of the Regular 401(k) Plan shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary designated to receive any

9.9. Payments After Death. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.9, any amount payable under this Plan as a result of or following the death of a Participant shall be applied only for the benefit of the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated by the Participant pursuant to this Section 9.9 or any other person deemed to be a Beneficiary under any other provision of this Plan or by law. Each Participant shall specifically designate, by name, on forms provided by the Company, the Beneficiary(ies) to whom any such amounts shall be paid. A Participant may change or revoke a Beneficiary designation without the consent of the Beneficiary(ies) at the time by filing a new Beneficiary designation form with the Company. The filing of a new form shall automatically revoke any forms previously filed with the Company. A Beneficiary designation form not properly filed with the Company prior to the death of the Participant shall have no validity under the Plan. (b) Any such designation shall be contingent on the designated Beneficiary surviving the Participant. If the designated Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before receiving the entire amount payable to the designated Beneficiary hereunder, the amount which would otherwise have been so paid shall be paid to the estate of the deceased Beneficiary unless a contrary direction was made by the Participant, in which case such direction shall control. More than one Beneficiary, and alternative or contingent Beneficiaries may be designated, in which case the Participant shall specify the shares, terms and conditions upon which amounts shall be paid to such multiple or alternative or contingent Beneficiaries, all of which must be satisfactory to the Company. (c) If no Beneficiary designation is on file with the Company at the time of the Participant's death, the beneficiary (ies) for purposes of the Regular 401(k) Plan shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary designated to receive any amounts then remaining payable under this Plan. (d) If no Beneficiary designated by the Participant under this Plan or the Regular 401(k) Plan survives the Participant, the Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary designated to receive any amounts then remaining payable under this Plan. (e) In determining any question concerning a Participant's Beneficiary, the latest designation filed with the Company shall control and intervening changes in circumstances shall be ignored; provided, if a Participant's spouse is designated as Beneficiary but thereafter is divorced from the Participant, such designation shall become invalid as of the date of divorce unless the Participant files a Beneficiary designation form with the Company after the date of divorce confirming designation of such former spouse as Beneficiary. 11

(f) Any check issued on or before the date of a Participant's death shall remain payable to the Participant whether or not the check is received by the Participant prior to death. Any check issued after the date of the Participant's death shall be the property of the Participant's Beneficiaries determined in accordance with this Section 9.9. (g) A Participant's election of payment in installments shall not be altered by reason of the Participant's death. 9.10. All Payments to be Made by the Company. All payments due any Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan shall be the sole responsibility of the Company. 9.11. Special Rule for Non-deductible Amounts. Any amount otherwise payable under the Plan in a Plan Year for which the Company determines that the amount would not be deductible by any Participating Employer under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code shall not be paid until such Plan Year as the Company determines that the amount has ceased to be non-deductible by any Participating Employer under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the case of any inconsistency between this Section 9.11 and any other provision of the Plan, this Section 9.11 shall govern, except in the case that Section 9.7 is effective. 9.12. Special Rule for Reporting Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, including without limitation Sections 9.6, 9.7 and 9.8, no amount shall be distributed from a Reporting Person's HCSF SubAccount until the affected Participant either ceases to be a Reporting Person or ceases to be an Employee, whichever occurs first. ARTICLE X

(f) Any check issued on or before the date of a Participant's death shall remain payable to the Participant whether or not the check is received by the Participant prior to death. Any check issued after the date of the Participant's death shall be the property of the Participant's Beneficiaries determined in accordance with this Section 9.9. (g) A Participant's election of payment in installments shall not be altered by reason of the Participant's death. 9.10. All Payments to be Made by the Company. All payments due any Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan shall be the sole responsibility of the Company. 9.11. Special Rule for Non-deductible Amounts. Any amount otherwise payable under the Plan in a Plan Year for which the Company determines that the amount would not be deductible by any Participating Employer under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code shall not be paid until such Plan Year as the Company determines that the amount has ceased to be non-deductible by any Participating Employer under section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the case of any inconsistency between this Section 9.11 and any other provision of the Plan, this Section 9.11 shall govern, except in the case that Section 9.7 is effective. 9.12. Special Rule for Reporting Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, including without limitation Sections 9.6, 9.7 and 9.8, no amount shall be distributed from a Reporting Person's HCSF SubAccount until the affected Participant either ceases to be a Reporting Person or ceases to be an Employee, whichever occurs first. ARTICLE X PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS OTHER THAN THE COMPANY 10.1. Adoption. A Participating Employer other than the Company shall adopt this Plan by written instrument executed by its proper officers, subject to the written approval of the Company by its proper officers or their delegates. Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Employer shall constitute automatic delegation of all rights and duties it might otherwise reserve to itself under the Plan to the Company, including full authority to amend or terminate the Plan. 10.2. Withdrawal. A Participating Employer shall automatically withdraw from the Plan if and when it ceases to be a Participating Employer under the Regular 401(k) Plan, without the execution of any other instrument. A Participating Employer may voluntarily withdraw from the Plan on not less than thirty (30) 12

days' written notice from its proper officers. 10.3. Succession. In the event of dissolution, merger, consolidation, or spin-off involving a Participating Employer, the entity surviving the transaction shall succeed to the rights and duties of the affected Participating Employer without the execution of any other instrument. ARTICLE XI ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS PROCEDURES 11.1. Administrative Duties of the Company. (a) The Company shall have sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan. (b) The Company shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan. The Company shall interpret the Plan; shall determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan; and shall construe any ambiguity, supply any omission, and reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as the Company deems proper. Any interpretation or construction placed upon any term or provision of the Plan by the Company, any decisions and determinations of the Company arising under the Plan, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i)

days' written notice from its proper officers. 10.3. Succession. In the event of dissolution, merger, consolidation, or spin-off involving a Participating Employer, the entity surviving the transaction shall succeed to the rights and duties of the affected Participating Employer without the execution of any other instrument. ARTICLE XI ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS PROCEDURES 11.1. Administrative Duties of the Company. (a) The Company shall have sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan. (b) The Company shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan. The Company shall interpret the Plan; shall determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan; and shall construe any ambiguity, supply any omission, and reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as the Company deems proper. Any interpretation or construction placed upon any term or provision of the Plan by the Company, any decisions and determinations of the Company arising under the Plan, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i) the eligibility of any individual to become or remain a Participant, a Participant's status as such and the amount of a Participant's Compensation for any Plan Year, (ii) the time, method and amounts of payments payable under the Plan; (iii) the rights of Participants; and (iv) any other action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Company in good faith, shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons concerned, including, but not limited to, the Company, all Participating Employers and all Participants and Beneficiaries. (c) The Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall appoint one or more Employees to carry out the Company's duties hereunder. (d) The Company may employ accountants, counsel, specialists, and other persons necessary to help carry out its duties and responsibilities under the Plan. The Company or any appointee shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon any opinions or reports which shall be furnished to it or him by such accountants, counsel, specialists, and other persons. (e) No Employee shall participate in determining his or her own entitlement under the Plan. 13 11.2. Claims Procedures. (a) The Company shall make all decisions and determinations respecting the right of any person to a payment under the Plan. (b) The following procedure shall be followed with respect to claims under the Plan: (i) Any claimant who believes he or she is entitled to a payment under this Plan shall submit a claim for such payment in writing to the Company. (ii) Any decision by the Company denying a claim in whole or in part shall be stated in writing by the Company and delivered or mailed to the claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim by the Company unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after such receipt. If such an extension of time is taken, the Company shall inform the claimant of the delay in writing before the expiration of the initial ninety (90) day period, including the reasons therefor and the date by which the Company expects to render a decision. Any decision denying a claim shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial with specific references to Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and the reasons therefor, and an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure as provided for in Section 11.2(b)(iii), all written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Company

11.2. Claims Procedures. (a) The Company shall make all decisions and determinations respecting the right of any person to a payment under the Plan. (b) The following procedure shall be followed with respect to claims under the Plan: (i) Any claimant who believes he or she is entitled to a payment under this Plan shall submit a claim for such payment in writing to the Company. (ii) Any decision by the Company denying a claim in whole or in part shall be stated in writing by the Company and delivered or mailed to the claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim by the Company unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after such receipt. If such an extension of time is taken, the Company shall inform the claimant of the delay in writing before the expiration of the initial ninety (90) day period, including the reasons therefor and the date by which the Company expects to render a decision. Any decision denying a claim shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial with specific references to Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and the reasons therefor, and an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure as provided for in Section 11.2(b)(iii), all written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. If the Company does not notify the claimant of denial of the claim or the need for an extension of time within the initial ninety (90) day period, the claim shall be deemed denied. (iii) If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may request a review by the Company of the decision upon written application to the Company within sixty (60) days after notification of the decision. The claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing. The Company shall make its decision on review not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request for review unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case its decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review. If such an extension of time is taken, the Company shall inform the claimant of the delay in writing before the expiration of the initial sixty (60) day period. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and specific references to the pertinent plan provisions on which the decision is based. If the Company does not notify the claimant of its decision on review within the period herein 14

provided for, the claim shall be deemed denied on review. (c) The Company may adopt such rules as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate to carry out its duties under this Section 11.2. All rules, decisions and determinations of the Company under this Section 11.2 shall be uniformly and consistently applied. Any action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Company under this Section 11.2 in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons concerned, including, but not limited to, the Company, all Participating Employers, and all Participants and Beneficiaries. (d) The procedure provided for in this Section 11.2 shall be the sole, exclusive and mandatory procedure for resolving any dispute under this Plan; provided, that if a Participant wishes to make a valid legal challenge to the Company's determination and he has entered into an agreement with the Company to arbitrate disputes arising from his employment with the Company, such legal challenge shall be resolved pursuant to the arbitration procedures in that agreement and the Participant's burden of proof in any arbitration shall be the same as if the dispute were tried in a court proceeding. (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control as defined in Section 9.7, Section (d) above shall not apply. 11.3. Books and Records.

provided for, the claim shall be deemed denied on review. (c) The Company may adopt such rules as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate to carry out its duties under this Section 11.2. All rules, decisions and determinations of the Company under this Section 11.2 shall be uniformly and consistently applied. Any action or determination or decision whatsoever taken or made by the Company under this Section 11.2 in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons concerned, including, but not limited to, the Company, all Participating Employers, and all Participants and Beneficiaries. (d) The procedure provided for in this Section 11.2 shall be the sole, exclusive and mandatory procedure for resolving any dispute under this Plan; provided, that if a Participant wishes to make a valid legal challenge to the Company's determination and he has entered into an agreement with the Company to arbitrate disputes arising from his employment with the Company, such legal challenge shall be resolved pursuant to the arbitration procedures in that agreement and the Participant's burden of proof in any arbitration shall be the same as if the dispute were tried in a court proceeding. (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control as defined in Section 9.7, Section (d) above shall not apply. 11.3. Books and Records. (a) The Company shall keep such books, records, and other data as it deems necessary for proper administration of the Plan, including but not limited to records of each Participant's Personal Salary Deferral Contributions, hypothetical Investment Fund and payment elections, Account balance and payment record. (b) The records of the Company shall be binding on all persons unless proved incorrect to the satisfaction of the Company. (c) The Company shall comply with all reporting and disclosure requirements of the law and shall maintain all records required by law. 11.4. Notices. (a) Any notice from the Company to any Participant shall be in writing and shall be given by delivery to the Participant, or by mailing to the last known residence address of the Participant. Any notice from a Participant to the Company shall be in writing and shall be given by delivery to the Employee Stock Plans Department of the Company at the Company's headquarters, except as otherwise designated by the Company. Notices shall be effective on the date of actual delivery. 15

(b) Each Participant shall furnish all information, including post office address and each change of post office address, proofs, receipts and releases, as may be required by the Company. (c) Any communication, statement or notice addressed to any individual at the last post office address filed with the Company shall be binding for all purposes of the Plan, and the Company shall not be obligated to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any such individual. (d) Except as provided for in Article IV, any notice required by the Plan may be waived by the Company or any Participant. (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 11.4, in the event and to the extent permitted under the Regular 401(k) Plan, notices may be made by electronic means. ARTICLE XII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

(b) Each Participant shall furnish all information, including post office address and each change of post office address, proofs, receipts and releases, as may be required by the Company. (c) Any communication, statement or notice addressed to any individual at the last post office address filed with the Company shall be binding for all purposes of the Plan, and the Company shall not be obligated to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any such individual. (d) Except as provided for in Article IV, any notice required by the Plan may be waived by the Company or any Participant. (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 11.4, in the event and to the extent permitted under the Regular 401(k) Plan, notices may be made by electronic means. ARTICLE XII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION The Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall have authority to amend or terminate the Plan on behalf of the Company in his or her sole discretion at any time, except as follows: (a) Any amendment that sets a Match Rate or Supplemental Contribution Rate under the Plan that is different from those applied under the Regular 401(k) Plan from time to time shall require approval by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company; and (b) No amendment shall retroactively reduce any Participant's Account under the Plan, except as provided for in Section 13.12. All Participants shall be bound by any amendment to the Plan without the execution of any other instrument. 16

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS 13.1. Company's Obligations Unsecured. It is the intention of the Company and all Participants that the Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Amounts payable to Participants under this Plan shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company as they come due from time to time. No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any property interest whatsoever in any asset of the Company on account of participation in this Plan. Participants' rights under this Plan shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. Nothing in this Plan shall require the Company to invest any amount in any asset or type of asset. 13.2. No Alienation. Except as required by law, amounts payable under this Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary; any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any right to payment hereunder shall be void, and the Company shall not in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any Participant or other person.

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS 13.1. Company's Obligations Unsecured. It is the intention of the Company and all Participants that the Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Amounts payable to Participants under this Plan shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company as they come due from time to time. No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any property interest whatsoever in any asset of the Company on account of participation in this Plan. Participants' rights under this Plan shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. Nothing in this Plan shall require the Company to invest any amount in any asset or type of asset. 13.2. No Alienation. Except as required by law, amounts payable under this Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary; any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any right to payment hereunder shall be void, and the Company shall not in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any Participant or other person. 13.3. No Waiver of Rights. Except as provided for in Section 11.2, no failure or delay by the Company or any Participant to exercise any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. 13.4. Severability. The invalidity of any particular clause, provision or covenant herein shall not invalidate all or any part of the remainder of this Plan, but such remainder shall be and remain valid in all respects as fully as the law will permit. 13.5. Legal Expenses. In any proceeding to enforce rights and obligations hereunder, the unsuccessful party shall pay the successful party an amount equal to all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable legal expenses and court costs) incurred by the successful party. 13.6. Presumption of Competence. Every person receiving or claiming amounts payable under this Plan shall be conclusively presumed to be mentally competent and of legal age unless and until the Company receives proof satisfactory to the Company that the person is incompetent or is a minor or that a guardian or other person legally vested with the care of the person's estate 17

has been appointed. 13.7. Facility of Payment. If any amount is payable hereunder to a minor or other person under legal disability or otherwise incapable of managing his or her own affairs, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, payment thereof shall be made in one (or any combination) of the following ways, as the Company shall determine in its sole discretion: (a) directly to said minor or other person; (b) to a custodian for said minor or other person (whether designated by the Company or any other person) under the Missouri Transfers to Minors Law, the Missouri Personal Custodian Law or a similar law of any jurisdiction; (c) to the conservator of the estate of said minor or other person; or (d) to some relative or friend of such minor or other person for the support, welfare or education of such minor or other person.

has been appointed. 13.7. Facility of Payment. If any amount is payable hereunder to a minor or other person under legal disability or otherwise incapable of managing his or her own affairs, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, payment thereof shall be made in one (or any combination) of the following ways, as the Company shall determine in its sole discretion: (a) directly to said minor or other person; (b) to a custodian for said minor or other person (whether designated by the Company or any other person) under the Missouri Transfers to Minors Law, the Missouri Personal Custodian Law or a similar law of any jurisdiction; (c) to the conservator of the estate of said minor or other person; or (d) to some relative or friend of such minor or other person for the support, welfare or education of such minor or other person. The Company shall not be required to see to the application of any payment so made, and payment to the person determined by the Company shall fully discharge the Company from any further accountability or responsibility with respect to the amount so paid. 13.8. No Guarantee of Employment or Compensation. No provision of this Plan shall restrict any Employing Company from discharging a Participant from employment or restrict any Participant from resigning from employment with any Participating Employer. No provision of this Plan shall restrict any Employing Company from increasing or decreasing the compensation of any Employee. 13.9. Plan Provisions Binding. The provisions of the Plan shall be binding upon the Company, all Participating Employers and all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan and their respective successors, heirs and legal representatives. 13.10. Rules of Interpretation. Words of gender shall include persons and entities of any gender, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural. Captions are intended to assist in reference and shall not be interpreted as part of the Plan. 13.11. Missouri Law Controls. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 which provide to the contrary, this Plan shall be administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the State of Missouri (other than choice of law) and in Courts situated in that State. 18 13.12. Reporting Persons. It is intended that the interests of Reporting Persons in the Plan qualify for exclusion from the definition of "derivative securities" contained in Rule 16a-1(c) of the Securities and Exchange Commission; the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with that intent. Moreover, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company may amend the Plan, retroactively if deemed prudent, as such Officer deems appropriate to ensure the continuation of such qualification. 13.13. Counterparts. This Plan may be executed in two or more counterparts, any one of which shall constitute an original without reference to the others. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Plan this 9th day of March, 2000, effective as of the 1st day of March, 2000. ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC.
BY: /s/ W. Randolph Baker ------------------------------------W. Randolph Baker Chief Financial Officer

13.12. Reporting Persons. It is intended that the interests of Reporting Persons in the Plan qualify for exclusion from the definition of "derivative securities" contained in Rule 16a-1(c) of the Securities and Exchange Commission; the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with that intent. Moreover, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company may amend the Plan, retroactively if deemed prudent, as such Officer deems appropriate to ensure the continuation of such qualification. 13.13. Counterparts. This Plan may be executed in two or more counterparts, any one of which shall constitute an original without reference to the others. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Plan this 9th day of March, 2000, effective as of the 1st day of March, 2000. ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC.
BY: /s/ W. Randolph Baker ------------------------------------W. Randolph Baker Chief Financial Officer

19
TABLE OF CONTENTS ----------------ARTICLE I RESTATEMENT OF PLAN 1.1. 1.2. Action By Company Purpose of the Plan 1 1 1

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS 2.1. 2.2. 2.3. 2.4. 2.5. 2.6. 2.7. 2.8. 2.9. 2.10. 2.11. 2.12. 2.13. 2.14. 2.15. 2.16. 2.17. 2.18. Account Beneficiary Company Contributions Compensation Effective Date Election Date Eligible Employee Employee Investment Fund Match Rate Participant Participating Employer Personal Salary Deferral Contributions Plan Year Regular 401(k) Plan Regular 401(k) Plan Matched Contributions Reporting Person Reporting Person's HCSF Sub-Account

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

ARTICLE III ELIGIBILITY 3.1. 3.2. 3.3. 3.4. Eligibility on Election Dates Eligibility Requirements Participation Suspension

3 3 3 3 3

ARTICLE IV PARTICIPANT DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION 4.1. 4.2. 4.3. 4.4. Election Time For Making Election Special Rule for Reporting Persons Cessation of Personal Salary Deferral Contributions i

4 4 4 4 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS ----------------ARTICLE I RESTATEMENT OF PLAN 1.1. 1.2. Action By Company Purpose of the Plan 1 1 1

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS 2.1. 2.2. 2.3. 2.4. 2.5. 2.6. 2.7. 2.8. 2.9. 2.10. 2.11. 2.12. 2.13. 2.14. 2.15. 2.16. 2.17. 2.18. Account Beneficiary Company Contributions Compensation Effective Date Election Date Eligible Employee Employee Investment Fund Match Rate Participant Participating Employer Personal Salary Deferral Contributions Plan Year Regular 401(k) Plan Regular 401(k) Plan Matched Contributions Reporting Person Reporting Person's HCSF Sub-Account

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

ARTICLE III ELIGIBILITY 3.1. 3.2. 3.3. 3.4. Eligibility on Election Dates Eligibility Requirements Participation Suspension

3 3 3 3 3

ARTICLE IV PARTICIPANT DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION 4.1. 4.2. 4.3. 4.4. Election Time For Making Election Special Rule for Reporting Persons Cessation of Personal Salary Deferral Contributions i

4 4 4 4 5

ARTICLE V COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS ARTICLE VI ACCOUNTS 6.1. 6.2. 6.3. 6.4. 6.5. Establishment of Accounts Crediting of Personal Salary Deferral Contributions Crediting of Company Contributions Crediting or Debiting of Investment Returns Debiting of Payments

5

5 5 5 5 5 5

ARTICLE VII HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENTS 7.1. 7.2. Election of Hypothetical Investments Crediting of Investment Returns

6 6 6

ARTICLE VIII VESTING 8.1. 8.2. Personal Salary Deferral Contributions Company Contributions

7 7 7

ARTICLE IX

ARTICLE V COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS ARTICLE VI ACCOUNTS 6.1. 6.2. 6.3. 6.4. 6.5. Establishment of Accounts Crediting of Personal Salary Deferral Contributions Crediting of Company Contributions Crediting or Debiting of Investment Returns Debiting of Payments

5

5 5 5 5 5 5

ARTICLE VII HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENTS 7.1. 7.2. Election of Hypothetical Investments Crediting of Investment Returns

6 6 6

ARTICLE VIII VESTING 8.1. 8.2. Personal Salary Deferral Contributions Company Contributions

7 7 7

ARTICLE IX PAYMENT OF BENEFITS 9.1. 9.2. 9.3. 9.4. 9.5. 9.6. 9.7. 9.8. 9.9. 9.10. 9.11. 9.12. Election Commencement of Payments Timing of Payments Set Off and Withholding Determination of Payment Amounts Unforeseeable Emergency Change in Control General Right to Accelerate Payment Payments After Death All Payments to be Made by the Company Special Rule for Non-deductible Amounts Special Rule for Reporting Persons

7 7 7 8 8 8 9 10 10 11 12 12 12

ARTICLE X PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS OTHER THAN THE COMPANY 10.1. 10.2. 10.3. Adoption Withdrawal Succession ii

12 12 12 13

ARTICLE XI ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS PROCEDURES 11.1. 11.2. 11.3. 11.4. Administrative Duties of the Company Claims Procedures Books and Records Notices

13 13 14 15 15

ARTICLE XII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS 13.1. 13.2. 13.3. 13.4. 13.5. 13.6. 13.7. 13.8. 13.9. 13.10. Company's Obligations Unsecured No Alienation No Waiver of Rights Severability Legal Expenses Presumption of Competence Facility of Payment No Guarantee of Employment or Compensation Plan Provisions Binding Rules of Interpretation

16

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18

ARTICLE XI ADMINISTRATION AND CLAIMS PROCEDURES 11.1. 11.2. 11.3. 11.4. Administrative Duties of the Company Claims Procedures Books and Records Notices

13 13 14 15 15

ARTICLE XII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS 13.1. 13.2. 13.3. 13.4. 13.5. 13.6. 13.7. 13.8. 13.9. 13.10. 13.11. 13.12. 13.13. Company's Obligations Unsecured No Alienation No Waiver of Rights Severability Legal Expenses Presumption of Competence Facility of Payment No Guarantee of Employment or Compensation Plan Provisions Binding Rules of Interpretation Missouri Law Controls Reporting Persons Counterparts

16

17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 19 19

iii INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of --------------, 19----, between Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and --------------- (the "Indemnitee"). WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors [and executive officers] the most capable persons available; WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a [director/executive officer] of the Company; WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors of public companies in today's environment; WHEREAS, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the By-laws of the Company require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors to the full extent permitted by law and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director [or executive officer] of the Company in part in reliance on such Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws;

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee's need for substantial protection against personal liability in Order to enhance Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective manner and Indemnitee's reliance on the aforesaid Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by such Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of such Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws or any change in the composition of the Company's Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company as a director [or executive officer] thereof, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the full extent (whether partial or complete) permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance policies;

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of --------------, 19----, between Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and --------------- (the "Indemnitee"). WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors [and executive officers] the most capable persons available; WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a [director/executive officer] of the Company; WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors of public companies in today's environment; WHEREAS, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the By-laws of the Company require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors to the full extent permitted by law and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director [or executive officer] of the Company in part in reliance on such Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws;

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee's need for substantial protection against personal liability in Order to enhance Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective manner and Indemnitee's reliance on the aforesaid Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by such Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of such Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws or any change in the composition of the Company's Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company as a director [or executive officer] thereof, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the full extent (whether partial or complete) permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance policies; 2

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Certain Definitions: (a) Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13 (d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of 3

such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least twothirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee's need for substantial protection against personal liability in Order to enhance Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective manner and Indemnitee's reliance on the aforesaid Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by such Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of such Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws or any change in the composition of the Company's Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company as a director [or executive officer] thereof, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the full extent (whether partial or complete) permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability insurance policies; 2

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Certain Definitions: (a) Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13 (d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of 3

such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least twothirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such 4

merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all the Company's assets. (b) Claim: any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other. (c) Expenses: include attorneys' fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Certain Definitions: (a) Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13 (d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of 3

such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least twothirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such 4

merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all the Company's assets. (b) Claim: any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other. (c) Expenses: include attorneys' fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event. 5 (d) Indemnifiable Event: any event or occurrence related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity. (e) Potential Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Company enters into an agreement or arrangement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control; (ii) any person (including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider 6

such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least twothirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such 4

merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all the Company's assets. (b) Claim: any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other. (c) Expenses: include attorneys' fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event. 5 (d) Indemnifiable Event: any event or occurrence related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity. (e) Potential Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Company enters into an agreement or arrangement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control; (ii) any person (including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider 6

taking actions which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control; (iii) any person, other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such capacity or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person on the date hereof; or (iv) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for 7

purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred. (f) Reviewing Party: any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Company's Board of Directors or any other person or body appointed by the Board (including the special, independent counsel referred to in

merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all the Company's assets. (b) Claim: any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other. (c) Expenses: include attorneys' fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event. 5 (d) Indemnifiable Event: any event or occurrence related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity. (e) Potential Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Company enters into an agreement or arrangement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control; (ii) any person (including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider 6

taking actions which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control; (iii) any person, other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such capacity or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person on the date hereof; or (iv) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for 7

purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred. (f) Reviewing Party: any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Company's Board of Directors or any other person or body appointed by the Board (including the special, independent counsel referred to in Section 3) who is not a party to the particular Claim for which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification. (g) Voting Securities: any securities of the Company which vote generally in the election of directors. 2. Basic Indemnification Arrangement. (a) In the event Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, 8

the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as soon as practicable but in any

(d) Indemnifiable Event: any event or occurrence related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity. (e) Potential Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the Company enters into an agreement or arrangement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control; (ii) any person (including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider 6

taking actions which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control; (iii) any person, other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such capacity or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person on the date hereof; or (iv) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for 7

purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred. (f) Reviewing Party: any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Company's Board of Directors or any other person or body appointed by the Board (including the special, independent counsel referred to in Section 3) who is not a party to the particular Claim for which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification. (g) Voting Securities: any securities of the Company which vote generally in the election of directors. 2. Basic Indemnification Arrangement. (a) In the event Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, 8

the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty days after written demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other Charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of such Claim and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement (including the creation of the Trust). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary and except as provided in Section 5, prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless the Company has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Claim. If so 9

requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance").

taking actions which if consummated would constitute a Change in Control; (iii) any person, other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such capacity or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person on the date hereof; or (iv) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for 7

purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred. (f) Reviewing Party: any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Company's Board of Directors or any other person or body appointed by the Board (including the special, independent counsel referred to in Section 3) who is not a party to the particular Claim for which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification. (g) Voting Securities: any securities of the Company which vote generally in the election of directors. 2. Basic Indemnification Arrangement. (a) In the event Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, 8

the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty days after written demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other Charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of such Claim and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement (including the creation of the Trust). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary and except as provided in Section 5, prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless the Company has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Claim. If so 9

requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the obligations of the Company under Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party shall not have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which the special, independent counsel referred to in Section 3 hereof is involved) that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, and (ii) the obligation of the Company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should

purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control has occurred. (f) Reviewing Party: any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Company's Board of Directors or any other person or body appointed by the Board (including the special, independent counsel referred to in Section 3) who is not a party to the particular Claim for which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification. (g) Voting Securities: any securities of the Company which vote generally in the election of directors. 2. Basic Indemnification Arrangement. (a) In the event Indemnitee was, is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, 8

the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty days after written demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other Charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of such Claim and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement (including the creation of the Trust). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary and except as provided in Section 5, prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless the Company has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Claim. If so 9

requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the obligations of the Company under Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party shall not have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which the special, independent counsel referred to in Section 3 hereof is involved) that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, and (ii) the obligation of the Company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should 10

be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). Indemnitee's obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. If there has not been a Change in Control the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and if there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Reviewing Party shall

the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty days after written demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other Charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of such Claim and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement (including the creation of the Trust). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary and except as provided in Section 5, prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless the Company has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Claim. If so 9

requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the obligations of the Company under Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party shall not have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which the special, independent counsel referred to in Section 3 hereof is involved) that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, and (ii) the obligation of the Company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should 10

be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). Indemnitee's obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. If there has not been a Change in Control the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and if there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Reviewing Party shall be the special, independent counsel referred to in Section 3 hereof. If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee 11

substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the States of Missouri or Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee. 3. Change in Control. The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then with respect to all matters thereafter arising

requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the obligations of the Company under Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party shall not have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which the special, independent counsel referred to in Section 3 hereof is involved) that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, and (ii) the obligation of the Company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to Section 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should 10

be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). Indemnitee's obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. If there has not been a Change in Control the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and if there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Reviewing Party shall be the special, independent counsel referred to in Section 3 hereof. If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee 11

substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the States of Missouri or Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee. 3. Change in Control. The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company's 12

Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from special, independent counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company within the last [10] years (other than in connection with such matters) or Indemnitee. Such independent counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be

be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). Indemnitee's obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. If there has not been a Change in Control the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and if there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Reviewing Party shall be the special, independent counsel referred to in Section 3 hereof. If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee 11

substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the States of Missouri or Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee. 3. Change in Control. The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company's 12

Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from special, independent counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company within the last [10] years (other than in connection with such matters) or Indemnitee. Such independent counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all 13

expenses (including attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of special, independent counsel pursuant hereto. 4. Establishment of Trust. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Company shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a Trust for the benefit of the Indemnitee and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund such Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for and defending any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, and any and all judgments, fines, penalties and settlement amounts of any and all Claims relating to an Indemnifiable Event from time to time actually paid or claimed, reasonably anticipated or proposed to be paid. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Reviewing Party, in any case in which the special,

substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the States of Missouri or Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee. 3. Change in Control. The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company's 12

Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from special, independent counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company within the last [10] years (other than in connection with such matters) or Indemnitee. Such independent counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all 13

expenses (including attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of special, independent counsel pursuant hereto. 4. Establishment of Trust. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Company shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a Trust for the benefit of the Indemnitee and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund such Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for and defending any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, and any and all judgments, fines, penalties and settlement amounts of any and all Claims relating to an Indemnifiable Event from time to time actually paid or claimed, reasonably anticipated or proposed to be paid. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Reviewing Party, in any case in which the special, independent counsel referred to 14

above is involved. The terms of the Trust shall provide that upon a Change in Control (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded, without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the Trustee shall advance, within two business days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to the Indemnitee (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the circumstances under which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the Company under Section 2(b) of this Agreement), (iii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by the Company in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and (v) all unexpended funds in such Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by the Reviewing Party or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be

Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from special, independent counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company within the last [10] years (other than in connection with such matters) or Indemnitee. Such independent counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all 13

expenses (including attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of special, independent counsel pursuant hereto. 4. Establishment of Trust. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Company shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a Trust for the benefit of the Indemnitee and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund such Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for and defending any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, and any and all judgments, fines, penalties and settlement amounts of any and all Claims relating to an Indemnifiable Event from time to time actually paid or claimed, reasonably anticipated or proposed to be paid. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Reviewing Party, in any case in which the special, independent counsel referred to 14

above is involved. The terms of the Trust shall provide that upon a Change in Control (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded, without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the Trustee shall advance, within two business days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to the Indemnitee (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the circumstances under which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the Company under Section 2(b) of this Agreement), (iii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by the Company in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and (v) all unexpended funds in such Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by the Reviewing Party or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be 15

chosen by the Indemnitee. Nothing in this Section 4 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by the Company for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes. 5. Indemnification for Additional Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any claim asserted against or action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be

expenses (including attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of special, independent counsel pursuant hereto. 4. Establishment of Trust. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Company shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a Trust for the benefit of the Indemnitee and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund such Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for and defending any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, and any and all judgments, fines, penalties and settlement amounts of any and all Claims relating to an Indemnifiable Event from time to time actually paid or claimed, reasonably anticipated or proposed to be paid. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Reviewing Party, in any case in which the special, independent counsel referred to 14

above is involved. The terms of the Trust shall provide that upon a Change in Control (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded, without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the Trustee shall advance, within two business days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to the Indemnitee (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the circumstances under which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the Company under Section 2(b) of this Agreement), (iii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by the Company in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and (v) all unexpended funds in such Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by the Reviewing Party or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be 15

chosen by the Indemnitee. Nothing in this Section 4 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by the Company for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes. 5. Indemnification for Additional Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any claim asserted against or action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be 16

entitled to such indemnification, advance expense payment or insurance recovery, as the case may be. 6. Partial Indemnity, Etc. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled. Moreover, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith. In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so

above is involved. The terms of the Trust shall provide that upon a Change in Control (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded, without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the Trustee shall advance, within two business days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to the Indemnitee (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the circumstances under which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the Company under Section 2(b) of this Agreement), (iii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by the Company in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and (v) all unexpended funds in such Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by the Reviewing Party or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be 15

chosen by the Indemnitee. Nothing in this Section 4 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by the Company for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes. 5. Indemnification for Additional Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any claim asserted against or action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be 16

entitled to such indemnification, advance expense payment or insurance recovery, as the case may be. 6. Partial Indemnity, Etc. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled. Moreover, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith. In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled. 7. No Presumption. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without 17

court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. 8. Non-exclusivity, Etc. The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or the Delaware General Corporation Law or otherwise. To the extent that a change in the Delaware General Corporation Law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently

chosen by the Indemnitee. Nothing in this Section 4 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by the Company for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes. 5. Indemnification for Additional Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any claim asserted against or action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be 16

entitled to such indemnification, advance expense payment or insurance recovery, as the case may be. 6. Partial Indemnity, Etc. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled. Moreover, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith. In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled. 7. No Presumption. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without 17

court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. 8. Non-exclusivity, Etc. The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or the Delaware General Corporation Law or otherwise. To the extent that a change in the Delaware General Corporation Law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. 9. Liability Insurance. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of 18

the coverage available for any Company director or officer. 10. Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of

entitled to such indemnification, advance expense payment or insurance recovery, as the case may be. 6. Partial Indemnity, Etc. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled. Moreover, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith. In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled. 7. No Presumption. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without 17

court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. 8. Non-exclusivity, Etc. The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or the Delaware General Corporation Law or otherwise. To the extent that a change in the Delaware General Corporation Law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. 9. Liability Insurance. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of 18

the coverage available for any Company director or officer. 10. Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern. 11. Amendments, Etc. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. 12. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the 19

extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents

court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. 8. Non-exclusivity, Etc. The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or the Delaware General Corporation Law or otherwise. To the extent that a change in the Delaware General Corporation Law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. 9. Liability Insurance. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of 18

the coverage available for any Company director or officer. 10. Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern. 11. Amendments, Etc. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. 12. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the 19

extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. 13. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. 14. Binding Effect, Etc. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance sat20

isfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director [or executive

the coverage available for any Company director or officer. 10. Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern. 11. Amendments, Etc. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. 12. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the 19

extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. 13. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. 14. Binding Effect, Etc. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance sat20

isfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director [or executive officer] of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request. 15. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. 16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with 21

the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.

extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. 13. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. 14. Binding Effect, Etc. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance sat20

isfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director [or executive officer] of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request. 15. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. 16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with 21

the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the ----day of ----------, 19--. ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. By: -------------------------Name: Title: (Indemnitee) 22 EXECUTION COPY INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

isfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director [or executive officer] of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request. 15. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable. 16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with 21

the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the ----day of ----------, 19--. ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. By: -------------------------Name: Title: (Indemnitee) 22 EXECUTION COPY INVESTMENT AGREEMENT By and Among ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC., ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL, INC. and ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. and GRUPO MODELO, S.A. DE C.V., DIBLO, S.A. DE C.V. and

the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the ----day of ----------, 19--. ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC. By: -------------------------Name: Title: (Indemnitee) 22 EXECUTION COPY INVESTMENT AGREEMENT By and Among ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC., ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL, INC. and ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. and GRUPO MODELO, S.A. DE C.V., DIBLO, S.A. DE C.V. and CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS THEREOF Dated as of June 16, 1993

I. II.

TABLE OF CONTENTS ----------------DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TERMS OF THE SUBSCRIPTION OF SERIES P-C SHARES AND THE PURCHASE AND SALE OF INITIAL DIBLO COMMON SHARES 2.1 Subscription of Series P-C Shares and Purchase and Sale of the Initial Diblo Common Shares. . . . . . . . . The Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchase Price . . . . . . . . . . . Deliveries at the Closing. . . . . .

2

2.2 2.3 2.4 III.

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

7 8 8 8

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE G-MODELO SIGNATORIES

EXECUTION COPY INVESTMENT AGREEMENT By and Among ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC., ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL, INC. and ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. and GRUPO MODELO, S.A. DE C.V., DIBLO, S.A. DE C.V. and CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS THEREOF Dated as of June 16, 1993

I. II.

TABLE OF CONTENTS ----------------DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TERMS OF THE SUBSCRIPTION OF SERIES P-C SHARES AND THE PURCHASE AND SALE OF INITIAL DIBLO COMMON SHARES 2.1 Subscription of Series P-C Shares and Purchase and Sale of the Initial Diblo Common Shares. . . . . . . . . The Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchase Price . . . . . . . . . . . Deliveries at the Closing. . . . . .

2

2.2 2.3 2.4 III.

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

7 8 8 8

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE G-MODELO SIGNATORIES 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19 3.20 Capital Stock of G-Modelo. . . . . . . . Capital Stock of Diblo and the G-Modelo Corporations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USA Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power and Authority; Effect of Agreement Investments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organization; Assets . . . . . . . . . . Financial Information. . . . . . . . . . Undisclosed Liabilities; Absence of Certain Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . Title and Related Matters. . . . . . . . Patents, Trademarks, Etc.. . . . . . . . Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compliance with Laws . . . . . . . . . . Tax Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shareholder Agreements . . . . . . . . . Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Environmental Matters. . . . . . . . . . Absence of Certain Changes or Events . . Material Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . Employee Benefits; Employment Contracts. Real Property. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 15 16 17 17 18 19 20 20 22 22 23 24 25 25 26 26 27 28

I. II.

TABLE OF CONTENTS ----------------DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TERMS OF THE SUBSCRIPTION OF SERIES P-C SHARES AND THE PURCHASE AND SALE OF INITIAL DIBLO COMMON SHARES 2.1 Subscription of Series P-C Shares and Purchase and Sale of the Initial Diblo Common Shares. . . . . . . . . The Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchase Price . . . . . . . . . . . Deliveries at the Closing. . . . . .

2

2.2 2.3 2.4 III.

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

7 8 8 8

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE G-MODELO SIGNATORIES 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22 Capital Stock of G-Modelo. . . . . . . . Capital Stock of Diblo and the G-Modelo Corporations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USA Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power and Authority; Effect of Agreement Investments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organization; Assets . . . . . . . . . . Financial Information. . . . . . . . . . Undisclosed Liabilities; Absence of Certain Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . Title and Related Matters. . . . . . . . Patents, Trademarks, Etc.. . . . . . . . Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compliance with Laws . . . . . . . . . . Tax Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shareholder Agreements . . . . . . . . . Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Environmental Matters. . . . . . . . . . Absence of Certain Changes or Events . . Material Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . Employee Benefits; Employment Contracts. Real Property. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tied House Prohibitions. . . . . . . . . Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i . . 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 15 16 17 17 18 19 20 20 22 22 23 24 25 25 26 26 27 28 29 29

IV.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF A-B, A-BI AND THE INVESTOR 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 Corporate Power and Authority; of Agreement . . . . . . . . . Consents . . . . . . . . . . . Availability of Funds. . . . . Management of G-Modelo and the Corporations . . . . . . . . . Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Modelo . . . . .

. . 30 . . 31 . . 31 . . 31

V.

COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.10 5.11 5.12 5.13 5.14 5.15 5.16 Access to Information. . . . . . . . Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . Filings; Tax Returns . . . . . . . . Internal Reorganization. . . . . . . Election of A-B Director . . . . . . Environmental and Safety Laws. . . . USA Export Agreement . . . . . . . . Consummation of Public Offerings; Registration of Shares . . . . . . . Dividend Policies. . . . . . . . . . Equity Participations. . . . . . . . Operation of G-Modelo. . . . . . . . Government Officials . . . . . . . . Sale of Series C Shares to Employees Real Estate Transfers. . . . . . . . Technical Committees . . . . . . . . Failure by the Investor to Acquire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 33 34 35 36 36 37 37 38 41 41 41 42 42 42

IV.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF A-B, A-BI AND THE INVESTOR 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 Corporate Power and Authority; of Agreement . . . . . . . . . Consents . . . . . . . . . . . Availability of Funds. . . . . Management of G-Modelo and the Corporations . . . . . . . . . Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Modelo . . . . .

. . 30 . . 31 . . 31 . . 31

V.

COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.10 5.11 5.12 5.13 5.14 5.15 5.16 Access to Information. . . . . . . . Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . Filings; Tax Returns . . . . . . . . Internal Reorganization. . . . . . . Election of A-B Director . . . . . . Environmental and Safety Laws. . . . USA Export Agreement . . . . . . . . Consummation of Public Offerings; Registration of Shares . . . . . . . Dividend Policies. . . . . . . . . . Equity Participations. . . . . . . . Operation of G-Modelo. . . . . . . . Government Officials . . . . . . . . Sale of Series C Shares to Employees Real Estate Transfers. . . . . . . . Technical Committees . . . . . . . . Failure by the Investor to Acquire all Diblo Option Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 33 34 35 36 36 37 37 38 41 41 41 42 42 42

. . . . 43

VI.

TRANSFER, SALE AND PURCHASE RIGHTS 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Offer to Sell; Right of First Refusal. The Investor's Option to Purchase Shares of G-Modelo Capital Stock . . . The Investor's Option to Purchase Diblo Common Shares. . . . . . . . . . Consequences of Failure to Convert Series P-C Shares. . . . . . . . . . . Restriction on Dispositions to Competitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restrictions on Acquiring Series C Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extension of Time Periods. . . . . . . ii . . . 44 . . . 45 . . . 49 . . . 52 . . . 54 . . . 59 . . . 59 . . . 59

VII.

BOARDS OF DIRECTORS; VOTING 7.1 7.2 Boards of Directors. . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Corporate Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

VIII.

CONDITIONS TO THE INVESTOR'S OBLIGATIONS 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 Representations, Warranties of G-Modelo Signatories . . . . . No Prohibition . . . . . . . . No Action. . . . . . . . . . . HSR Act. . . . . . . . . . . . Certificates . . . . . . . . . Opinion. . . . . . . . . . . . the . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

68 68 69 69 69 69

IX.

CONDITIONS TO THE G-MODELO SIGNATORIES' AND THE BANAMEX TRUST'S OBLIGATIONS 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 Representations and Warranties A-BI and the Investor. . . . . No Prohibition . . . . . . . . No Action. . . . . . . . . . . HSR Act. . . . . . . . . . . . Certificates . . . . . . . . . of A-B, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

69 70 70 70 70

VII.

BOARDS OF DIRECTORS; VOTING 7.1 7.2 Boards of Directors. . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Corporate Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

VIII.

CONDITIONS TO THE INVESTOR'S OBLIGATIONS 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 Representations, Warranties of G-Modelo Signatories . . . . . No Prohibition . . . . . . . . No Action. . . . . . . . . . . HSR Act. . . . . . . . . . . . Certificates . . . . . . . . . Opinion. . . . . . . . . . . . the . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

68 68 69 69 69 69

IX.

CONDITIONS TO THE G-MODELO SIGNATORIES' AND THE BANAMEX TRUST'S OBLIGATIONS 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 Representations and Warranties A-BI and the Investor. . . . . No Prohibition . . . . . . . . No Action. . . . . . . . . . . HSR Act. . . . . . . . . . . . Certificates . . . . . . . . . Opinion. . . . . . . . . . . . of A-B, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

69 70 70 70 70 70

X.

INDEMNIFICATION 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 The Controlling Shareholders', and Diblo Indemnification. . . The Investor's Indemnification Conditions of Indemnification. Remedies Cumulative. . . . . . G-Modelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . .

. . . .

71 71 72 73

XI.

TERMINATION PRIOR TO CLOSING 11.1 11.2 Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Procedure and Effect of Termination. . . . . 74

XII.

DISPUTE RESOLUTION 12.1 12.2 Arbitration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Business Disagreements . . . . . . . . . . . 76

XIII.

MISCELLANEOUS 13.1 13.2 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 iii

13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.7 13.8 13.9 13.10 13.11 13.12

Successors and Assigns . . . . Counterparts . . . . . . . . . Interpretation . . . . . . . . Amendment and Modification . . Waiver of Compliance; Consents Broker's Fees. . . . . . . . . Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . Governing Law. . . . . . . . . Public Announcements . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

78 79 79 79 79 80 80 80 82 82

SIGNATURES

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

EXHIBIT A EXHIBIT B EXHIBIT C EXHIBIT D

-----

Capital Stock of G-Modelo as of Closing Calculation of G-Modelo Free Cash Flow Procermex Pricing Policies Opinion of Santamarina Y Steta, S.C.

13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.7 13.8 13.9 13.10 13.11 13.12

Successors and Assigns . . . . Counterparts . . . . . . . . . Interpretation . . . . . . . . Amendment and Modification . . Waiver of Compliance; Consents Broker's Fees. . . . . . . . . Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . Governing Law. . . . . . . . . Public Announcements . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

78 79 79 79 79 80 80 80 82 82

SIGNATURES

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

EXHIBIT A EXHIBIT B EXHIBIT C EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT E

------

EXHIBIT F EXHIBIT G

---

Capital Stock of G-Modelo as of Closing Calculation of G-Modelo Free Cash Flow Procermex Pricing Policies Opinion of Santamarina Y Steta, S.C. Opinion of Stephen J. Volland, Esq., Senior Associate General Counsel of Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom Opinion of Creel, Garcia-Cuellar y Muggenburg

SCHEDULES --------Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule 3.2(a) 3.2(c) 3.10 3.11 3.17 3.18 3.19

iv

INVESTMENT AGREEMENT THIS INVESTMENT AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of this 16th day of June, 1993, by and among ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("A-B"), ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation ("A-BI"), ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL HOLD- INGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Investor"), and the other signatories hereto set forth on the signature pages of this Investment Agreement (such signatories other than the Option Trust and the Banamex Trust are hereinafter referred to collectively as the "G-Modelo Signatories"); W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, Srs. Antonino Fernandez R., Pablo Aramburuzabala, Nemesio Diez R., Juan Sanchez-Navarro y P. and Valentin Diez M. have transferred and caused each of the other shareholders (collectively, the "Controlling Shareholders") of Diblo, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corpora- tion ("Diblo"), to transfer to Grupo Modelo, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation ("G-Modelo"), approximately 75 percent of the issued and outstanding shares of capi- tal stock of Diblo, in exchange for 169,701,202 common shares of G-Modelo; and WHEREAS, the Controlling Shareholders have caused each of Consorcio Distributivo, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation ("Consorcio"), and Expansion Inte- gral, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation ("Expansion"), to merge into Diblo, which is now the owner of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of all of the former subsidiaries of Consorcio and Expansion which the latter two owned prior to such merger; and

INVESTMENT AGREEMENT THIS INVESTMENT AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of this 16th day of June, 1993, by and among ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("A-B"), ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation ("A-BI"), ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL HOLD- INGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Investor"), and the other signatories hereto set forth on the signature pages of this Investment Agreement (such signatories other than the Option Trust and the Banamex Trust are hereinafter referred to collectively as the "G-Modelo Signatories"); W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, Srs. Antonino Fernandez R., Pablo Aramburuzabala, Nemesio Diez R., Juan Sanchez-Navarro y P. and Valentin Diez M. have transferred and caused each of the other shareholders (collectively, the "Controlling Shareholders") of Diblo, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corpora- tion ("Diblo"), to transfer to Grupo Modelo, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation ("G-Modelo"), approximately 75 percent of the issued and outstanding shares of capi- tal stock of Diblo, in exchange for 169,701,202 common shares of G-Modelo; and WHEREAS, the Controlling Shareholders have caused each of Consorcio Distributivo, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation ("Consorcio"), and Expansion Inte- gral, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation ("Expansion"), to merge into Diblo, which is now the owner of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of all of the former subsidiaries of Consorcio and Expansion which the latter two owned prior to such merger; and WHEREAS, A-B and the Controlling Shareholders desire to create an association or joint venture to conduct and expand G-Modelo's and Diblo's current busi- nesses, which shall be managed by the Controlling Shareholders, with the participation of A-B, A-BI and the Investor as provided in this Agreement; and WHEREAS, in furtherance of and in consideration for the creation of such association or joint venture, the Investor desires, among other things, (i) to sub- scribe and fully pay for 20,323,498 shares of Series P-C Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value (the "Series P-

C Shares"), of G-Modelo, representing all of the autho- rized Series PC Shares of GModelo, which Series P-C Shares represent in excess of 10 percent of the total outstanding capital stock of G-Modelo and which shall be part of G-Modelo's Class II capital stock, and (ii) to purchase from Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A., as Trustee of the Trust (the "Banamex Trust") established under the Trust Agreement dated as of November 28, 1991, as amended and restated on June 11, 1993 (the "Banamex Trust Agree- ment"), among the Controlling Shareholders and the Trust- ee of the Banamex Trust, and the Trustee of the Banamex Trust desires to sell to the Investor, 24,329,922 shares (the "Initial Diblo Shares") of Series B Common Stock, no par value (the "Diblo Series B Shares"), of Diblo, which Initial Diblo Shares represent in excess of 10 percent of the total outstanding capital stock of Diblo and which shall be part of Diblo's Class II capital stock; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the forego- ing premises and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements, and upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby the parties do hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in this Article I unless such terms are defined elsewhere in this Agreement. 1.1. A-B. "A-B" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 1.2. A-BI. "A-BI" shall have the meaning set

C Shares"), of G-Modelo, representing all of the autho- rized Series PC Shares of GModelo, which Series P-C Shares represent in excess of 10 percent of the total outstanding capital stock of G-Modelo and which shall be part of G-Modelo's Class II capital stock, and (ii) to purchase from Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A., as Trustee of the Trust (the "Banamex Trust") established under the Trust Agreement dated as of November 28, 1991, as amended and restated on June 11, 1993 (the "Banamex Trust Agree- ment"), among the Controlling Shareholders and the Trust- ee of the Banamex Trust, and the Trustee of the Banamex Trust desires to sell to the Investor, 24,329,922 shares (the "Initial Diblo Shares") of Series B Common Stock, no par value (the "Diblo Series B Shares"), of Diblo, which Initial Diblo Shares represent in excess of 10 percent of the total outstanding capital stock of Diblo and which shall be part of Diblo's Class II capital stock; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the forego- ing premises and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements, and upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby the parties do hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in this Article I unless such terms are defined elsewhere in this Agreement. 1.1. A-B. "A-B" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 1.2. A-BI. "A-BI" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 1.3. Amended Diblo By-laws. "Amended Diblo By-laws" shall mean the By-laws of Diblo as amended and provided to the Investor pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v). 1.4. Amended G-Modelo By-laws. "Amended G-Modelo By-laws" shall mean the By-laws of G-Modelo as amended and provided to the Investor pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(v). 2 1.5. Banamex Trust. "Banamex Trust" shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth preamble of this Agreement. 1.6. Banamex Trust Agreement. "Banamex Trust Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth preamble of this Agreement. 1.7. Closing. "Closing" shall mean the com- pletion of the purchase and sale of the Series P-C Shares and the Initial Diblo Shares. 1.8. Closing Date. "Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the Closing occurs. 1.9. C&L. "C&L" shall mean Despacho Roberto Casas Alatriste, S.C., the Mexican affiliate of Coopers & Lybrand, independent certified public accountants for G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations or such other Mexican affiliate of a "Big 6" international accounting firm appointed by the G-Modelo Board of Directors to audit the accounts of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corpora- tions. 1.10. Consorcio. "Consorcio" shall have the meaning set forth in the second preamble of this Agreement. 1.11. Controlling Shareholders. "Controlling Shareholders" shall have the meaning set forth in the first preamble of this Agreement.

1.5. Banamex Trust. "Banamex Trust" shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth preamble of this Agreement. 1.6. Banamex Trust Agreement. "Banamex Trust Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth preamble of this Agreement. 1.7. Closing. "Closing" shall mean the com- pletion of the purchase and sale of the Series P-C Shares and the Initial Diblo Shares. 1.8. Closing Date. "Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the Closing occurs. 1.9. C&L. "C&L" shall mean Despacho Roberto Casas Alatriste, S.C., the Mexican affiliate of Coopers & Lybrand, independent certified public accountants for G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations or such other Mexican affiliate of a "Big 6" international accounting firm appointed by the G-Modelo Board of Directors to audit the accounts of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corpora- tions. 1.10. Consorcio. "Consorcio" shall have the meaning set forth in the second preamble of this Agreement. 1.11. Controlling Shareholders. "Controlling Shareholders" shall have the meaning set forth in the first preamble of this Agreement. 1.12. Control Trust. "Control Trust" shall mean the trust established under the Control Trust Agree- ment. 1.13. Control Trust Agreement. "Control Trust Agreement" shall mean the agreement dated as of June 11, 1993, among the Controlling Shareholders, A-B and Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A., as Trustee for the Control Trust. 1.14. Diblo. "Diblo" shall have the meaning set forth in the first preamble of this Agreement. 1.15. Diblo Series A Shares. "Diblo Series A Shares" shall be the Class I authorized shares of Series A Common Stock, no par value, of Diblo. 3 1.16. Diblo Series B Shares. "Diblo Series B Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth preamble of this Agreement. 1.17. Diblo P-C Shares. "Diblo P-C Shares" shall mean the Class II authorized shares of Series P-C Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value, of Diblo. 1.18. Encumbrances. "Encumbrances" shall mean all liens, claims, options, security interests or other encumbrances of any character whatsoever. 1.19. Expansion. "Expansion" shall have the meaning set forth in the second preamble of this Agree- ment. 1.20. Free Exchange Rate. "Free Exchange Rate" shall mean the average of the U.S. dollar/Mexican Peso free exchange rates for the sale of U.S. dollars based on the amount of money to be converted quoted by Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A. and Bancomer, S.A. at 10:00 a.m. on the date of payment for which such free exchange rate is being used. 1.21. G-Modelo. "G-Modelo" shall have the meaning set forth in the first preamble of this Agree- ment. 1.22. G-Modelo Corporations. "G-Modelo Corpo- rations" shall mean Diblo and the other Subsidiaries of GModelo. 1.23. G-Modelo Signatories. "G-Modelo Signa- tories" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

1.16. Diblo Series B Shares. "Diblo Series B Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth preamble of this Agreement. 1.17. Diblo P-C Shares. "Diblo P-C Shares" shall mean the Class II authorized shares of Series P-C Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value, of Diblo. 1.18. Encumbrances. "Encumbrances" shall mean all liens, claims, options, security interests or other encumbrances of any character whatsoever. 1.19. Expansion. "Expansion" shall have the meaning set forth in the second preamble of this Agree- ment. 1.20. Free Exchange Rate. "Free Exchange Rate" shall mean the average of the U.S. dollar/Mexican Peso free exchange rates for the sale of U.S. dollars based on the amount of money to be converted quoted by Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A. and Bancomer, S.A. at 10:00 a.m. on the date of payment for which such free exchange rate is being used. 1.21. G-Modelo. "G-Modelo" shall have the meaning set forth in the first preamble of this Agree- ment. 1.22. G-Modelo Corporations. "G-Modelo Corpo- rations" shall mean Diblo and the other Subsidiaries of GModelo. 1.23. G-Modelo Signatories. "G-Modelo Signa- tories" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 1.24. Heads of Agreement. "Heads of Agree ment" shall mean the Heads of Agreement dated as of March 24, 1993, among A-B, A-BI, G-Modelo, Diblo and certain Controlling Shareholders. 1.25. HSR Act. "HSR Act" shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended. 4 1.26. Initial Diblo Shares. "Initial Diblo Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth preamble of this Agreement. 1.27. Internacionales. "Internacionales" shall mean Cervezas Internacionales, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation and a Subsidiary of Diblo. 1.28. Investor. "Investor" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agree- ment. 1.29. LRMI. "LRMI" shall mean the Law and Regulations to Promote Mexican Investment and Regulate Foreign Investment. 1.30. Mexican GAAP. "Mexican GAAP" shall mean Mexican generally accepted accounting principles. 1.31. Mexican Pesos. "Mexican Pesos" shall mean New Mexican pesos as of the date of this Agreement. 1.32. Option Shares. "Option Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.3. 1.33. Option Trust. "Option Trust" shall mean the trust established under the Option Trust Agreement. 1.34. Option Trust Agreement. "Option Trust Agreement" shall mean the agreement dated as of June 11, 1993, among the Controlling Shareholders and Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A., as Trustee for the Option Trust. 1.35. Person. The term "person" shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a joint ven- ture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organiza- tion and a government or any department or agency there- of. 1.36. Prime Rate. "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate published by the New York City Branch of Citibank, N.A. as its prime rate on the date on which interest is to begin to accrue.

1.26. Initial Diblo Shares. "Initial Diblo Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth preamble of this Agreement. 1.27. Internacionales. "Internacionales" shall mean Cervezas Internacionales, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation and a Subsidiary of Diblo. 1.28. Investor. "Investor" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agree- ment. 1.29. LRMI. "LRMI" shall mean the Law and Regulations to Promote Mexican Investment and Regulate Foreign Investment. 1.30. Mexican GAAP. "Mexican GAAP" shall mean Mexican generally accepted accounting principles. 1.31. Mexican Pesos. "Mexican Pesos" shall mean New Mexican pesos as of the date of this Agreement. 1.32. Option Shares. "Option Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.3. 1.33. Option Trust. "Option Trust" shall mean the trust established under the Option Trust Agreement. 1.34. Option Trust Agreement. "Option Trust Agreement" shall mean the agreement dated as of June 11, 1993, among the Controlling Shareholders and Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A., as Trustee for the Option Trust. 1.35. Person. The term "person" shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a joint ven- ture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organiza- tion and a government or any department or agency there- of. 1.36. Prime Rate. "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate published by the New York City Branch of Citibank, N.A. as its prime rate on the date on which interest is to begin to accrue. 5 1.37. PW. "PW" shall mean Price Waterhouse, independent certified public accountants for A-B and its Subsidiaries or such other "Big 6" international accounting firm appointed by the A-B Board of Directors to audit the accounts of A-B and its Subsidiaries. 1.38. Real Estate Trust. "Real Estate Trust" shall mean the trust established under the Real Estate Trust Agreement. 1.39. Real Estate Trust Agreement. "Real Estate Trust Agreement" shall mean the agreement dated as of January 22, 1993, among Diblo and Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A., as Trustee of the Real Estate Trust. 1.40. Related Person. "Related Person" shall mean when used in reference to any other Person any Person who owns or holds ten percent or more of the outstanding capital stock of such other Person or is an officer, director or sole administrator of such other Person or in the case of a natural Person, his spouse, his or his spouse's children (including by adoption), his siblings (including half and step siblings), his estate and any trust entirely for the benefit of any one or more of himself or any of the foregoing individuals. 1.41. Series A Shares. "Series A Shares" shall mean the Class I and Class II authorized shares of Series A Common Stock, no par value, of G-Modelo. 1.42. Series B Shares. "Series B Shares" shall mean the 71,376,124 Class II shares of Series B Common Stock, no par value, of G-Modelo authorized for issuance upon conversion of shares of G-Modelo capital stock as provided in the Amended G-Modelo By-laws. 1.43. Series C Shares. "Series C Shares" shall mean the 40,646,995 authorized Class II shares of Series C NonVoting Stock, no par value, of G-Modelo. 1.44. Series P-C Shares. "Series P-C Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth preamble of this

1.37. PW. "PW" shall mean Price Waterhouse, independent certified public accountants for A-B and its Subsidiaries or such other "Big 6" international accounting firm appointed by the A-B Board of Directors to audit the accounts of A-B and its Subsidiaries. 1.38. Real Estate Trust. "Real Estate Trust" shall mean the trust established under the Real Estate Trust Agreement. 1.39. Real Estate Trust Agreement. "Real Estate Trust Agreement" shall mean the agreement dated as of January 22, 1993, among Diblo and Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A., as Trustee of the Real Estate Trust. 1.40. Related Person. "Related Person" shall mean when used in reference to any other Person any Person who owns or holds ten percent or more of the outstanding capital stock of such other Person or is an officer, director or sole administrator of such other Person or in the case of a natural Person, his spouse, his or his spouse's children (including by adoption), his siblings (including half and step siblings), his estate and any trust entirely for the benefit of any one or more of himself or any of the foregoing individuals. 1.41. Series A Shares. "Series A Shares" shall mean the Class I and Class II authorized shares of Series A Common Stock, no par value, of G-Modelo. 1.42. Series B Shares. "Series B Shares" shall mean the 71,376,124 Class II shares of Series B Common Stock, no par value, of G-Modelo authorized for issuance upon conversion of shares of G-Modelo capital stock as provided in the Amended G-Modelo By-laws. 1.43. Series C Shares. "Series C Shares" shall mean the 40,646,995 authorized Class II shares of Series C NonVoting Stock, no par value, of G-Modelo. 1.44. Series P-C Shares. "Series P-C Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth preamble of this Agreement. 1.45. Subsidiary. The term "Subsidiary" when used in reference to any other Person shall mean (x) any corporation of which 50 percent or more of the outstand6

ing capital stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such other Person, or (y) any corporation of which outstanding securities having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of such corporation are owned, directly or indirectly, by such other Person, or (z) any Person or entity, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other Person. 1.46. USA Export. "USA Export" shall mean Extrade, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation formed by certain Controlling Shareholders prior to Closing as con- templated in Section 2.4(b)(ii). 1.47. U.S. GAAP. "U.S. GAAP" shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles. 1.48. Other Definitional Provisions. Whenever the context so requires, each of the neuter, masculine or feminine forms of any pronoun shall include all such forms. When used in this Agreement, the phrase "to the Controlling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inqui- ry" shall mean the collective knowledge of all of the Controlling Shareholders after at least one of the Con- trolling Shareholders has made due inquiry of one or more employees or representatives of G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation who has access to or knowledge of the information being sought. When used in this Agreement, the phrase "consolidated after-tax net earnings" of G-Modelo calculated in accordance with Mexican GAAP shall mean "utilidad neta consolidada." ARTICLE II TERMS OF THE SUBSCRIPTION OF SERIES P-C SHARES AND THE PURCHASE AND SALE OF INITIAL DIBLO COMMON SHARES

ing capital stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such other Person, or (y) any corporation of which outstanding securities having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of such corporation are owned, directly or indirectly, by such other Person, or (z) any Person or entity, directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other Person. 1.46. USA Export. "USA Export" shall mean Extrade, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation formed by certain Controlling Shareholders prior to Closing as con- templated in Section 2.4(b)(ii). 1.47. U.S. GAAP. "U.S. GAAP" shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles. 1.48. Other Definitional Provisions. Whenever the context so requires, each of the neuter, masculine or feminine forms of any pronoun shall include all such forms. When used in this Agreement, the phrase "to the Controlling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inqui- ry" shall mean the collective knowledge of all of the Controlling Shareholders after at least one of the Con- trolling Shareholders has made due inquiry of one or more employees or representatives of G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation who has access to or knowledge of the information being sought. When used in this Agreement, the phrase "consolidated after-tax net earnings" of G-Modelo calculated in accordance with Mexican GAAP shall mean "utilidad neta consolidada." ARTICLE II TERMS OF THE SUBSCRIPTION OF SERIES P-C SHARES AND THE PURCHASE AND SALE OF INITIAL DIBLO COMMON SHARES 2.1. Subscription of Series P-C Shares and Purchase and Sale of the Initial Diblo Common Shares. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing (i) G-Modelo shall sell to the Investor, and the Investor shall subscribe and purchase from G-Modelo, the Series P-C Shares and (ii) the Trustee of the Banamex Trust shall sell to the Investor, and the Investor shall purchase from the Banamex Trust, the 7

Initial Diblo Shares (which shall be "ex" the previously declared dividend that is referred to in clause (iv) of paragraph (b) of Section 2.04). 2.2. The Closing. The Closing of the transac- tions contemplated by this Article II shall take place at the offices of G-Modelo, Campos Eliseos 400, 19th Floor, Colonia Lomas de Chapultepec, 11000 Mexico, D.F., commencing at 11:00 a.m. (Mexico time) on the date hereof provided that all of the conditions to the parties' obligations set forth in Articles VIII and IX have been satisfied or waived or such other place, time and date as the Controlling Shareholders and the Investor may mutual- ly agree upon. All matters at Closing shall be considered to take place simultaneously and no delivery of any document shall be deemed complete until all transactions and deliveries of documents are completed. 2.3. Purchase Price. The aggregate purchase price to be paid by the Investor for the Series P-C Shares (the "Series P-C Purchase Price") shall be 207.225 million United States dollars and the aggregate purchase price to be paid by the Investor for the Initial Diblo Shares (the "Diblo Purchase Price") shall be 270 million United States dollars. Payment of the Series P-C Pur- chase Price and the Diblo Purchase Price shall be made at the Closing by the Investor in immediately available United States funds. 2.4. Deliveries at the Closing. (a) Deliveries by the Investor. At the Closing, the Investor or A-B shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following: (i) the Series P-C Purchase Price to G-Modelo and the Diblo Purchase Price to the Banamex Trust;

Initial Diblo Shares (which shall be "ex" the previously declared dividend that is referred to in clause (iv) of paragraph (b) of Section 2.04). 2.2. The Closing. The Closing of the transac- tions contemplated by this Article II shall take place at the offices of G-Modelo, Campos Eliseos 400, 19th Floor, Colonia Lomas de Chapultepec, 11000 Mexico, D.F., commencing at 11:00 a.m. (Mexico time) on the date hereof provided that all of the conditions to the parties' obligations set forth in Articles VIII and IX have been satisfied or waived or such other place, time and date as the Controlling Shareholders and the Investor may mutual- ly agree upon. All matters at Closing shall be considered to take place simultaneously and no delivery of any document shall be deemed complete until all transactions and deliveries of documents are completed. 2.3. Purchase Price. The aggregate purchase price to be paid by the Investor for the Series P-C Shares (the "Series P-C Purchase Price") shall be 207.225 million United States dollars and the aggregate purchase price to be paid by the Investor for the Initial Diblo Shares (the "Diblo Purchase Price") shall be 270 million United States dollars. Payment of the Series P-C Pur- chase Price and the Diblo Purchase Price shall be made at the Closing by the Investor in immediately available United States funds. 2.4. Deliveries at the Closing. (a) Deliveries by the Investor. At the Closing, the Investor or A-B shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following: (i) the Series P-C Purchase Price to G-Modelo and the Diblo Purchase Price to the Banamex Trust; (ii) copies of a duly executed amendment to the Distribution Agreement dated as of the Closing Date between AB and Interna cionales (the "Internacionales Distribution Agreement"), providing, among other things, that, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, for so long as the Investor owns ten per cent or more of the total outstanding shares of 8

G-Modelo capital stock, Internacionales shall continue to be the exclusive distributor of A-B beers in Mexico; (iii) the opinions referred to in Section 9.6; and (iv) any other documents, in- struments and writings required to be delivered by the Investor at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. (b) Deliveries by the G-Modelo Signato- ries, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust. At the Closing, the Controlling Shareholders, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust shall deliver or cause to be deliv- ered the following: (i) stock certificates repre- senting the Series P-C Shares registered in the name of the Investor and the Initial Diblo Shares, duly endorsed in the name of the Inves- tor; (ii) a certificate of the appro- priate officer of Diblo certifying (A) the completion of the transfer to USA Export of the exclusive rights of Diblo for the export of G-Modelo beers to the United States upon the terms set forth in the agreement between USA Export and the applicable G-Modelo Corporations (the "USA Export Agreement"),(B) the Certif- icate of Incorporation and By-laws of USA Ex- port and (C) the USA Export Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date duly executed by the parties thereto; (iii) a certificate of an appro- priate officer of G-Modelo certifying (x) the exact amount of the dividend declared out of the consolidated after-tax net earnings of G- Modelo calculated in accordance with Mexican GAAP, which dividend will be 484,440,235.90 Mexican Pesos which is the Mexican Peso equiva- lent of 155.4 million United States dollars based upon an agreed Free Exchange Rate of 3.1170 Mexican Pesos per United States dollar

G-Modelo capital stock, Internacionales shall continue to be the exclusive distributor of A-B beers in Mexico; (iii) the opinions referred to in Section 9.6; and (iv) any other documents, in- struments and writings required to be delivered by the Investor at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. (b) Deliveries by the G-Modelo Signato- ries, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust. At the Closing, the Controlling Shareholders, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust shall deliver or cause to be deliv- ered the following: (i) stock certificates repre- senting the Series P-C Shares registered in the name of the Investor and the Initial Diblo Shares, duly endorsed in the name of the Inves- tor; (ii) a certificate of the appro- priate officer of Diblo certifying (A) the completion of the transfer to USA Export of the exclusive rights of Diblo for the export of G-Modelo beers to the United States upon the terms set forth in the agreement between USA Export and the applicable G-Modelo Corporations (the "USA Export Agreement"),(B) the Certif- icate of Incorporation and By-laws of USA Ex- port and (C) the USA Export Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date duly executed by the parties thereto; (iii) a certificate of an appro- priate officer of G-Modelo certifying (x) the exact amount of the dividend declared out of the consolidated after-tax net earnings of G- Modelo calculated in accordance with Mexican GAAP, which dividend will be 484,440,235.90 Mexican Pesos which is the Mexican Peso equiva- lent of 155.4 million United States dollars based upon an agreed Free Exchange Rate of 3.1170 Mexican Pesos per United States dollar 9

for this purpose, (y) the date of declaration of such dividend and (z) the date of payment of such dividend (which shall be payable to G-Mod- elo's shareholders of record on the date of such declaration); (iv) a certificate of an appro- priate officer of Diblo certifying (x) the exact amount of the dividend declared out of the consolidated after-tax net earnings of Diblo calculated in accordance with Mexican GAAP, which dividend will be 645,920,325 Mexi- can Pesos based upon an agreed Free Exchange Rate of 3.1170 Mexican Pesos per United States dollar for this purpose, (y) the date of dec- laration of such dividend, and (z) the date of payment of such dividend (which shall be pay- able to Diblo's shareholders of record on the date of such declaration); (v) a copy of the Amended G-Mo- delo By-laws as in effect on the Closing Date certified by the Secretary of GModelo and the Amended Diblo By-laws as in effect on the Clos- ing Date certified by the Secretary of Diblo; (vi) Powers of Attorney granting one or more of the Controlling Shareholders the power and authority to act on behalf of those Controlling Shareholders who have executed this Agreement by power of attorney, which Control- ling Shareholders together with the Controlling Shareholders who have directly executed this Agreement own or control at least 99 percent of the capital stock of G-Modelo; (vii) the opinion referred to in Section 8.6; (viii) copies of the duly executed Control Trust Agreement, the Banamex Trust Agreement, the Option Trust Agreement and the Real Estate Trust Agreement, in each case as in effect on the Closing Date; (ix) Designation as Trustee Delegate authorizing the representative of 10

for this purpose, (y) the date of declaration of such dividend and (z) the date of payment of such dividend (which shall be payable to G-Mod- elo's shareholders of record on the date of such declaration); (iv) a certificate of an appro- priate officer of Diblo certifying (x) the exact amount of the dividend declared out of the consolidated after-tax net earnings of Diblo calculated in accordance with Mexican GAAP, which dividend will be 645,920,325 Mexi- can Pesos based upon an agreed Free Exchange Rate of 3.1170 Mexican Pesos per United States dollar for this purpose, (y) the date of dec- laration of such dividend, and (z) the date of payment of such dividend (which shall be pay- able to Diblo's shareholders of record on the date of such declaration); (v) a copy of the Amended G-Mo- delo By-laws as in effect on the Closing Date certified by the Secretary of GModelo and the Amended Diblo By-laws as in effect on the Clos- ing Date certified by the Secretary of Diblo; (vi) Powers of Attorney granting one or more of the Controlling Shareholders the power and authority to act on behalf of those Controlling Shareholders who have executed this Agreement by power of attorney, which Control- ling Shareholders together with the Controlling Shareholders who have directly executed this Agreement own or control at least 99 percent of the capital stock of G-Modelo; (vii) the opinion referred to in Section 8.6; (viii) copies of the duly executed Control Trust Agreement, the Banamex Trust Agreement, the Option Trust Agreement and the Real Estate Trust Agreement, in each case as in effect on the Closing Date; (ix) Designation as Trustee Delegate authorizing the representative of 10

Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A. on behalf of each of the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust to execute the Banamex Trust Agreement and the Option Trust Agreement, respectively, and this Agreement and of the Control Trust to execute the Control Trust Agreement; and (x) any other documents, in- struments and writings required to be delivered by the G-Modelo Signatories, the Banamex Trust or the Option Trust at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE G-MODELO SIGNATORIES Each of the G-Modelo Signatories, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to A-B, A-BI and the Investor as follows: 3.1. Capital Stock of G-Modelo. (a) Other than as set forth on Exhibit A, there are no authorized, issued or outstanding securities of G-Modelo. The Series A Shares and the Series C Shares are owned of record as set forth on Exhibit A, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. All of the Series A Shares and the Series C Shares have been duly and validly authorized and issued, and all of such shares, other than those Series C Shares held in GModelo's treasury for issuance to the public in accordance with Section 5.8 or to executive employees of the GModelo Corporations in accordance with Section 5.13, are fully paid and nonassessable, and, upon payment for the treasury shares in connection with such issuanc- es, such treasury shares will be outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable. The Series B Shares have been duly and validly authorized for issuance upon conversion of shares of G-Modelo capital stock pursuant to the Amended G-Modelo By-laws, are free of pre-emptive rights and none of such shares have been issued. The Series P-C Shares have been duly and validly authorized and, upon payment therefor as provided in this Agreement, will be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable.

Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A. on behalf of each of the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust to execute the Banamex Trust Agreement and the Option Trust Agreement, respectively, and this Agreement and of the Control Trust to execute the Control Trust Agreement; and (x) any other documents, in- struments and writings required to be delivered by the G-Modelo Signatories, the Banamex Trust or the Option Trust at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE G-MODELO SIGNATORIES Each of the G-Modelo Signatories, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to A-B, A-BI and the Investor as follows: 3.1. Capital Stock of G-Modelo. (a) Other than as set forth on Exhibit A, there are no authorized, issued or outstanding securities of G-Modelo. The Series A Shares and the Series C Shares are owned of record as set forth on Exhibit A, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. All of the Series A Shares and the Series C Shares have been duly and validly authorized and issued, and all of such shares, other than those Series C Shares held in GModelo's treasury for issuance to the public in accordance with Section 5.8 or to executive employees of the GModelo Corporations in accordance with Section 5.13, are fully paid and nonassessable, and, upon payment for the treasury shares in connection with such issuanc- es, such treasury shares will be outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable. The Series B Shares have been duly and validly authorized for issuance upon conversion of shares of G-Modelo capital stock pursuant to the Amended G-Modelo By-laws, are free of pre-emptive rights and none of such shares have been issued. The Series P-C Shares have been duly and validly authorized and, upon payment therefor as provided in this Agreement, will be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable. 11

Except as provided in this Agreement, the Control Trust Agreement and the Option Trust Agreement, there is no subscription, option, warrant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the issuance, sale, delivery or transfer of the capital stock of G-Modelo, including any right of conversion or exchange under any security or other in- strument. Each of the persons listed on Exhibit A has good and marketable title to the shares listed next to such person's name on Exhibit A, and the Investor will receive good and marketable title to the Series P-C Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. (b) Upon the conversion, if any, by the Investor of the Series P-C Shares into Series B Shares pursuant to the terms of the Series P-C Shares, the Investor will receive good and marketable title to the Series B Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. (c) Upon the purchase of the Option Shares at the Option Closing (as such term is defined in Section 6.3) pursuant to Section 6.3, the Investor or its authorized designee, if any, will receive good and marketable title to the Option Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. (d) Upon the purchase of Series A Shares at a Purchase Right Closing (as such term is defined in Section 6.2) pursuant to Section 6.2, the Investor or its authorized designee, if any, will receive good and marketable title to such Series A Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. (e) Except as provided in this Agreement, the Control Trust Agreement and the Amended G-Modelo By- laws, the Control Trust is not a party to any subscrip- tion, option, warrant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the sale, delivery or transfer of the Series A Shares held by the Control Trust, including any right of conver- sion or exchange under any security or other instrument. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Option Trust Agreement and the Amended G-Modelo By-laws, the

Except as provided in this Agreement, the Control Trust Agreement and the Option Trust Agreement, there is no subscription, option, warrant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the issuance, sale, delivery or transfer of the capital stock of G-Modelo, including any right of conversion or exchange under any security or other in- strument. Each of the persons listed on Exhibit A has good and marketable title to the shares listed next to such person's name on Exhibit A, and the Investor will receive good and marketable title to the Series P-C Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. (b) Upon the conversion, if any, by the Investor of the Series P-C Shares into Series B Shares pursuant to the terms of the Series P-C Shares, the Investor will receive good and marketable title to the Series B Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. (c) Upon the purchase of the Option Shares at the Option Closing (as such term is defined in Section 6.3) pursuant to Section 6.3, the Investor or its authorized designee, if any, will receive good and marketable title to the Option Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. (d) Upon the purchase of Series A Shares at a Purchase Right Closing (as such term is defined in Section 6.2) pursuant to Section 6.2, the Investor or its authorized designee, if any, will receive good and marketable title to such Series A Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. (e) Except as provided in this Agreement, the Control Trust Agreement and the Amended G-Modelo By- laws, the Control Trust is not a party to any subscrip- tion, option, warrant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the sale, delivery or transfer of the Series A Shares held by the Control Trust, including any right of conver- sion or exchange under any security or other instrument. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Option Trust Agreement and the Amended G-Modelo By-laws, the Option Trust is not a party to any subscription, option, war- rant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, 12

understanding or arrangement with respect to the sale, delivery or transfer of the Series A Shares held by the Option Trust, including any right of conversion or ex- change under any security or other instrument. Each of the Control Trust and the Option Trust has good and mar- ketable title to the Series A Shares held in trust by it, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. 3.2. Capital Stock of Diblo and the G-Modelo Corporations. (a) The authorized capital stock of Diblo is variable with a minimum fixed capital of 1,428,804,614.20 Mexican Pesos and a variable capital, which as of the Closing Date, equals 1,122,188,515.70 Mexican Pesos. The total capital is divided into (i) 226,268,273 shares of Diblo common stock, all of which shares are issued and outstanding, 169,701,206 of which shares are designated as Class I Diblo Series A Shares which represent the minimum fixed capital and 56,567,067 of which shares are designated as Class II Diblo Series B Shares and (ii) 17,030,940 Diblo P-C Shares, all of which shares are issued and outstanding and are designated as Class II shares and which together with the Class II Diblo Series B Shares represent the variable capital. The Diblo Series A Shares and the Diblo Series B Shares (collectively, the "Diblo Common Shares") and the Diblo P-C shares are owned of record as set forth on Schedule 3.2(a). All Diblo Common Shares have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, and are owned of record as set forth on Schedule 3.2(a) free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agree- ment. All Diblo P-C Shares have been duly and validly authorized and issued, and upon payment therefor immedi- ately after the Closing will be fully paid and nonassess- able, and are owned by G-Modelo free and clear of Encum- brances. Other than the Diblo Common Shares and the Diblo P-C Shares, there are no authorized, issued or out- standing securities of Diblo. Except as provided in this Agreement and the Banamex Trust Agreement, there is no subscription, option, warrant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the issuance, sale, delivery or transfer of the capital stock of Diblo, including any right of con- version or exchange under any security or other instru- ment. Each of G-Modelo and the Banamex Trust has good

understanding or arrangement with respect to the sale, delivery or transfer of the Series A Shares held by the Option Trust, including any right of conversion or ex- change under any security or other instrument. Each of the Control Trust and the Option Trust has good and mar- ketable title to the Series A Shares held in trust by it, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. 3.2. Capital Stock of Diblo and the G-Modelo Corporations. (a) The authorized capital stock of Diblo is variable with a minimum fixed capital of 1,428,804,614.20 Mexican Pesos and a variable capital, which as of the Closing Date, equals 1,122,188,515.70 Mexican Pesos. The total capital is divided into (i) 226,268,273 shares of Diblo common stock, all of which shares are issued and outstanding, 169,701,206 of which shares are designated as Class I Diblo Series A Shares which represent the minimum fixed capital and 56,567,067 of which shares are designated as Class II Diblo Series B Shares and (ii) 17,030,940 Diblo P-C Shares, all of which shares are issued and outstanding and are designated as Class II shares and which together with the Class II Diblo Series B Shares represent the variable capital. The Diblo Series A Shares and the Diblo Series B Shares (collectively, the "Diblo Common Shares") and the Diblo P-C shares are owned of record as set forth on Schedule 3.2(a). All Diblo Common Shares have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, and are owned of record as set forth on Schedule 3.2(a) free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agree- ment. All Diblo P-C Shares have been duly and validly authorized and issued, and upon payment therefor immedi- ately after the Closing will be fully paid and nonassess- able, and are owned by G-Modelo free and clear of Encum- brances. Other than the Diblo Common Shares and the Diblo P-C Shares, there are no authorized, issued or out- standing securities of Diblo. Except as provided in this Agreement and the Banamex Trust Agreement, there is no subscription, option, warrant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the issuance, sale, delivery or transfer of the capital stock of Diblo, including any right of con- version or exchange under any security or other instru- ment. Each of G-Modelo and the Banamex Trust has good 13

and marketable title to the Diblo Common Shares and, in the case of G-Modelo, the Diblo P-C Shares owned by it, and at the Closing the Investor will receive good and marketable title to the Initial Diblo Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. (b) Upon the purchase of the Diblo Option Shares at the Diblo Option Closing (as such terms are defined in Section 6.4) pursuant to Section 6.4, the Investor or its authorized designee, if any, will receive good and marketable title to the Diblo Option Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. (c) For each of the G-Modelo Corpora- tions, Schedule 3.2(c) identifies (i) the names of the directors or sole administrator, as the case may be, (ii) the authorized capital for such corporation, divided between minimum fixed capital and variable capital, (iii) the number of such shares which are issued and outstand- ing, together with the number of treasury shares, if any, and (iv) the names of all record holders of such issued and outstanding shares (indicating the number of shares owned). Each of the G-Modelo Corporations has good and marketable title to the shares of capital stock of the G- Modelo Corporations owned by it, free and clear of all Encumbrances. All of the shares of capital stock of the G-Modelo Corporations are duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Except as provided in this Agreement, there is no subscription, option, war- rant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the issu- ance, sale, delivery or transfer of any of the shares of the capital stock of the G-Modelo Corporations, including any right of conversion or exchange under any security or other instrument. As promptly as practicable, the Con- trolling Shareholders agree to identify the relationship, if any, of the shareholders, the directors or the sole administrator of the GModelo Corporations identified on Schedule 3.2(c) to Srs. Antonino Fernandez R., Pablo Aramburuzabala, Nemesio Diez R., Juan Sanchez-Navarro y P. or Valentin Diez M. and to provide such information to A-B. (d) Except as provided in this Agreement and the Banamex Trust Agreement, the Banamex Trust is not 14

and marketable title to the Diblo Common Shares and, in the case of G-Modelo, the Diblo P-C Shares owned by it, and at the Closing the Investor will receive good and marketable title to the Initial Diblo Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. (b) Upon the purchase of the Diblo Option Shares at the Diblo Option Closing (as such terms are defined in Section 6.4) pursuant to Section 6.4, the Investor or its authorized designee, if any, will receive good and marketable title to the Diblo Option Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. (c) For each of the G-Modelo Corpora- tions, Schedule 3.2(c) identifies (i) the names of the directors or sole administrator, as the case may be, (ii) the authorized capital for such corporation, divided between minimum fixed capital and variable capital, (iii) the number of such shares which are issued and outstand- ing, together with the number of treasury shares, if any, and (iv) the names of all record holders of such issued and outstanding shares (indicating the number of shares owned). Each of the G-Modelo Corporations has good and marketable title to the shares of capital stock of the G- Modelo Corporations owned by it, free and clear of all Encumbrances. All of the shares of capital stock of the G-Modelo Corporations are duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Except as provided in this Agreement, there is no subscription, option, war- rant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the issu- ance, sale, delivery or transfer of any of the shares of the capital stock of the G-Modelo Corporations, including any right of conversion or exchange under any security or other instrument. As promptly as practicable, the Con- trolling Shareholders agree to identify the relationship, if any, of the shareholders, the directors or the sole administrator of the GModelo Corporations identified on Schedule 3.2(c) to Srs. Antonino Fernandez R., Pablo Aramburuzabala, Nemesio Diez R., Juan Sanchez-Navarro y P. or Valentin Diez M. and to provide such information to A-B. (d) Except as provided in this Agreement and the Banamex Trust Agreement, the Banamex Trust is not 14

a party to any subscription, option, warrant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the sale, delivery or trans- fer of the Diblo Series B Shares held by the Banamex Trust, including any right of conversion or exchange under any security or other instrument. The Banamex Trust has good and marketable title to the Diblo Series B Shares held in trust by it, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. 3.3. USA Export. All of the shares of capital stock of USA Export are duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable and owned of record and beneficially by certain of the Controlling Sharehold- ers. Except as provided in this Agreement, there is no subscription, option, warrant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the issuance, sale, delivery or transfer of the capital stock of USA Export, including any right of conversion or exchange under any security or other in- strument. All of the exclusive rights of Diblo for the export of G-Modelo beers to the United States have been transferred to USA Export. USA Export had all requisite power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to execute, deliver and perform the USA Export Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of the USA Export Agreement by USA Export and the consummation by USA Export of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Board of Direc- tors or shareholders of USA Export is necessary to autho- rize the USA Export Agreement or to consummate the trans- action contemplated thereby. The USA Export Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the G-Modelo Corporations which are parties thereto and USA Export and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each of them, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms. None of A-B, A-BI, the Inves- tor or any of their respective affiliates has any owner- ship interest in USA Export or ability to influence or control any of the policies or decisions of the Board of Directors or management of USA Export. 15 3.4. Power and Authority; Effect of Agreement. (a) Each of the G-Modelo Signatories has all requisite power and authority (corporate or other- wise) to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution,

a party to any subscription, option, warrant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the sale, delivery or trans- fer of the Diblo Series B Shares held by the Banamex Trust, including any right of conversion or exchange under any security or other instrument. The Banamex Trust has good and marketable title to the Diblo Series B Shares held in trust by it, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in this Agreement. 3.3. USA Export. All of the shares of capital stock of USA Export are duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable and owned of record and beneficially by certain of the Controlling Sharehold- ers. Except as provided in this Agreement, there is no subscription, option, warrant, call, right, contract, agreement, commitment, understanding or arrangement with respect to the issuance, sale, delivery or transfer of the capital stock of USA Export, including any right of conversion or exchange under any security or other in- strument. All of the exclusive rights of Diblo for the export of G-Modelo beers to the United States have been transferred to USA Export. USA Export had all requisite power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to execute, deliver and perform the USA Export Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of the USA Export Agreement by USA Export and the consummation by USA Export of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Board of Direc- tors or shareholders of USA Export is necessary to autho- rize the USA Export Agreement or to consummate the trans- action contemplated thereby. The USA Export Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the G-Modelo Corporations which are parties thereto and USA Export and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each of them, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms. None of A-B, A-BI, the Inves- tor or any of their respective affiliates has any owner- ship interest in USA Export or ability to influence or control any of the policies or decisions of the Board of Directors or management of USA Export. 15 3.4. Power and Authority; Effect of Agreement. (a) Each of the G-Modelo Signatories has all requisite power and authority (corporate or other- wise) to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance by the corporate G-Modelo Signatories of their obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by them of the transac- tions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors and shareholders, as applicable, of each corporate G-Modelo Signatory, and no other corpo- rate action or proceeding on the part of such corporation or its shareholders is necessary to authorize this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the G-Modelo Signato- ries and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each of the G-Modelo Signatories, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms. (b) One or more of the Controlling Share- holders has full legal power and authority to act on behalf of those Controlling Shareholders who have exe- cuted this Agreement by power of attorney, which Control- ling Shareholders together with the Controlling Share- holders who have directly executed this Agreement own or control at least 99 percent of the capital stock of G- Modelo. (c) As of the date hereof, a majority of the members of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust are Con- trolling Shareholders or will otherwise be bound by the terms of this Agreement. (d) The execution, delivery and perfor- mance by the G-Modelo Signatories of this Agreement and the consummation by the G-Modelo Signatories of the transactions contemplated hereby does not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, (i) violate any law, rule or regulation to which any GModelo Signatory or any of its respective assets is subject, (ii) violate any order, writ, injunc- tion, judgment or decree applicable to any G-Modelo Signatory or any of its respective assets or properties, or (iii) conflict with, or result in a breach of or 16

default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under (A) any term or condition of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, or other similar charter documents, of any corporate G-

3.4. Power and Authority; Effect of Agreement. (a) Each of the G-Modelo Signatories has all requisite power and authority (corporate or other- wise) to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance by the corporate G-Modelo Signatories of their obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by them of the transac- tions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors and shareholders, as applicable, of each corporate G-Modelo Signatory, and no other corpo- rate action or proceeding on the part of such corporation or its shareholders is necessary to authorize this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the G-Modelo Signato- ries and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each of the G-Modelo Signatories, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms. (b) One or more of the Controlling Share- holders has full legal power and authority to act on behalf of those Controlling Shareholders who have exe- cuted this Agreement by power of attorney, which Control- ling Shareholders together with the Controlling Share- holders who have directly executed this Agreement own or control at least 99 percent of the capital stock of G- Modelo. (c) As of the date hereof, a majority of the members of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust are Con- trolling Shareholders or will otherwise be bound by the terms of this Agreement. (d) The execution, delivery and perfor- mance by the G-Modelo Signatories of this Agreement and the consummation by the G-Modelo Signatories of the transactions contemplated hereby does not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, (i) violate any law, rule or regulation to which any GModelo Signatory or any of its respective assets is subject, (ii) violate any order, writ, injunc- tion, judgment or decree applicable to any G-Modelo Signatory or any of its respective assets or properties, or (iii) conflict with, or result in a breach of or 16

default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under (A) any term or condition of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, or other similar charter documents, of any corporate GMode- lo Signatory, or (B) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture or material lease, license, agreement or other material instrument to which any G-Modelo Signatory is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective assets may be bound; except with respect to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) (B) above, for violations, conflicts, breaches or defaults which in the aggregate would not materially hinder or impair any G-Modelo Signatory's ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. 3.5. Investments. The corporations, partner- ships, joint ventures or other entities in which G-Modelo or any of the G-Modelo Corporations has, or pursuant to any agreement will have, individually or in the aggre- gate, directly or indirectly, the right to acquire by any means, an equity interest or investment exceeding ten percent of the equity capital thereof (other than the G-Modelo Corporations) (the "G-Modelo Investments"), in the aggregate, are not material to the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, taken as a whole. 3.6. Organization; Assets. (a) Each of G-Modelo, the G-Modelo Corpo- rations and USA Export is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and each has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted. G-Modelo, the G-Modelo Corporations and USA Export are each duly qualified or licensed and in good standing to do business in each jurisdiction in which the property owned, leased or operated by such corporation or the nature of the business conducted by such corporation makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed and in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo, such G-Modelo Corpora- tion or USA Export, as the case may be. The Controlling Shareholders have heretofore delivered to the Investor 17

default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under (A) any term or condition of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, or other similar charter documents, of any corporate GMode- lo Signatory, or (B) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture or material lease, license, agreement or other material instrument to which any G-Modelo Signatory is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective assets may be bound; except with respect to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) (B) above, for violations, conflicts, breaches or defaults which in the aggregate would not materially hinder or impair any G-Modelo Signatory's ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. 3.5. Investments. The corporations, partner- ships, joint ventures or other entities in which G-Modelo or any of the G-Modelo Corporations has, or pursuant to any agreement will have, individually or in the aggre- gate, directly or indirectly, the right to acquire by any means, an equity interest or investment exceeding ten percent of the equity capital thereof (other than the G-Modelo Corporations) (the "G-Modelo Investments"), in the aggregate, are not material to the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, taken as a whole. 3.6. Organization; Assets. (a) Each of G-Modelo, the G-Modelo Corpo- rations and USA Export is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and each has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted. G-Modelo, the G-Modelo Corporations and USA Export are each duly qualified or licensed and in good standing to do business in each jurisdiction in which the property owned, leased or operated by such corporation or the nature of the business conducted by such corporation makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed and in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo, such G-Modelo Corpora- tion or USA Export, as the case may be. The Controlling Shareholders have heretofore delivered to the Investor 17

complete and correct copies of the Certificate of Incor- poration and Amended By-laws (or other similar charter documents), as currently in effect, of G-Modelo and Diblo. The Controlling Shareholders have heretofore made available to the Investor complete and correct copies of (i) the stock registry book and (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws (or other similar charter documents), as currently in effect, of each G-Modelo Corporation (other than Seeger Industrial, Eurocermex, Iberocermex, Procermex, Inc., a Texas corporation ("Proc- ermex"), Desarrollo Inmobiliario Siglo XXI, S.A. de C.V. and Arena Silica de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.). Each of the Amended G-Modelo By-laws and the Amended Diblo By-laws has been duly and validly authorized, is in full force and effect and is enforceable in accordance with its terms. (b) The assets currently owned by or leased to G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, direct- ly or indirectly, include all of the assets and proper- ties, whether tangible or intangible, real, personal or mixed, used in connection with, or that relate to or are necessary for G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations to conduct their business and operations in all material re- spects as presently conducted. The assets reflected on the GModelo Balance Sheet or acquired by G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation after the date of the G-Modelo Balance Sheet are in all material respects in good work- ing condition for the conduct of the business and operations of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, ordinary wear and tear excepted. (c) As of the Closing Date, (i) the only assets of G-Modelo are 169,701,202 Diblo Series A Shares, 17,030,940 Diblo PC Shares, cash and marketable securi- ties; (ii) G-Modelo has no liabilities other than liabil- ities incurred in connection with the transactions con- templated by this Agreement; and (iii) G-Modelo conducts no business or operations except in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and except for investing activities with respect to the cash and marketable securities owned by it. 3.7. Financial Information. The Controlling Shareholders have previously furnished to the Investor: (a) audited consolidated balance sheets and the related audited consolidated statements of income, changes in

complete and correct copies of the Certificate of Incor- poration and Amended By-laws (or other similar charter documents), as currently in effect, of G-Modelo and Diblo. The Controlling Shareholders have heretofore made available to the Investor complete and correct copies of (i) the stock registry book and (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws (or other similar charter documents), as currently in effect, of each G-Modelo Corporation (other than Seeger Industrial, Eurocermex, Iberocermex, Procermex, Inc., a Texas corporation ("Proc- ermex"), Desarrollo Inmobiliario Siglo XXI, S.A. de C.V. and Arena Silica de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.). Each of the Amended G-Modelo By-laws and the Amended Diblo By-laws has been duly and validly authorized, is in full force and effect and is enforceable in accordance with its terms. (b) The assets currently owned by or leased to G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, direct- ly or indirectly, include all of the assets and proper- ties, whether tangible or intangible, real, personal or mixed, used in connection with, or that relate to or are necessary for G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations to conduct their business and operations in all material re- spects as presently conducted. The assets reflected on the GModelo Balance Sheet or acquired by G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation after the date of the G-Modelo Balance Sheet are in all material respects in good work- ing condition for the conduct of the business and operations of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, ordinary wear and tear excepted. (c) As of the Closing Date, (i) the only assets of G-Modelo are 169,701,202 Diblo Series A Shares, 17,030,940 Diblo PC Shares, cash and marketable securi- ties; (ii) G-Modelo has no liabilities other than liabil- ities incurred in connection with the transactions con- templated by this Agreement; and (iii) G-Modelo conducts no business or operations except in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and except for investing activities with respect to the cash and marketable securities owned by it. 3.7. Financial Information. The Controlling Shareholders have previously furnished to the Investor: (a) audited consolidated balance sheets and the related audited consolidated statements of income, changes in 18

stockholders equity and changes in the financial position (including the related notes) of G-Modelo and subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1992 and December 31, 1991 and of the G-Modelo Corporations for each of the four fiscal years ended December 31, 1991, December 31, 1990, December 31, 1989 and December 31, 1988 accompanied by the auditor reports thereon (collec- tively, the "Audited Consolidated Financial Statements"), and (b) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income of G-Modelo and subsidiaries for the two months ended Febru- ary 28, 1993 (collectively, the "Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements" and together with the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, the "Consolidated Financial Statements"). The audited consolidated balance sheet of G-Modelo and subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992 is hereinafter referred to as the "G-Modelo Balance Sheet." The Consolidated Financial Statements (i) were prepared from the (A) books and records of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations in the case of the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992 and the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements and (B) from the books and records of the G-Modelo Corporations in the case of the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for other four fiscal years, which books and records accurately reflect in all material respects the accounts and transactions recorded therein, (ii) present fairly the finan- cial position, results of operations, changes in stock- holders equity and changes in financial position of G-Modelo and its subsidiaries as of and for the periods in which they relate, and (iii) have been prepared in accordance with Mexican GAAP consistently applied through- out the periods covered, except as otherwise noted therein and except that the Unaudited Consolidated Finan- cial Statements are subject to any normal and recurring adjustments which may arise from the audit of the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993. The consolidated books and records of G-Modelo and its subsidiaries reflect that as of December 31, 1992, G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corpora- tions had cufine (Cuenta De Utilidad Fiscal Neta) in an aggregate amount equal to 2,216,147,495 Mexican Pesos. 3.8. Undisclosed Liabilities; Absence of Certain Changes. Neither G-Modelo nor any G-Modelo Corporation has any liabilities or obligations of any nature, secured or unsecured (absolute, accrued, contin19

stockholders equity and changes in the financial position (including the related notes) of G-Modelo and subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1992 and December 31, 1991 and of the G-Modelo Corporations for each of the four fiscal years ended December 31, 1991, December 31, 1990, December 31, 1989 and December 31, 1988 accompanied by the auditor reports thereon (collec- tively, the "Audited Consolidated Financial Statements"), and (b) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income of G-Modelo and subsidiaries for the two months ended Febru- ary 28, 1993 (collectively, the "Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements" and together with the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, the "Consolidated Financial Statements"). The audited consolidated balance sheet of G-Modelo and subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992 is hereinafter referred to as the "G-Modelo Balance Sheet." The Consolidated Financial Statements (i) were prepared from the (A) books and records of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations in the case of the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992 and the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements and (B) from the books and records of the G-Modelo Corporations in the case of the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for other four fiscal years, which books and records accurately reflect in all material respects the accounts and transactions recorded therein, (ii) present fairly the finan- cial position, results of operations, changes in stock- holders equity and changes in financial position of G-Modelo and its subsidiaries as of and for the periods in which they relate, and (iii) have been prepared in accordance with Mexican GAAP consistently applied through- out the periods covered, except as otherwise noted therein and except that the Unaudited Consolidated Finan- cial Statements are subject to any normal and recurring adjustments which may arise from the audit of the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993. The consolidated books and records of G-Modelo and its subsidiaries reflect that as of December 31, 1992, G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corpora- tions had cufine (Cuenta De Utilidad Fiscal Neta) in an aggregate amount equal to 2,216,147,495 Mexican Pesos. 3.8. Undisclosed Liabilities; Absence of Certain Changes. Neither G-Modelo nor any G-Modelo Corporation has any liabilities or obligations of any nature, secured or unsecured (absolute, accrued, contin19

gent or otherwise and whether due or to become due), except liabilities and obligations which are fully re- flected, reserved against or disclosed in the G-Modelo Balance Sheet or the notes to the Audited Consolidated GModelo Financial Statements and except for liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice since December 31, 1992. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, since December 31, 1992 there has not been any material adverse change in the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corpora- tions, taken as a whole. 3.9. Title and Related Matters. Except with respect to the Patent and Trademark Rights (as defined in Section 3.10 and as to which the representations in Section 3.10 shall apply) and Real Property (as defined in Section 3.20 and as to which the representations in Section 3.20 apply): the G-Modelo Corporations have good and marketable title, free and clear of all Encumbrances, to (a) all properties and assets (personal, tangible, intangible and mixed) reflected in the GModelo Balance Sheet or acquired after the date thereof by such corpora- tions, and (b) all other material properties and assets owned by G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, except in each case for (i) any of such properties or assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liens for current taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established and disclosed in writing to the Investor, and (iii) Encumbrances which are not material to the value of the properties or assets encumbered and which do not impair in any material respect the current use or opera- tion of such properties and assets. 3.10. Patents, Trademarks, Etc. Schedule 3.10 sets forth a list of all patents, common law and regis- tered trademarks and service marks, applications for trademark and service mark registrations, and copyright registrations owned by G-Modelo or any of the G-Modelo Corporations (the "Patent and Trademark Rights"). Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10, (a) no other company is licensed or authorized by G-Modelo or any of the G-Modelo Corporations to use any of the Patent and Trademark Rights; (b) neither G-Modelo nor any GModelo Corporation uses any of the Patent and Trademark Rights by consent of 20

gent or otherwise and whether due or to become due), except liabilities and obligations which are fully re- flected, reserved against or disclosed in the G-Modelo Balance Sheet or the notes to the Audited Consolidated GModelo Financial Statements and except for liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice since December 31, 1992. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, since December 31, 1992 there has not been any material adverse change in the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corpora- tions, taken as a whole. 3.9. Title and Related Matters. Except with respect to the Patent and Trademark Rights (as defined in Section 3.10 and as to which the representations in Section 3.10 shall apply) and Real Property (as defined in Section 3.20 and as to which the representations in Section 3.20 apply): the G-Modelo Corporations have good and marketable title, free and clear of all Encumbrances, to (a) all properties and assets (personal, tangible, intangible and mixed) reflected in the GModelo Balance Sheet or acquired after the date thereof by such corpora- tions, and (b) all other material properties and assets owned by G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, except in each case for (i) any of such properties or assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, (ii) liens for current taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established and disclosed in writing to the Investor, and (iii) Encumbrances which are not material to the value of the properties or assets encumbered and which do not impair in any material respect the current use or opera- tion of such properties and assets. 3.10. Patents, Trademarks, Etc. Schedule 3.10 sets forth a list of all patents, common law and regis- tered trademarks and service marks, applications for trademark and service mark registrations, and copyright registrations owned by G-Modelo or any of the G-Modelo Corporations (the "Patent and Trademark Rights"). Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10, (a) no other company is licensed or authorized by G-Modelo or any of the G-Modelo Corporations to use any of the Patent and Trademark Rights; (b) neither G-Modelo nor any GModelo Corporation uses any of the Patent and Trademark Rights by consent of 20

or license from any other rightful owner thereof, and the same are free and clear of Encumbrances, and GModelo or a G-Modelo Corporation has the right to exclude others from making, using, or selling the invention of such patents and has the exclusive right to use such common law and registered marks and copyrighted works on the goods or services for which they are currently used, or on the goods and services specified in the respective trademark registrations subject to any conditions or limitations therein; (c) the conduct of the business of the GModelo Corporations as now being conducted in Mexico, Canada and the United States does not conflict with any patents, trademarks, service marks, names, trade names or copyrights of others in any way which has an adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and the GModelo Corporations, taken as a whole; (d) G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations have no knowledge that the conduct of the business of the G-Modelo Corporations as now being conducted in any country other than Mexico, Canada or the United States conflicts with any patents, trademarks, service marks, names, trade names or copy- rights of others in any way which has a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and G-Modelo Corpora- tions, taken as a whole; (e) the G-Modelo Corporations solely own good and valid title to the Patent and Trade- mark Rights in Mexico, Canada and the United States, and to the Controlling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inquiry, there is no fact which raises any issue as to the validity of the Patent and Trademark Rights in Mexi- co, Canada and the United States; (f) the G-Modelo Corpo- rations solely own good and valid title to the Patent and Trademark Rights used in the conduct of the business of the G-Modelo Corporations as now being conducted in any country other than Mexico, Canada or the United States, and except as set forth on Schedule 3.10, to the Control- ling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inquiry, there is no fact which raises any issue as to the validi- ty of the Patent and Trademark Rights; (g) except as set forth on Schedule 3.10, there is no pending litigation in a court or proceedings in any administrative agency, nor has G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation received any notice or other communication, in which any of the Patent and Trademark Rights are being challenged or contested; (h) except as set forth on Schedule 3.10, neither G- Modelo nor any G-Modelo Corporation received any pro21

or license from any other rightful owner thereof, and the same are free and clear of Encumbrances, and GModelo or a G-Modelo Corporation has the right to exclude others from making, using, or selling the invention of such patents and has the exclusive right to use such common law and registered marks and copyrighted works on the goods or services for which they are currently used, or on the goods and services specified in the respective trademark registrations subject to any conditions or limitations therein; (c) the conduct of the business of the GModelo Corporations as now being conducted in Mexico, Canada and the United States does not conflict with any patents, trademarks, service marks, names, trade names or copyrights of others in any way which has an adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and the GModelo Corporations, taken as a whole; (d) G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations have no knowledge that the conduct of the business of the G-Modelo Corporations as now being conducted in any country other than Mexico, Canada or the United States conflicts with any patents, trademarks, service marks, names, trade names or copy- rights of others in any way which has a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and G-Modelo Corpora- tions, taken as a whole; (e) the G-Modelo Corporations solely own good and valid title to the Patent and Trade- mark Rights in Mexico, Canada and the United States, and to the Controlling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inquiry, there is no fact which raises any issue as to the validity of the Patent and Trademark Rights in Mexi- co, Canada and the United States; (f) the G-Modelo Corpo- rations solely own good and valid title to the Patent and Trademark Rights used in the conduct of the business of the G-Modelo Corporations as now being conducted in any country other than Mexico, Canada or the United States, and except as set forth on Schedule 3.10, to the Control- ling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inquiry, there is no fact which raises any issue as to the validi- ty of the Patent and Trademark Rights; (g) except as set forth on Schedule 3.10, there is no pending litigation in a court or proceedings in any administrative agency, nor has G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation received any notice or other communication, in which any of the Patent and Trademark Rights are being challenged or contested; (h) except as set forth on Schedule 3.10, neither G- Modelo nor any G-Modelo Corporation received any pro21

tests, claims, notices, or other communications relating to infringement of the rights of others arising from the present use of the Patent and Trademark Rights, and to the Controlling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inquiry, the subject matter of the Patent and Trademark Rights do not thereby infringe; and (i) none of the Controlling Shareholders, G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corpo- ration has contracted to provide indemnification for infringement of the intellectual property rights of others, or to grant any license of the Patent and Trade- mark Rights to any other party or receive a license to use any patent, trademark or copyright from a third party, except as set forth in Schedule 3.10, or to under- take or covenant not to sue any other party with respect to the Patent and Trademark Rights. 3.11. Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.11, there are no (a) actions, suits, proceed- ings or investigations, pending or, to the Controlling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inquiry, threat- ened, against G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation or (b) orders, injunctions or decrees of any court or governmen- tal agency against or affecting G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation, which in either (a) or (b) above would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, opera- tions, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, taken as a whole. There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations, pending or, to the Controlling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inquiry, threatened, which would give any third party the right to enjoin or rescind or cause a material alter- ation in the transactions contemplated hereby. 3.12. Compliance with Laws. G-Modelo and each G-Modelo Corporation is in compliance in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to their respective businesses, and G-Modelo and each G-Modelo Corporation has lawfully obtained all necessary permits, licenses and governmental authorizations required for the ownership, use or occupancy of their properties and assets and the carrying on of their business as currently conducted, except for all such failures to have any such permit, license or governmental authorizations which would not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, taken as a whole. 22 3.13. Tax Matters.

tests, claims, notices, or other communications relating to infringement of the rights of others arising from the present use of the Patent and Trademark Rights, and to the Controlling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inquiry, the subject matter of the Patent and Trademark Rights do not thereby infringe; and (i) none of the Controlling Shareholders, G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corpo- ration has contracted to provide indemnification for infringement of the intellectual property rights of others, or to grant any license of the Patent and Trade- mark Rights to any other party or receive a license to use any patent, trademark or copyright from a third party, except as set forth in Schedule 3.10, or to under- take or covenant not to sue any other party with respect to the Patent and Trademark Rights. 3.11. Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.11, there are no (a) actions, suits, proceed- ings or investigations, pending or, to the Controlling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inquiry, threat- ened, against G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation or (b) orders, injunctions or decrees of any court or governmen- tal agency against or affecting G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation, which in either (a) or (b) above would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, opera- tions, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, taken as a whole. There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations, pending or, to the Controlling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inquiry, threatened, which would give any third party the right to enjoin or rescind or cause a material alter- ation in the transactions contemplated hereby. 3.12. Compliance with Laws. G-Modelo and each G-Modelo Corporation is in compliance in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to their respective businesses, and G-Modelo and each G-Modelo Corporation has lawfully obtained all necessary permits, licenses and governmental authorizations required for the ownership, use or occupancy of their properties and assets and the carrying on of their business as currently conducted, except for all such failures to have any such permit, license or governmental authorizations which would not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, taken as a whole. 22 3.13. Tax Matters. (a) All Tax Returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed by G-Modelo or the G-Modelo Corporations (collectively, the "Taxpayers") have been filed on a timely basis and are in all material respects true, complete and correct; (b) All Taxes (as hereinafter defined) that are due and payable or claimed or asserted to be due and payable by the Taxpayers by any tax authority for all periods up to and including the Closing Date have been paid or provided for, except for Taxes which are the subject of customary challenges by the Ministry of Treas- ury and the aggregate amount of which claimed by the Ministry to be due does not exceed 3,500,000 Mexican Pesos in any year; (c) There are no liens for Taxes upon the assets of any of the Taxpayers; (d) The Taxpayers have complied in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations relating to the payment and withholding of Taxes pursuant to all applicable tax provisions concern- ing tax withholding or similar provisions and have, within the time and in the manner prescribed by law, paid over to the proper governmental authorities all amounts required to be so withheld and paid over under all appli- cable laws; (e) (i) Except for the tax years 1988 through 1992, the statute of limitations for the assess- ment of all Taxes under the Mexican income tax and the United States federal income tax laws have expired for all applicable returns of the Taxpayers or an audit of those returns has been completed by the appropriate taxing authorities for all periods ending on or before the Closing Date, (ii) no deficiency for any Taxes has been proposed, asserted or assessed which has not been finally resolved, (iii) neither the Controlling Share- holders nor the Taxpayers know of any facts that are likely to result in any assertion or assessment of a Tax with respect to any past taxable period, and (iv) no taxing authority has successfully asserted any issue concerning the liability of the Taxpayers for Taxes that by application of similar principles could result in any 23

3.13. Tax Matters. (a) All Tax Returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed by G-Modelo or the G-Modelo Corporations (collectively, the "Taxpayers") have been filed on a timely basis and are in all material respects true, complete and correct; (b) All Taxes (as hereinafter defined) that are due and payable or claimed or asserted to be due and payable by the Taxpayers by any tax authority for all periods up to and including the Closing Date have been paid or provided for, except for Taxes which are the subject of customary challenges by the Ministry of Treas- ury and the aggregate amount of which claimed by the Ministry to be due does not exceed 3,500,000 Mexican Pesos in any year; (c) There are no liens for Taxes upon the assets of any of the Taxpayers; (d) The Taxpayers have complied in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations relating to the payment and withholding of Taxes pursuant to all applicable tax provisions concern- ing tax withholding or similar provisions and have, within the time and in the manner prescribed by law, paid over to the proper governmental authorities all amounts required to be so withheld and paid over under all appli- cable laws; (e) (i) Except for the tax years 1988 through 1992, the statute of limitations for the assess- ment of all Taxes under the Mexican income tax and the United States federal income tax laws have expired for all applicable returns of the Taxpayers or an audit of those returns has been completed by the appropriate taxing authorities for all periods ending on or before the Closing Date, (ii) no deficiency for any Taxes has been proposed, asserted or assessed which has not been finally resolved, (iii) neither the Controlling Share- holders nor the Taxpayers know of any facts that are likely to result in any assertion or assessment of a Tax with respect to any past taxable period, and (iv) no taxing authority has successfully asserted any issue concerning the liability of the Taxpayers for Taxes that by application of similar principles could result in any 23

assertion or assessment of a Tax for another taxable period; (f) No Tax audits or other administrative proceedings or court proceedings are now pending with regard to any Taxes or Tax Returns of the Taxpayers; (g) None of the transactions contemplated by or completed with respect to this Agreement has or will cause the Taxpayers to incur any additional Tax liability as a result thereof; (h) The Taxpayers have not incurred any Tax liabilities for the period beginning January 1, 1993 and ending on the Closing Date other than Tax liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of their business; and (i) For purposes of this Agreement, (i) "Taxes" shall mean all taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments, including, without limitation, income tax, property tax, value added tax, all other net income, sales, use, ad valorem, beer excise, transfer, license, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, INFON- AVIT, SAR, estimated, property or other taxes, customs duties, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatso- ever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any taxing authority of any jurisdiction upon any of the Taxpayers, and (ii) "Tax Returns" shall mean all returns, declarations, reports, information returns and state- ments required to be filed by any of the Taxpayers in connection with Taxes. 3.14. Shareholder Agreements. Except for the Control Trust Agreement, the Option Trust Agreement and the Banamex Trust Agreement, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings, whether written or oral (including any and all amendments thereto), among or between the shareholders of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation or any Related Person thereof or between a shareholder of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation or any Related Person thereof and G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation with respect to the shares of the capital stock of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation or the business or operations of GModelo or any G-Modelo Corpo- ration.

assertion or assessment of a Tax for another taxable period; (f) No Tax audits or other administrative proceedings or court proceedings are now pending with regard to any Taxes or Tax Returns of the Taxpayers; (g) None of the transactions contemplated by or completed with respect to this Agreement has or will cause the Taxpayers to incur any additional Tax liability as a result thereof; (h) The Taxpayers have not incurred any Tax liabilities for the period beginning January 1, 1993 and ending on the Closing Date other than Tax liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of their business; and (i) For purposes of this Agreement, (i) "Taxes" shall mean all taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments, including, without limitation, income tax, property tax, value added tax, all other net income, sales, use, ad valorem, beer excise, transfer, license, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, INFON- AVIT, SAR, estimated, property or other taxes, customs duties, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatso- ever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any taxing authority of any jurisdiction upon any of the Taxpayers, and (ii) "Tax Returns" shall mean all returns, declarations, reports, information returns and state- ments required to be filed by any of the Taxpayers in connection with Taxes. 3.14. Shareholder Agreements. Except for the Control Trust Agreement, the Option Trust Agreement and the Banamex Trust Agreement, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings, whether written or oral (including any and all amendments thereto), among or between the shareholders of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation or any Related Person thereof or between a shareholder of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation or any Related Person thereof and G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation with respect to the shares of the capital stock of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation or the business or operations of GModelo or any G-Modelo Corpo- ration. 24 3.15. Consents. No consent, approval or authorization of, or exemption by, or filing with, any governmental or regulatory authority (other than as may be required under the HSR Act or the Law on Economic Competition ("LEC")) is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the G-Modelo Signatories of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 3.16. Environmental Matters. (a) The opera- tions of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations comply in all material respects with all Federal, state and local environmental and health and safety statutes and regula- tions; (b) neither G-Modelo nor any G-Modelo Corporation nor, to the Controlling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inquiry, any prior owner or tenant of the Real Property has made, caused or contributed to any release of any hazardous or toxic waste, substance or constitu- ent, into the environment; (c) none of the operations of GModelo or any G-Modelo Corporation is subject to any judicial or administrative proceeding alleging the violation of any Federal, state or local environmental or health or safety statute or regulation; (d) none of the operations of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation is subject to any compliance agreement or settlement agree- ment resulting from an alleged violation of any Federal, state or local environmental or health or safety statute regulation; (e) none of the operations of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation is the subject of any Federal, state or local investigation or threatened investigation re- garding a violation or alleged violation of any Federal, state or local environmental or health or safety statute or regulation; (f) none of the operations of GModelo or any G-Modelo Corporation is required to file a notice or report pursuant to any Federal, state or local environ- mental or health or safety statute or regulation of any past or present spill or release of hazardous or toxic substance or constituent into the environment; (g) none of the businesses of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation involves the generation, transportation, treatment, stor- age or disposal of hazardous or toxic waste; (h) G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations have no knowledge of any hazardous wastes or toxic substances in, on, over or under the Real Property; and (i) G-Modelo and the G- Modelo Corporations possess all material environmental permits and authorizations required by any Federal, state 25

3.15. Consents. No consent, approval or authorization of, or exemption by, or filing with, any governmental or regulatory authority (other than as may be required under the HSR Act or the Law on Economic Competition ("LEC")) is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the G-Modelo Signatories of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 3.16. Environmental Matters. (a) The opera- tions of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations comply in all material respects with all Federal, state and local environmental and health and safety statutes and regula- tions; (b) neither G-Modelo nor any G-Modelo Corporation nor, to the Controlling Shareholders' best knowledge after due inquiry, any prior owner or tenant of the Real Property has made, caused or contributed to any release of any hazardous or toxic waste, substance or constitu- ent, into the environment; (c) none of the operations of GModelo or any G-Modelo Corporation is subject to any judicial or administrative proceeding alleging the violation of any Federal, state or local environmental or health or safety statute or regulation; (d) none of the operations of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation is subject to any compliance agreement or settlement agree- ment resulting from an alleged violation of any Federal, state or local environmental or health or safety statute regulation; (e) none of the operations of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation is the subject of any Federal, state or local investigation or threatened investigation re- garding a violation or alleged violation of any Federal, state or local environmental or health or safety statute or regulation; (f) none of the operations of GModelo or any G-Modelo Corporation is required to file a notice or report pursuant to any Federal, state or local environ- mental or health or safety statute or regulation of any past or present spill or release of hazardous or toxic substance or constituent into the environment; (g) none of the businesses of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation involves the generation, transportation, treatment, stor- age or disposal of hazardous or toxic waste; (h) G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations have no knowledge of any hazardous wastes or toxic substances in, on, over or under the Real Property; and (i) G-Modelo and the G- Modelo Corporations possess all material environmental permits and authorizations required by any Federal, state 25

or local environmental or health and safety statute or regulation to conduct their operations. 3.17. Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17, since December 31, 1992 there has not been (i) any material adverse change in the business, assets, operations, prospects or finan- cial condition of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, taken as a whole; (ii) any significant damage, destruction or loss affecting G-Modelo or any of the G-Modelo Corporations, which is not substantially covered by insurance; (iii) any material increase in the compensa- tion payable or to become payable by G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation to its officers or key employees; (iv) any material increase in any bonus, insurance, pension or other employee benefit plan, payment or arrangement made to, for or with any such officers or key employees; or (v) any entry into any agreement, commitment or transaction (including, without limitation, any borrowing, capital expenditure or capital financing) by GModelo or any G-Modelo Corporation, except agreements, commitments or transactions in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; or (vi) any change by G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation in ac- counting methods, principles or practices except as required by Mexican GAAP. 3.18. Material Contracts. Except for the information which will be provided on the Schedule to be delivered to the Investor pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(v), Schedule 3.18 contains a list of each material contract, license, lease, agreement or understanding (including, without limitation, with governments or governmental agencies), whether written or oral (including any and all amendments thereto), to which G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation is a party or by which any of their respec- tive properties or assets may be bound (a "Material Contract"); and where such Material Contract is with a party which is not a G-Modelo Corporation and is oral or is evidenced only by form purchase orders, Schedule 3.18 identifies the commodity purchased or sold, the supplier or purchaser thereof, the annual quantity purchased or sold and a recent representative price therefor; provided, however, in the case of Material Contracts which are subject to confidentiality agreements between the parties, Schedule 3.18 sets forth only the parties there- to and the subject matter thereof; and provided, further, 26

such contracts are on an arm's-length basis and the price terms thereof are at or below market. For purposes of

or local environmental or health and safety statute or regulation to conduct their operations. 3.17. Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17, since December 31, 1992 there has not been (i) any material adverse change in the business, assets, operations, prospects or finan- cial condition of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, taken as a whole; (ii) any significant damage, destruction or loss affecting G-Modelo or any of the G-Modelo Corporations, which is not substantially covered by insurance; (iii) any material increase in the compensa- tion payable or to become payable by G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation to its officers or key employees; (iv) any material increase in any bonus, insurance, pension or other employee benefit plan, payment or arrangement made to, for or with any such officers or key employees; or (v) any entry into any agreement, commitment or transaction (including, without limitation, any borrowing, capital expenditure or capital financing) by GModelo or any G-Modelo Corporation, except agreements, commitments or transactions in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; or (vi) any change by G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation in ac- counting methods, principles or practices except as required by Mexican GAAP. 3.18. Material Contracts. Except for the information which will be provided on the Schedule to be delivered to the Investor pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(v), Schedule 3.18 contains a list of each material contract, license, lease, agreement or understanding (including, without limitation, with governments or governmental agencies), whether written or oral (including any and all amendments thereto), to which G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation is a party or by which any of their respec- tive properties or assets may be bound (a "Material Contract"); and where such Material Contract is with a party which is not a G-Modelo Corporation and is oral or is evidenced only by form purchase orders, Schedule 3.18 identifies the commodity purchased or sold, the supplier or purchaser thereof, the annual quantity purchased or sold and a recent representative price therefor; provided, however, in the case of Material Contracts which are subject to confidentiality agreements between the parties, Schedule 3.18 sets forth only the parties there- to and the subject matter thereof; and provided, further, 26

such contracts are on an arm's-length basis and the price terms thereof are at or below market. For purposes of this Section 3.18, a Material Contract shall include, without limitation, (a) any agreement, contract, commit- ment, understanding or arrangement (a "Material Agree- ment") requiring total payments of more than 1 million Mexican Pesos (except with respect to oral agreements which shall be deemed to be Material Agreements only if they require total payments of 3 million or more Mexican Pesos) and having a term exceeding six months and which may not be cancelled upon 90 or fewer days' notice with- out any liability, penalty or premium (other than a nominal cancellation fee or charge); (b) one or more purchase orders for a single product or service which require aggregate payments in any twelve month period of 3 million or more Mexican Pesos; (c) any Material Agree- ment which might reasonably be expected to have a materi- al adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, taken as a whole; (d) any covenant not to compete; (e) any Material Agreement (other than the Material Agreements listed on Schedule 3.14) (1) requiring total payments of more than 100,000 United States dollars in any twelve month period and (2) which is between or among G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation and any Controlling Shareholder who owns 1 percent or more of the capital stock of G-Modelo or any entity in which such Controlling Shareholder owns 1 percent or more of the capital stock and (3) which involves the business or operations of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation or requires the payment of money or the provision of servic- es to or by G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation; or (f) any other Material Agreement which is material to the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.18, none of the Con- trolling Shareholders, G-Modelo or any GModelo Corpora- tion or any other party to a Material Contract is in default in any material respect thereunder. The infor- mation required by the first sentence of this Section 3.18 with respect to oral contracts and purchase orders to be set forth on Schedule 3.18, may be delivered to the Investor within a reasonable time (not to exceed ninety days) following the Closing. 3.19. Employee Benefits; Employment Contracts. Schedule 3.19 contains a list of all material plans, pro27

such contracts are on an arm's-length basis and the price terms thereof are at or below market. For purposes of this Section 3.18, a Material Contract shall include, without limitation, (a) any agreement, contract, commit- ment, understanding or arrangement (a "Material Agree- ment") requiring total payments of more than 1 million Mexican Pesos (except with respect to oral agreements which shall be deemed to be Material Agreements only if they require total payments of 3 million or more Mexican Pesos) and having a term exceeding six months and which may not be cancelled upon 90 or fewer days' notice with- out any liability, penalty or premium (other than a nominal cancellation fee or charge); (b) one or more purchase orders for a single product or service which require aggregate payments in any twelve month period of 3 million or more Mexican Pesos; (c) any Material Agree- ment which might reasonably be expected to have a materi- al adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations, taken as a whole; (d) any covenant not to compete; (e) any Material Agreement (other than the Material Agreements listed on Schedule 3.14) (1) requiring total payments of more than 100,000 United States dollars in any twelve month period and (2) which is between or among G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation and any Controlling Shareholder who owns 1 percent or more of the capital stock of G-Modelo or any entity in which such Controlling Shareholder owns 1 percent or more of the capital stock and (3) which involves the business or operations of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation or requires the payment of money or the provision of servic- es to or by G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation; or (f) any other Material Agreement which is material to the business, assets, operations, prospects or financial condition of G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.18, none of the Con- trolling Shareholders, G-Modelo or any GModelo Corpora- tion or any other party to a Material Contract is in default in any material respect thereunder. The infor- mation required by the first sentence of this Section 3.18 with respect to oral contracts and purchase orders to be set forth on Schedule 3.18, may be delivered to the Investor within a reasonable time (not to exceed ninety days) following the Closing. 3.19. Employee Benefits; Employment Contracts. Schedule 3.19 contains a list of all material plans, pro27

grams, policies, contracts, agreements or understandings, whether written or oral (including any and all amendments thereto), to which G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation is a party which relate to all employment, bonus, profit- -sharing, deferred compensation, pension, employee bene- fit, welfare and retirement plans, stock purchase and stock option plans, consulting arrangements in excess of 1 million Mexican Pesos per year and all labor union and collective bargaining agreements. 3.20. Real Property. As used herein, the term "Real Property" shall mean all of the following: (1) all material land and easements owned, used or occupied by G-Modelo or any of the G-Mode- lo Corporations and all material buildings, structures and other improvements thereof or thereon; and (2) all rights and appurtenances in and to the Real Property described in subparagraph (1) above; and (3) all material real estate leasehold interests owned by G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation as a tenant, excluding leases from G-Modelo or any G- Modelo Corporation, and all other real property interests owned by any of the G-Modelo Corporations. (a) G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation has good and marketable title to the Real Property di- rectly or indirectly through trusts, free and clear of all easements, restrictions, covenants, conditions or Encumbrances of any character whatsoever except (i) conditions or restrictions which do not with respect to the parcel of Real Property so encumbered have a material adverse effect on the actual or intended use of such property, (ii) public or private roadway rights-of-way or utility easements which do not underlie any buildings, (iii) real property leases to a G-Modelo Corporation, and (iv) taxes and assessments which are a lien but which are not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established and disclosed in writing to the Investor. 28

grams, policies, contracts, agreements or understandings, whether written or oral (including any and all amendments thereto), to which G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation is a party which relate to all employment, bonus, profit- -sharing, deferred compensation, pension, employee bene- fit, welfare and retirement plans, stock purchase and stock option plans, consulting arrangements in excess of 1 million Mexican Pesos per year and all labor union and collective bargaining agreements. 3.20. Real Property. As used herein, the term "Real Property" shall mean all of the following: (1) all material land and easements owned, used or occupied by G-Modelo or any of the G-Mode- lo Corporations and all material buildings, structures and other improvements thereof or thereon; and (2) all rights and appurtenances in and to the Real Property described in subparagraph (1) above; and (3) all material real estate leasehold interests owned by G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation as a tenant, excluding leases from G-Modelo or any G- Modelo Corporation, and all other real property interests owned by any of the G-Modelo Corporations. (a) G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation has good and marketable title to the Real Property di- rectly or indirectly through trusts, free and clear of all easements, restrictions, covenants, conditions or Encumbrances of any character whatsoever except (i) conditions or restrictions which do not with respect to the parcel of Real Property so encumbered have a material adverse effect on the actual or intended use of such property, (ii) public or private roadway rights-of-way or utility easements which do not underlie any buildings, (iii) real property leases to a G-Modelo Corporation, and (iv) taxes and assessments which are a lien but which are not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established and disclosed in writing to the Investor. 28

(b) The Real Property conforms in all material respects to any and all applicable state and local laws, zoning and building ordinances and health and safety ordinances, and no zoning, building or similar law or ordinance or regulation is being violated by the operation or use of the Real Property in any manner having a material adverse effect on the marketability or the actual or intended use or operation of the Real Property. Neither G-Modelo nor any G-Modelo Corporation has received any notice of any material violation of any law, ordinance or regulation in connection with the operation or use of such Real Property. (c) None of the Real Property is subject to the Federal Law of the Agrarian Reform. (d) With respect to any Real Property located (i) within one hundred kilometers of the border of Mexico and any of the United States, Belize or Guate- mala or (ii) within fifty kilometers of any of Mexico's coastlines (the "Restricted Zone"), either (A) all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the G-Modelo Corporations which own Real Property located within the Restricted Zone have been duly transferred into the Real Estate Trust or as promptly as practicable following the Closing will be duly transferred into a trust to be established under a trust agreement for the benefit of such G-Modelo Corporations pursuant to Section 5.14, or (B) the by-laws of the GModelo Corporations which own Real Property in the Restricted Zone permit the indirect ownership by foreigners of capital stock of such G-Modelo Corporations. 3.21. Tied House Prohibitions. There is no Mexican statute, rule or regulation applicable to G- Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation which prohibits G- Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation or its shareholders from selling alcoholic beverages, on either a retail or wholesale basis. 3.22. Insurance. G-Modelo and each G-Modelo Corporation have policies of liability, fire, automobile, property and other forms of insurance, all of which are valid and enforceable and in full force and effect, are underwritten by unaffiliated financially sound and repu- table insurers, are sufficient for all applicable re- quirements of law and provide insurance, including, 29

(b) The Real Property conforms in all material respects to any and all applicable state and local laws, zoning and building ordinances and health and safety ordinances, and no zoning, building or similar law or ordinance or regulation is being violated by the operation or use of the Real Property in any manner having a material adverse effect on the marketability or the actual or intended use or operation of the Real Property. Neither G-Modelo nor any G-Modelo Corporation has received any notice of any material violation of any law, ordinance or regulation in connection with the operation or use of such Real Property. (c) None of the Real Property is subject to the Federal Law of the Agrarian Reform. (d) With respect to any Real Property located (i) within one hundred kilometers of the border of Mexico and any of the United States, Belize or Guate- mala or (ii) within fifty kilometers of any of Mexico's coastlines (the "Restricted Zone"), either (A) all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the G-Modelo Corporations which own Real Property located within the Restricted Zone have been duly transferred into the Real Estate Trust or as promptly as practicable following the Closing will be duly transferred into a trust to be established under a trust agreement for the benefit of such G-Modelo Corporations pursuant to Section 5.14, or (B) the by-laws of the GModelo Corporations which own Real Property in the Restricted Zone permit the indirect ownership by foreigners of capital stock of such G-Modelo Corporations. 3.21. Tied House Prohibitions. There is no Mexican statute, rule or regulation applicable to G- Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation which prohibits G- Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation or its shareholders from selling alcoholic beverages, on either a retail or wholesale basis. 3.22. Insurance. G-Modelo and each G-Modelo Corporation have policies of liability, fire, automobile, property and other forms of insurance, all of which are valid and enforceable and in full force and effect, are underwritten by unaffiliated financially sound and repu- table insurers, are sufficient for all applicable re- quirements of law and provide insurance, including, 29

without limitation, liability and products liability insurance, in such amounts and against such risks as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses to G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations in Mexico to protect the properties, assets, businesses and operations of G-Modelo and each of the G-Modelo Corporations. All such policies will remain in full force and effect through their respective dates and will not in any way be affect- ed by or terminate or lapse by reason of, any of the transactions contemplated hereby. ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF A-B, A-BI AND THE INVESTOR A-B, A-BI and the Investor, jointly and sever- ally, represent and warrant to each of the G-Modelo Signatories, the Option Trust and the Banamex Trust as follows: 4.1. Corporate Power and Authority; Effect of Agreement. Each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance by each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor, and no other corpo- rate action or proceeding on the part of each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor or their stockholders is necessary to authorize this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance by the each of A-B, A-BI and Investor of this Agreement and the consummation by each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor of the transactions contemplated hereby does not and will not,

without limitation, liability and products liability insurance, in such amounts and against such risks as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses to G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations in Mexico to protect the properties, assets, businesses and operations of G-Modelo and each of the G-Modelo Corporations. All such policies will remain in full force and effect through their respective dates and will not in any way be affect- ed by or terminate or lapse by reason of, any of the transactions contemplated hereby. ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF A-B, A-BI AND THE INVESTOR A-B, A-BI and the Investor, jointly and sever- ally, represent and warrant to each of the G-Modelo Signatories, the Option Trust and the Banamex Trust as follows: 4.1. Corporate Power and Authority; Effect of Agreement. Each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance by each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor, and no other corpo- rate action or proceeding on the part of each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor or their stockholders is necessary to authorize this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance by the each of A-B, A-BI and Investor of this Agreement and the consummation by each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor of the transactions contemplated hereby does not and will not, 30

with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, (a) violate any law, rule or regulation to which any of them or any of their respective assets is subject, (b) violate any order, writ, injunction, judg- ment or decree applicable to any of them or any of their respective assets or properties, or (c) conflict with, or result in a breach of or default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under (i) any term or condition of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of any of them, or (ii) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture or material lease, license, agreement or other material instrument to which any of them or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which any of their respective assets may be bound; except, with respect to clauses (a), (b) and (c)(ii) above, for viola- tions, conflicts, breaches or defaults which in the aggregate would not materially hinder or impair their ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. 4.2. Consents. No consent, approval or autho- rization of, or exemption by, or filing with, any govern- mental or regulatory authority (other than as may be required under the HSR Act or the LEC) is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by A-B, A-BI or the Investor of the transactions contem- plated by this Agreement. 4.3. Availability of Funds. The Investor has available or will have available on the Closing Date sufficient funds to enable it to consummate the transac- tions contemplated by Article II of this Agreement. 4.4. Management of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations. Each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor acknowledge that it is its intention and desire, as well as the intention and desire of the Controlling Shareholders, that G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations shall contin- ue to be managed by the Controlling Shareholders, with the participation of A-B, A-BI and the Investor as minor- ity shareholders, as provided for in this Agreement and in the Amended G-Modelo By-laws and the Amended Diblo By- laws; and that this has been an essential and basic condition for the Controlling Shareholders to enter into this Agreement and to create and enter into the asso- ciation or joint venture herein set forth.

with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, (a) violate any law, rule or regulation to which any of them or any of their respective assets is subject, (b) violate any order, writ, injunction, judg- ment or decree applicable to any of them or any of their respective assets or properties, or (c) conflict with, or result in a breach of or default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under (i) any term or condition of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of any of them, or (ii) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture or material lease, license, agreement or other material instrument to which any of them or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which any of their respective assets may be bound; except, with respect to clauses (a), (b) and (c)(ii) above, for viola- tions, conflicts, breaches or defaults which in the aggregate would not materially hinder or impair their ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. 4.2. Consents. No consent, approval or autho- rization of, or exemption by, or filing with, any govern- mental or regulatory authority (other than as may be required under the HSR Act or the LEC) is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by A-B, A-BI or the Investor of the transactions contem- plated by this Agreement. 4.3. Availability of Funds. The Investor has available or will have available on the Closing Date sufficient funds to enable it to consummate the transac- tions contemplated by Article II of this Agreement. 4.4. Management of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations. Each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor acknowledge that it is its intention and desire, as well as the intention and desire of the Controlling Shareholders, that G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations shall contin- ue to be managed by the Controlling Shareholders, with the participation of A-B, A-BI and the Investor as minor- ity shareholders, as provided for in this Agreement and in the Amended G-Modelo By-laws and the Amended Diblo By- laws; and that this has been an essential and basic condition for the Controlling Shareholders to enter into this Agreement and to create and enter into the asso- ciation or joint venture herein set forth. 31

ARTICLE V COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES 5.1. Access to Information. (a) A-B and its authorized representa- tives shall be permitted to review the business activi- ties of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations as they deem reasonably necessary sufficiently in advance of future investments in G-Modelo and Diblo contemplated by this Agreement. For such purposes and subject to prior consultation with a representative of the Controlling Shareholders, (a) A-B and its authorized representatives shall have access during normal business hours to books, records and properties of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations and to those employees and financial, legal and other representatives of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations having knowledge of financial, operating and legal data and other information with respect to the business and properties of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations as A-B may reasonably request to enable A-B and its authorized representatives to conduct a finan- cial, environmental and legal review of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations for purposes of determining whether to make further investments in G-Modelo and Diblo; provided, however, that such review shall be subject to prior consultation with and scheduling by representatives of the Controlling Shareholders to ensure that the review will be conducted in such a manner as not to disrupt the operations of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations. (b) From and after the Closing, A-B, A- BI, the Investor and their authorized representatives (the "A-B Group"), on the one hand, and the Controlling Shareholders and their authorized representatives (the "Controlling Shareholders Group"), on the other hand, agree to treat all information concerning G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations (the "Confidential Informa- tion") as strictly confidential; provided, however, that disclosure of such information may be made by either the A-B Group or the Controlling Shareholders Group (i) with the prior written consent of the non-disclosing group or

ARTICLE V COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES 5.1. Access to Information. (a) A-B and its authorized representa- tives shall be permitted to review the business activi- ties of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations as they deem reasonably necessary sufficiently in advance of future investments in G-Modelo and Diblo contemplated by this Agreement. For such purposes and subject to prior consultation with a representative of the Controlling Shareholders, (a) A-B and its authorized representatives shall have access during normal business hours to books, records and properties of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations and to those employees and financial, legal and other representatives of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations having knowledge of financial, operating and legal data and other information with respect to the business and properties of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations as A-B may reasonably request to enable A-B and its authorized representatives to conduct a finan- cial, environmental and legal review of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations for purposes of determining whether to make further investments in G-Modelo and Diblo; provided, however, that such review shall be subject to prior consultation with and scheduling by representatives of the Controlling Shareholders to ensure that the review will be conducted in such a manner as not to disrupt the operations of G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations. (b) From and after the Closing, A-B, A- BI, the Investor and their authorized representatives (the "A-B Group"), on the one hand, and the Controlling Shareholders and their authorized representatives (the "Controlling Shareholders Group"), on the other hand, agree to treat all information concerning G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations (the "Confidential Informa- tion") as strictly confidential; provided, however, that disclosure of such information may be made by either the A-B Group or the Controlling Shareholders Group (i) with the prior written consent of the non-disclosing group or (ii) if, in the opinion of counsel for the party desiring to make such disclosure, such disclosure is required by law, including, without limitation, in connection with 32

the public offerings contemplated by Section 5.8. The term "Confidential Information" shall not be deemed to include information which (i) is already in the posses- sion of the A-B Group and which was not disclosed to the A-B Group by the Controlling Shareholders Group or G- Modelo, provided that such information is not known to the A-B Group to be subject to another confidentiality agreement with, or other obligation of secrecy to, GModelo or a G-Modelo Corporation, (ii) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the A-B Group or the Controlling Shareholders Group in violation of this Section 5.1(b), or (iii) becomes available to either the A-B Group or the Controlling Shareholders Group on a non-confidential basis from a source other than G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives or advisors, provided that such source is not known by the A-B Group or the Controlling Shareholders Group, respectively, to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other obligation of secrecy to, G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation. 5.2. Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, A-B, G-Modelo, Diblo and the Controlling Shareholders, in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of G-Modelo and Diblo and as members of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust (a) will take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advis- able under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation, the transac- tions, rights and obligations under the Amended G-Modelo By-laws, Amended Diblo By-laws, the Control Trust Agree- ment, the Option Trust Agreement and the Banamex Trust Agreement (collectively, the "Ancillary Documents") and to ensure that A-B's, A-BI's and the Investor's rights under this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents continue unimpeded and (b) will take, or cause to be taken, no action inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents or inconsistent with A-B's, A- BI's or the Investor's rights hereunder or thereunder. In case at any time after the Closing Date any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purpos- es of this Agreement or the

the public offerings contemplated by Section 5.8. The term "Confidential Information" shall not be deemed to include information which (i) is already in the posses- sion of the A-B Group and which was not disclosed to the A-B Group by the Controlling Shareholders Group or G- Modelo, provided that such information is not known to the A-B Group to be subject to another confidentiality agreement with, or other obligation of secrecy to, GModelo or a G-Modelo Corporation, (ii) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the A-B Group or the Controlling Shareholders Group in violation of this Section 5.1(b), or (iii) becomes available to either the A-B Group or the Controlling Shareholders Group on a non-confidential basis from a source other than G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives or advisors, provided that such source is not known by the A-B Group or the Controlling Shareholders Group, respectively, to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other obligation of secrecy to, G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation. 5.2. Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, A-B, G-Modelo, Diblo and the Controlling Shareholders, in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of G-Modelo and Diblo and as members of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust (a) will take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advis- able under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation, the transac- tions, rights and obligations under the Amended G-Modelo By-laws, Amended Diblo By-laws, the Control Trust Agree- ment, the Option Trust Agreement and the Banamex Trust Agreement (collectively, the "Ancillary Documents") and to ensure that A-B's, A-BI's and the Investor's rights under this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents continue unimpeded and (b) will take, or cause to be taken, no action inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents or inconsistent with A-B's, A- BI's or the Investor's rights hereunder or thereunder. In case at any time after the Closing Date any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purpos- es of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents, (a) A-B will cause its proper officers and directors to take all 33

such necessary action, and (b) the Controlling Sharehold- ers will take or cause the proper officers and directors of G-Modelo or any of the G-Modelo Corporations and the Trustees under the Trust Control, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust to take all such necessary actions. 5.3. Filings; Tax Returns. (a) If upon the exercise by the Investor of any of the rights provided in Article VI hereof or Clause Eighth and Annex 3 of the Control Trust Agreement to acquire shares of G-Modelo capital stock, 49 percent or more of the total outstanding full voting capital stock of G-Modelo would be held of record by a "Foreign Investor" (as defined in the LRMI), G-Modelo shall give written notice to the Investor (the "Foreign Investor No- tice") within two business days following notice of the Investor's intention to acquire shares, accompanied by a certificate signed by the Secretary of the G-Modelo Board of Directors certifying such ownership and indicating the number of shares which would be owned by Foreign Inves- tors upon the exercise by the Investor of the right to acquire shares. Upon receipt of the Foreign Investor Notice, the Investor may appoint a designated purchaser to acquire such shares. In the event, the Investor determines not to appoint such designated purchaser or following the appointment of such designated purchaser, the Investor and the Controlling Shareholders agree promptly to file or cause to be filed with the Mexican Foreign Investment Commission in accordance with the LRMI all requisite documents and notifications necessary or appropriate in order to obtain the requisite permits for G-Modelo to become a "Foreign Corporation" within the meaning of the LRMI. The parties hereto will coordinate and cooperate with one another in exchanging such infor- mation and provide such reasonable assistance as may be requested in connection with obtaining the required permits as promptly as possible. (b) A-B and G-Modelo agree that they will provide each other with such assistance as may reasonably be requested by either of them in connection with the preparation of any return of Taxes, any audit or other examination by any taxing authority, or any judicial or administrative proceedings relating to liability for Taxes and will provide the other with any records or information relevant to such return, audit or examina34

such necessary action, and (b) the Controlling Sharehold- ers will take or cause the proper officers and directors of G-Modelo or any of the G-Modelo Corporations and the Trustees under the Trust Control, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust to take all such necessary actions. 5.3. Filings; Tax Returns. (a) If upon the exercise by the Investor of any of the rights provided in Article VI hereof or Clause Eighth and Annex 3 of the Control Trust Agreement to acquire shares of G-Modelo capital stock, 49 percent or more of the total outstanding full voting capital stock of G-Modelo would be held of record by a "Foreign Investor" (as defined in the LRMI), G-Modelo shall give written notice to the Investor (the "Foreign Investor No- tice") within two business days following notice of the Investor's intention to acquire shares, accompanied by a certificate signed by the Secretary of the G-Modelo Board of Directors certifying such ownership and indicating the number of shares which would be owned by Foreign Inves- tors upon the exercise by the Investor of the right to acquire shares. Upon receipt of the Foreign Investor Notice, the Investor may appoint a designated purchaser to acquire such shares. In the event, the Investor determines not to appoint such designated purchaser or following the appointment of such designated purchaser, the Investor and the Controlling Shareholders agree promptly to file or cause to be filed with the Mexican Foreign Investment Commission in accordance with the LRMI all requisite documents and notifications necessary or appropriate in order to obtain the requisite permits for G-Modelo to become a "Foreign Corporation" within the meaning of the LRMI. The parties hereto will coordinate and cooperate with one another in exchanging such infor- mation and provide such reasonable assistance as may be requested in connection with obtaining the required permits as promptly as possible. (b) A-B and G-Modelo agree that they will provide each other with such assistance as may reasonably be requested by either of them in connection with the preparation of any return of Taxes, any audit or other examination by any taxing authority, or any judicial or administrative proceedings relating to liability for Taxes and will provide the other with any records or information relevant to such return, audit or examina34

tion, proceedings or determination as are in their pos- session or subject to their control. Such assistance shall include making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and an explanation of any material provided hereunder and shall include providing copies of any relevant returns of Taxes and any relevant Tax receipts. 5.4. Internal Reorganization. As promptly as practicable following the Closing Date but in no event later than December 31, 1993, the Controlling Sharehold- ers shall cause G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations to effect and carry out a corporate reorganization in accor- dance with the following provisions: (a) all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Tapas Y Tapones de Zacatecas, S.A de C.V. ("Tapas"), Promotora de Servicios de Zacatecas, S.A. de C.V. ("Promotora"), and Envases de Zacatecas, S.A. de C.V. ("Envases") then owned by Tenedora Cano, S.A. de C.V. shall be transferred to Diblo; (b) El Cubito Fabrica de Hielo, S.A. de C.V. ("Hielo") shall be merged with and into Cerveceria del Pacifico, S.A. de C.V. ("Pacifico"), and as a result of such merger, the separate corporate existence of Hielo shall cease and Pacifico shall continue as the surviving corporation of the merger; (c) G-Modelo will obtain, if necessary, a ruling from the Mexican tax authorities that the transac- tions described in (a) above are tax-free for Mexican income and transfer tax purposes; (d) each of Tecnica Inamex, S.A. de C.V. and Instalaciones Inamex, S.A. de C.V. (collectively, the "Inamex Subsidiaries") shall be merged with and into Inamex de Cervezas y Maltas, S.A. de C.V. ("Inamex"), and as a result of such mergers, the separate corporate existence of the Inamex Subsidiaries shall cease and Inamex shall continue as the surviving corporation of the mergers; (e) Constructora Inamex, S.A. de C.V. shall be liquidated; 35

tion, proceedings or determination as are in their pos- session or subject to their control. Such assistance shall include making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and an explanation of any material provided hereunder and shall include providing copies of any relevant returns of Taxes and any relevant Tax receipts. 5.4. Internal Reorganization. As promptly as practicable following the Closing Date but in no event later than December 31, 1993, the Controlling Sharehold- ers shall cause G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations to effect and carry out a corporate reorganization in accor- dance with the following provisions: (a) all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Tapas Y Tapones de Zacatecas, S.A de C.V. ("Tapas"), Promotora de Servicios de Zacatecas, S.A. de C.V. ("Promotora"), and Envases de Zacatecas, S.A. de C.V. ("Envases") then owned by Tenedora Cano, S.A. de C.V. shall be transferred to Diblo; (b) El Cubito Fabrica de Hielo, S.A. de C.V. ("Hielo") shall be merged with and into Cerveceria del Pacifico, S.A. de C.V. ("Pacifico"), and as a result of such merger, the separate corporate existence of Hielo shall cease and Pacifico shall continue as the surviving corporation of the merger; (c) G-Modelo will obtain, if necessary, a ruling from the Mexican tax authorities that the transac- tions described in (a) above are tax-free for Mexican income and transfer tax purposes; (d) each of Tecnica Inamex, S.A. de C.V. and Instalaciones Inamex, S.A. de C.V. (collectively, the "Inamex Subsidiaries") shall be merged with and into Inamex de Cervezas y Maltas, S.A. de C.V. ("Inamex"), and as a result of such mergers, the separate corporate existence of the Inamex Subsidiaries shall cease and Inamex shall continue as the surviving corporation of the mergers; (e) Constructora Inamex, S.A. de C.V. shall be liquidated; 35

(f) each of Perifreria, S.A. de C.V., Conorte, S.A. de C.V., Invoccidente, S.A.de C.V., Negopa- cifico, S.A. de C.V., Consureste, S.A. de C.V., Invocari- be, S.A. de C.V., Pro-altiplano, S.A. de C.V., Transnore- ste, S.A. de C.V. or Control Consolidado, S.A. de C.V. (collectively, the "Distribution Companies") shall be reorganized from a Sociedad Anonima de Capital Variable into a Sociedad en Comandita Simple and, in connection with such reorganizations, the Investor shall be issued one interest in each of such Comanditas. A-B shall have the right to approve the governing documents of each of such Comandita, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and such governing documents shall provide that no transfer of a partner's interest in the Comandita and no amendment to the Comandita governing documents shall be permitted without the unanimous consent of each of the partners; (g) following the reorganizations de- scribed in (f) above, all of the Distribution Companies shall be merged into two Distribution Companies, which the Controlling Shareholders presently contemplate will be Control Consolidado and Patentes (as hereinafter defined), and the Investor will receive one interest in each of such Distribution Companies; and (h) G-Modelo and the Controlling Share- holders agree that they will provide A-B with such assis- tance and information as may reasonably be requested by A-B in connection with any filings made by A-B with the United States Internal Revenue Service. 5.5. Election of A-B Director. The Control- ling Shareholders shall be entitled to designate a G-Mod- elo director for election to the A-B Board of Directors. Following such designation, A-B will use its best efforts to nominate and cause such designee to be elected to the A-B Board of Directors at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of A-B next succeeding such designation and to continue to nominate and cause such a designee to be elected for so long as the Investor owns ten percent or more of the total outstanding shares of G-Modelo capital stock. 5.6. Environmental and Safety Laws. From and after the date hereof, G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations shall conduct their businesses so as to comply in

(f) each of Perifreria, S.A. de C.V., Conorte, S.A. de C.V., Invoccidente, S.A.de C.V., Negopa- cifico, S.A. de C.V., Consureste, S.A. de C.V., Invocari- be, S.A. de C.V., Pro-altiplano, S.A. de C.V., Transnore- ste, S.A. de C.V. or Control Consolidado, S.A. de C.V. (collectively, the "Distribution Companies") shall be reorganized from a Sociedad Anonima de Capital Variable into a Sociedad en Comandita Simple and, in connection with such reorganizations, the Investor shall be issued one interest in each of such Comanditas. A-B shall have the right to approve the governing documents of each of such Comandita, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and such governing documents shall provide that no transfer of a partner's interest in the Comandita and no amendment to the Comandita governing documents shall be permitted without the unanimous consent of each of the partners; (g) following the reorganizations de- scribed in (f) above, all of the Distribution Companies shall be merged into two Distribution Companies, which the Controlling Shareholders presently contemplate will be Control Consolidado and Patentes (as hereinafter defined), and the Investor will receive one interest in each of such Distribution Companies; and (h) G-Modelo and the Controlling Share- holders agree that they will provide A-B with such assis- tance and information as may reasonably be requested by A-B in connection with any filings made by A-B with the United States Internal Revenue Service. 5.5. Election of A-B Director. The Control- ling Shareholders shall be entitled to designate a G-Mod- elo director for election to the A-B Board of Directors. Following such designation, A-B will use its best efforts to nominate and cause such designee to be elected to the A-B Board of Directors at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of A-B next succeeding such designation and to continue to nominate and cause such a designee to be elected for so long as the Investor owns ten percent or more of the total outstanding shares of G-Modelo capital stock. 5.6. Environmental and Safety Laws. From and after the date hereof, G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations shall conduct their businesses so as to comply in 36

all material respects with all Federal, state and local environmental and health and safety laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which they are or may at any time be doing business. If G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation shall (a) receive notice that it is the subject of any investigation or threatened investigation by any Federal, state or local government agency regarding the violation or alleged violation of any Federal, state or local environmental or health and safety statute or regulation; or (b) receive notice that any judicial or administrative complaint, proceeding or order has been filed or is about to be filed against G-Modelo or a G- Modelo Corporation alleging violations of any Federal, state or local environmental or health and safety statute or regulation, then G-Modelo or the G-Modelo Corporation shall promptly provide A-B with such notice, and in no event later than within fifteen (15) days from receipt thereby by G-Modelo or the G-Modelo Corporation. 5.7. USA Export Agreement. The Controlling Shareholders agree that the USA Export Agreement shall not be amended without the prior written consent of A-B, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. 5.8. Consummation of Public Offerings; Regis- tration of Shares. (a) The Controlling Shareholders agree to use their best efforts to sell on a widely distributed basis an aggregate of 27,436,722 Series C Shares and to cause G-Modelo to sell an aggregate of 10,161,748 Series C Shares prior to May 31, 1995, of which at least an aggregate of 26,420,548 Series C Shares (such shares representing thirteen percent of the authorized capital stock of G-Modelo) shall be sold in one or more public offerings (the "Offerings") and the remainder of which shall be sold on a widely distributed basis through open- market transactions or otherwise. Prior to filing an application with the Comision Nacional de Valores with respect to any of the Offerings, the Controlling Share- holders and G-Modelo agree to provide the Investor with a copy of such application and all offering materials prepared in connection therewith sufficiently in advance of the proposed filing date to enable the Investor to review and comment on such application. 37

all material respects with all Federal, state and local environmental and health and safety laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which they are or may at any time be doing business. If G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation shall (a) receive notice that it is the subject of any investigation or threatened investigation by any Federal, state or local government agency regarding the violation or alleged violation of any Federal, state or local environmental or health and safety statute or regulation; or (b) receive notice that any judicial or administrative complaint, proceeding or order has been filed or is about to be filed against G-Modelo or a G- Modelo Corporation alleging violations of any Federal, state or local environmental or health and safety statute or regulation, then G-Modelo or the G-Modelo Corporation shall promptly provide A-B with such notice, and in no event later than within fifteen (15) days from receipt thereby by G-Modelo or the G-Modelo Corporation. 5.7. USA Export Agreement. The Controlling Shareholders agree that the USA Export Agreement shall not be amended without the prior written consent of A-B, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. 5.8. Consummation of Public Offerings; Regis- tration of Shares. (a) The Controlling Shareholders agree to use their best efforts to sell on a widely distributed basis an aggregate of 27,436,722 Series C Shares and to cause G-Modelo to sell an aggregate of 10,161,748 Series C Shares prior to May 31, 1995, of which at least an aggregate of 26,420,548 Series C Shares (such shares representing thirteen percent of the authorized capital stock of G-Modelo) shall be sold in one or more public offerings (the "Offerings") and the remainder of which shall be sold on a widely distributed basis through open- market transactions or otherwise. Prior to filing an application with the Comision Nacional de Valores with respect to any of the Offerings, the Controlling Share- holders and G-Modelo agree to provide the Investor with a copy of such application and all offering materials prepared in connection therewith sufficiently in advance of the proposed filing date to enable the Investor to review and comment on such application. 37

(b) The Controlling Shareholders and G-Modelo agree to use their best efforts to cause the Series C Shares, and at the request of A-B, the Series B Shares to be placed on the Bolsa Mexicana de Valores, S.A. de C.V. (the "Bolsa"). The Controlling Shareholders and G-Modelo shall have the right to cause the Series A Shares to be placed on the Bolsa. 5.9. Dividend Policies. (a) G-Modelo and the Controlling Share- holders, in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of GModelo and as members of the technical committees of the Control Trust and the Option Trust agree to take all actions necessary to cause G-Modelo to adopt and to follow, and all such parties agree to adopt and to follow, in accordance with Mexican law, the fol- lowing annual dividend policy on the Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series P-C Shares. (i) For the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending at such time as clause (ii) of this paragraph (a) becomes ap- plicable, the per share amount of the annual dividend payable on the outstanding Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares will be an amount equal to (A) the greater of (1) 15 percent of G-Modelo's consolidated af- ter-tax net earnings calculated in accordance with Mexican GAAP for the most recently com- pleted calendar year, and (2) 45,109,950 Mexi- can Pesos divided by (B) the aggregate number of Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares outstanding on the record date fixed by the shareholders of G-Modelo for the payment of such dividend. (ii) If the Investor purchases all of the Option Shares pursuant to the Op- tion, then for the period commencing January 1, 1998, the per share amount of the annual divi- dend payable on the outstanding Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares will be an amount equal to (A) the greater of (1) Consolidated G-Modelo Free Cash Flow (as hereinafter defined) for the most recently completed calendar year, and (2) 45,109,950 38

(b) The Controlling Shareholders and G-Modelo agree to use their best efforts to cause the Series C Shares, and at the request of A-B, the Series B Shares to be placed on the Bolsa Mexicana de Valores, S.A. de C.V. (the "Bolsa"). The Controlling Shareholders and G-Modelo shall have the right to cause the Series A Shares to be placed on the Bolsa. 5.9. Dividend Policies. (a) G-Modelo and the Controlling Share- holders, in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of GModelo and as members of the technical committees of the Control Trust and the Option Trust agree to take all actions necessary to cause G-Modelo to adopt and to follow, and all such parties agree to adopt and to follow, in accordance with Mexican law, the fol- lowing annual dividend policy on the Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series P-C Shares. (i) For the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending at such time as clause (ii) of this paragraph (a) becomes ap- plicable, the per share amount of the annual dividend payable on the outstanding Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares will be an amount equal to (A) the greater of (1) 15 percent of G-Modelo's consolidated af- ter-tax net earnings calculated in accordance with Mexican GAAP for the most recently com- pleted calendar year, and (2) 45,109,950 Mexi- can Pesos divided by (B) the aggregate number of Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares outstanding on the record date fixed by the shareholders of G-Modelo for the payment of such dividend. (ii) If the Investor purchases all of the Option Shares pursuant to the Op- tion, then for the period commencing January 1, 1998, the per share amount of the annual divi- dend payable on the outstanding Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares will be an amount equal to (A) the greater of (1) Consolidated G-Modelo Free Cash Flow (as hereinafter defined) for the most recently completed calendar year, and (2) 45,109,950 38

Mexican Pesos, divided by (B) the aggregate number of Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares outstanding on the record date fixed by the shareholders of G-Modelo for the payment of such dividend. For purposes hereof, "Consolidated G-Modelo Free Cash Flow" shall equal all of the consolidated after-tax net earnings of G-Modelo and its subsidiaries cal- culated in accordance with Mexican GAAP avail- able to holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares, (A) plus deprecia- tion and amortization, (B) plus any decrease in non-cash net working capital, (C) plus other expenses which do not require a cash outlay, (D) minus other income which does not provide cash, (E) minus capital expenditures and other asset acquisitions, (F) minus any increase in non-cash net working capital, and (G) minus any principal repayments of indebtedness, all of which shall be determined as shown in the exam- ple contained in Exhibit B hereto. (iii) For the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date the Series P-C Shares are exchanged for Series B Shares, the per share amount of the annual dividend payable on the outstanding PC Shares will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Series P-C Shares set forth in the Amended GModelo By-laws. (b) The Controlling Shareholders in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of Diblo and as members of the technical committee of the Banamex Trust agree to take all actions necessary to cause Diblo to adopt and to follow, and all such parties agree to adopt and to follow, in accordance with Mexican law, the following annual dividend policy on the Diblo capital stock. Commencing on the Closing Date, there shall be declared (i) an annual dividend on the outstanding Diblo P-C Shares in an amount sufficient for G-Modelo to de- clare and pay the annual dividend provided for in para- graph (a)(iii) above; provided, however, upon the ex- change by the Investor of the Series P-C Shares into Series B Shares, the Diblo P-C Shares will be exchanged by G-Modelo effective as of the date of such exchange by the Investor on a share-for-share basis for Diblo Series 39

A Shares and the annual dividend policy set forth in this clause (i) shall terminate, and (ii) an annual dividend on

Mexican Pesos, divided by (B) the aggregate number of Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares outstanding on the record date fixed by the shareholders of G-Modelo for the payment of such dividend. For purposes hereof, "Consolidated G-Modelo Free Cash Flow" shall equal all of the consolidated after-tax net earnings of G-Modelo and its subsidiaries cal- culated in accordance with Mexican GAAP avail- able to holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares, (A) plus deprecia- tion and amortization, (B) plus any decrease in non-cash net working capital, (C) plus other expenses which do not require a cash outlay, (D) minus other income which does not provide cash, (E) minus capital expenditures and other asset acquisitions, (F) minus any increase in non-cash net working capital, and (G) minus any principal repayments of indebtedness, all of which shall be determined as shown in the exam- ple contained in Exhibit B hereto. (iii) For the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date the Series P-C Shares are exchanged for Series B Shares, the per share amount of the annual dividend payable on the outstanding PC Shares will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Series P-C Shares set forth in the Amended GModelo By-laws. (b) The Controlling Shareholders in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of Diblo and as members of the technical committee of the Banamex Trust agree to take all actions necessary to cause Diblo to adopt and to follow, and all such parties agree to adopt and to follow, in accordance with Mexican law, the following annual dividend policy on the Diblo capital stock. Commencing on the Closing Date, there shall be declared (i) an annual dividend on the outstanding Diblo P-C Shares in an amount sufficient for G-Modelo to de- clare and pay the annual dividend provided for in para- graph (a)(iii) above; provided, however, upon the ex- change by the Investor of the Series P-C Shares into Series B Shares, the Diblo P-C Shares will be exchanged by G-Modelo effective as of the date of such exchange by the Investor on a share-for-share basis for Diblo Series 39

A Shares and the annual dividend policy set forth in this clause (i) shall terminate, and (ii) an annual dividend on the outstanding Diblo Common Shares which shall be payable to all holders of Diblo Common Shares in an amount sufficient for G-Modelo to declare and pay the annual dividend provided for in paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above. (c) The Controlling Shareholders in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of Diblo and as members of the technical committee of the Banamex Trust agree to take all actions necessary to cause the G- Modelo Corporations to declare annual dividends in an amount which, in the aggregate, are sufficient to enable G-Modelo and Diblo to declare and pay the dividends provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, respective- ly. (d) Subject to the applicable require- ments of Mexican law, the Amended G-Modelo By-laws and the Amended Diblo By-Laws, each of G-Modelo in the case of paragraph (a) above, and Diblo in the case of paragraph (b) above, will declare the annual common dividend following shareholder approval at a shareholders meeting to be held on or prior to April 30, of each year. Sub- ject to the applicable requirements of Mexican law (in- cluding applicable regulations of the Bolsa for any shares listed thereon), the Amended G-Modelo By-laws and the Amended Diblo By-laws, the common dividend shall be payable to shareholders of record on the date of the shareholders meeting and shall be paid on or prior to the fifth day following the declaration date. (e) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.9, A-B and the Controlling Shareholders agree to consider prior to the declaration of annual dividends on the Series A Shares, the Series B Shares and the Series C Shares the effect such dividends will have on the business, operations and best interests of G- Modelo and the GModelo Corporations, including, if applicable, taking into account the purchase by G-Modelo of the Banamex Put Shares (as defined in Section 5.16) pursuant to Section 5.16. 40 5.10. Equity Participations. (a) At all times after the date of this Agreement, (i) Diblo shall own at least 99.9854 percent of Patentes y Marcas para Promocion de Exportaciones, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation, or its successor ("Patentes"), (ii) Patentes shall own no less than 80 percent of the outstanding capital stock of Procermex and

A Shares and the annual dividend policy set forth in this clause (i) shall terminate, and (ii) an annual dividend on the outstanding Diblo Common Shares which shall be payable to all holders of Diblo Common Shares in an amount sufficient for G-Modelo to declare and pay the annual dividend provided for in paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above. (c) The Controlling Shareholders in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of Diblo and as members of the technical committee of the Banamex Trust agree to take all actions necessary to cause the G- Modelo Corporations to declare annual dividends in an amount which, in the aggregate, are sufficient to enable G-Modelo and Diblo to declare and pay the dividends provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above, respective- ly. (d) Subject to the applicable require- ments of Mexican law, the Amended G-Modelo By-laws and the Amended Diblo By-Laws, each of G-Modelo in the case of paragraph (a) above, and Diblo in the case of paragraph (b) above, will declare the annual common dividend following shareholder approval at a shareholders meeting to be held on or prior to April 30, of each year. Sub- ject to the applicable requirements of Mexican law (in- cluding applicable regulations of the Bolsa for any shares listed thereon), the Amended G-Modelo By-laws and the Amended Diblo By-laws, the common dividend shall be payable to shareholders of record on the date of the shareholders meeting and shall be paid on or prior to the fifth day following the declaration date. (e) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.9, A-B and the Controlling Shareholders agree to consider prior to the declaration of annual dividends on the Series A Shares, the Series B Shares and the Series C Shares the effect such dividends will have on the business, operations and best interests of G- Modelo and the GModelo Corporations, including, if applicable, taking into account the purchase by G-Modelo of the Banamex Put Shares (as defined in Section 5.16) pursuant to Section 5.16. 40 5.10. Equity Participations. (a) At all times after the date of this Agreement, (i) Diblo shall own at least 99.9854 percent of Patentes y Marcas para Promocion de Exportaciones, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation, or its successor ("Patentes"), (ii) Patentes shall own no less than 80 percent of the outstanding capital stock of Procermex and (iii) Procermex shall own not less than 80 percent and 80 percent, respectively, of the outstanding capital stock of Eurocermex and Iberocermex. (b) At all times after the date of this Agreement, Diblo shall own no less than 41.051 percent, 7.1641 percent and 26.30 percent, respectively, of the outstanding capital stock of Direccion de Fabricas, S.A. de C.V. ("Difa"), Gondi, S.A. de C.V. ("Gondi"), and Extractos y Maltas, S.A. de C.V. ("Extractos"), each of which is a Mexican corporation. 5.11. Operation of G-Modelo. Except as other- wise provided for in this Agreement, the Controlling Shareholders and G-Modelo agree that following the Clos- ing Date and for so long as the Investor owns at least 10 percent of the shares of capital stock of G-Modelo and at least 10 percent of the shares of capital stock of Diblo, (i) the only assets of G-Modelo will be 169,701,202 Diblo Series A Shares, 17,030,940 Diblo P-C Shares, cash, mar- ketable securities and the proceeds received by G-Modelo from the Offerings pursuant to Section 5.8 and the sale of Series C Shares to G-Modelo's executive employees pursuant to Section 5.13; (ii) G-Modelo will incur no liabilities other than liabilities expressly permitted and incurred in connection with the transactions contem- plated by this Agreement; and (iii) G-Modelo will conduct no business or operations except in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and except for investing activities with respect to the cash and marketable securities owned by it. 5.12. Government Officials. From and after the date hereof, G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations have the continued intention to cause their officers and employees to conduct their businesses so as to comply in all material respects with all Federal, state and local Mexican laws, including those concerning payments of money or other things of value to government officials 41

5.10. Equity Participations. (a) At all times after the date of this Agreement, (i) Diblo shall own at least 99.9854 percent of Patentes y Marcas para Promocion de Exportaciones, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation, or its successor ("Patentes"), (ii) Patentes shall own no less than 80 percent of the outstanding capital stock of Procermex and (iii) Procermex shall own not less than 80 percent and 80 percent, respectively, of the outstanding capital stock of Eurocermex and Iberocermex. (b) At all times after the date of this Agreement, Diblo shall own no less than 41.051 percent, 7.1641 percent and 26.30 percent, respectively, of the outstanding capital stock of Direccion de Fabricas, S.A. de C.V. ("Difa"), Gondi, S.A. de C.V. ("Gondi"), and Extractos y Maltas, S.A. de C.V. ("Extractos"), each of which is a Mexican corporation. 5.11. Operation of G-Modelo. Except as other- wise provided for in this Agreement, the Controlling Shareholders and G-Modelo agree that following the Clos- ing Date and for so long as the Investor owns at least 10 percent of the shares of capital stock of G-Modelo and at least 10 percent of the shares of capital stock of Diblo, (i) the only assets of G-Modelo will be 169,701,202 Diblo Series A Shares, 17,030,940 Diblo P-C Shares, cash, mar- ketable securities and the proceeds received by G-Modelo from the Offerings pursuant to Section 5.8 and the sale of Series C Shares to G-Modelo's executive employees pursuant to Section 5.13; (ii) G-Modelo will incur no liabilities other than liabilities expressly permitted and incurred in connection with the transactions contem- plated by this Agreement; and (iii) G-Modelo will conduct no business or operations except in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and except for investing activities with respect to the cash and marketable securities owned by it. 5.12. Government Officials. From and after the date hereof, G-Modelo and the G-Modelo Corporations have the continued intention to cause their officers and employees to conduct their businesses so as to comply in all material respects with all Federal, state and local Mexican laws, including those concerning payments of money or other things of value to government officials 41

and to refrain from making or authorizing an offer or payment of money or other thing of value, directly or indirectly, (a) to or for the benefit of a government official in order to obtain the wrongful performance or omission of any acts related to the duties of such gov- ernment official, or (b) to a political party or candi- date when such contributions are not made in the form and within the limits permitted by Mexican law so as to wrongfully influence any official act or decision or to wrongfully induce such party or candidate to wrongfully use its or his influence with the government to affect or influence any act or decision of government. 5.13. Sale of Series C Shares to Employees. G-Modelo shall have the right to offer for subscription up to 3,048,525 Series C Shares from its treasury to certain executive employees of the G-Modelo Corporations (other than the Controlling Shareholders), or to a trust for their benefit, pursuant to the terms of an employee stock purchase plan to be adopted following the Closing. G-Modelo agrees to consult with A-B in connection with the creation and implementation of such plan to ensure that the plan will not result in compensation expense under U.S. GAAP. 5.14. Real Estate Transfers. As soon as prac- ticable following the Closing, the Controlling Sharehold- ers agree to take all action necessary to cause G-Modelo, and G-Modelo agrees, to transfer all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Distribuidora Pacifico y Modelo de Tepic, S.A. de C.V. and Distribuidora Pacifico y Modelo de La Paz, S.A. de C.V. to a trust to be estab- lished under a trust agreement for the benefit of one or both of Control Consolidado or Patentes. 5.15. Technical Committees. Following the Closing Date, the Controlling Shareholders will take all actions necessary to ensure that a majority of the mem- bers of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Option Trust and the Banamex Trust are Controlling Shareholders. 42

and to refrain from making or authorizing an offer or payment of money or other thing of value, directly or indirectly, (a) to or for the benefit of a government official in order to obtain the wrongful performance or omission of any acts related to the duties of such gov- ernment official, or (b) to a political party or candi- date when such contributions are not made in the form and within the limits permitted by Mexican law so as to wrongfully influence any official act or decision or to wrongfully induce such party or candidate to wrongfully use its or his influence with the government to affect or influence any act or decision of government. 5.13. Sale of Series C Shares to Employees. G-Modelo shall have the right to offer for subscription up to 3,048,525 Series C Shares from its treasury to certain executive employees of the G-Modelo Corporations (other than the Controlling Shareholders), or to a trust for their benefit, pursuant to the terms of an employee stock purchase plan to be adopted following the Closing. G-Modelo agrees to consult with A-B in connection with the creation and implementation of such plan to ensure that the plan will not result in compensation expense under U.S. GAAP. 5.14. Real Estate Transfers. As soon as prac- ticable following the Closing, the Controlling Sharehold- ers agree to take all action necessary to cause G-Modelo, and G-Modelo agrees, to transfer all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Distribuidora Pacifico y Modelo de Tepic, S.A. de C.V. and Distribuidora Pacifico y Modelo de La Paz, S.A. de C.V. to a trust to be estab- lished under a trust agreement for the benefit of one or both of Control Consolidado or Patentes. 5.15. Technical Committees. Following the Closing Date, the Controlling Shareholders will take all actions necessary to ensure that a majority of the mem- bers of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Option Trust and the Banamex Trust are Controlling Shareholders. 42 5.16. Failure by the Investor to Acquire all Diblo Option Shares. In the event that the Investor does not acquire all of the Diblo Option Shares (as such term is defined in Section 6.4) pursuant to Section 6.4, the Controlling Shareholders shall have the right, at their sole election, at any time during the three year period following the expiration of the Investor's right to acquire such Diblo Option Shares pursuant to the Diblo Option (as such term is defined in Section 6.4) either (a) to require that G-Modelo purchase all of the Diblo Common Shares then held by the Banamex Trust (the "Banam- ex Put Shares"), such right being exercisable at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part, or (b) to merge Diblo and G-Modelo with the result that each out- standing Diblo Common Share held by the Banamex Trust or the Investor shall be converted into a number of shares of full voting common stock of G-Modelo reflecting the fair market value thereof (with Series A Shares being issued to the Controlling Shareholders and Series B Shares being issued to the Investor); provided, however, (i) that no such merger shall be effected unless A-B has agreed that the merger would not have any significant adverse financial, accounting or tax consequences for A-B, and (ii) if such merger is effected, the shares issued to the Controlling Shareholders would not be Restricted Shares (as hereinafter defined) subject to Article VI of this Agreement. If the merger of Diblo and G-Modelo is prohibited by the immediately preceding clause, the parties shall work together to achieve a mutually accept- able transaction structure which would achieve the Con- trolling Shareholders' objectives. In the event that the Controlling Shareholders elect to require G-Modelo to purchase the Banamex Put Shares pursuant to clause (a) above, the Controlling Shareholders shall deliver a written notice (the "Banamex Put Notice") to G-Modelo and the Investor in accordance with Section 13.10 indicating (1) the number of Banamex Put Shares, (2) the Banamex Put Price Per Share (as hereinafter defined), and (3) the date and time fixed for the consummation of such sale. The purchase price per share for the Banamex Put Shares (the "Banamex Put Price Per Share") shall be calculated in the same manner and subject to the same limitations and restrictions as the Diblo Option Price Per Share provided for in Section 6.4(a)(including the limitations and restrictions set forth in the two provisory clauses in the third sentence of Section 6.3(a)) except that (i) 43

all references in Section 6.3(a) to the Option Exercise Notice shall mean the Banamex Put Notice, and (ii) the Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be calculated during the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Banamex Put Notice.

5.16. Failure by the Investor to Acquire all Diblo Option Shares. In the event that the Investor does not acquire all of the Diblo Option Shares (as such term is defined in Section 6.4) pursuant to Section 6.4, the Controlling Shareholders shall have the right, at their sole election, at any time during the three year period following the expiration of the Investor's right to acquire such Diblo Option Shares pursuant to the Diblo Option (as such term is defined in Section 6.4) either (a) to require that G-Modelo purchase all of the Diblo Common Shares then held by the Banamex Trust (the "Banam- ex Put Shares"), such right being exercisable at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part, or (b) to merge Diblo and G-Modelo with the result that each out- standing Diblo Common Share held by the Banamex Trust or the Investor shall be converted into a number of shares of full voting common stock of G-Modelo reflecting the fair market value thereof (with Series A Shares being issued to the Controlling Shareholders and Series B Shares being issued to the Investor); provided, however, (i) that no such merger shall be effected unless A-B has agreed that the merger would not have any significant adverse financial, accounting or tax consequences for A-B, and (ii) if such merger is effected, the shares issued to the Controlling Shareholders would not be Restricted Shares (as hereinafter defined) subject to Article VI of this Agreement. If the merger of Diblo and G-Modelo is prohibited by the immediately preceding clause, the parties shall work together to achieve a mutually accept- able transaction structure which would achieve the Con- trolling Shareholders' objectives. In the event that the Controlling Shareholders elect to require G-Modelo to purchase the Banamex Put Shares pursuant to clause (a) above, the Controlling Shareholders shall deliver a written notice (the "Banamex Put Notice") to G-Modelo and the Investor in accordance with Section 13.10 indicating (1) the number of Banamex Put Shares, (2) the Banamex Put Price Per Share (as hereinafter defined), and (3) the date and time fixed for the consummation of such sale. The purchase price per share for the Banamex Put Shares (the "Banamex Put Price Per Share") shall be calculated in the same manner and subject to the same limitations and restrictions as the Diblo Option Price Per Share provided for in Section 6.4(a)(including the limitations and restrictions set forth in the two provisory clauses in the third sentence of Section 6.3(a)) except that (i) 43

all references in Section 6.3(a) to the Option Exercise Notice shall mean the Banamex Put Notice, and (ii) the Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be calculated during the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Banamex Put Notice. ARTICLE VI TRANSFER, SALE AND PURCHASE RIGHTS 6.1. General. Subject to the rights and obligations of the Controlling Shareholders with respect to their Trust Rights in the Entrusted Shares (as such terms are defined in the Control Trust Agreement) pursu- ant to the Control Trust Agreement, none of the Control- ling Shareholders, the Trustee on behalf of the Control Trust, the Trustee on behalf of the Option Trust, the Trustee on behalf of the Banamex Trust or the Investor shall sell, convey, assign, transfer, deliver, mortgage, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose (a "Disposition" or when used as a verb, "Dispose") of any Series A Shares (except for an aggregate of 27,436,722 Series C Shares to be sold by the Controlling Shareholders on a widely distributed basis in accordance with Section 5.8), Series B Shares, Series P-C Shares or Diblo Common Shares (col- lectively, the "Restricted Shares") held by such party except as provided in this Agreement, the Control Trust Agreement, the Option Trust Agreement and the Banamex Trust Agreement; provided, however, that until such time as the Series C Shares are sold to the public in accor- dance with Section 5.8, they shall be deemed to be Re- stricted Shares for purposes of this Agreement. Any attempted Disposition in violation hereof shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party may make a Disposition of Restricted Shares, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or indirectly, pursuant to (a) any transfer of legal title to the Restricted Shares resulting from the resignation, removal or change of a trustee holding Restricted Shares for the benefit of another, (b) any distribution of Restricted Shares from an estate or trust to any beneficiary thereof, (c) any transfer of Restricted Shares to such party's spouse, child, grandchild, brother, uncle, aunt, nephew, adopted child, great-grandchild or parent, (d) any transfer of Restricted Shares to a trust for the benefit of any person described in clause (c), a Controlling Sharehold44

all references in Section 6.3(a) to the Option Exercise Notice shall mean the Banamex Put Notice, and (ii) the Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be calculated during the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Banamex Put Notice. ARTICLE VI TRANSFER, SALE AND PURCHASE RIGHTS 6.1. General. Subject to the rights and obligations of the Controlling Shareholders with respect to their Trust Rights in the Entrusted Shares (as such terms are defined in the Control Trust Agreement) pursu- ant to the Control Trust Agreement, none of the Control- ling Shareholders, the Trustee on behalf of the Control Trust, the Trustee on behalf of the Option Trust, the Trustee on behalf of the Banamex Trust or the Investor shall sell, convey, assign, transfer, deliver, mortgage, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose (a "Disposition" or when used as a verb, "Dispose") of any Series A Shares (except for an aggregate of 27,436,722 Series C Shares to be sold by the Controlling Shareholders on a widely distributed basis in accordance with Section 5.8), Series B Shares, Series P-C Shares or Diblo Common Shares (col- lectively, the "Restricted Shares") held by such party except as provided in this Agreement, the Control Trust Agreement, the Option Trust Agreement and the Banamex Trust Agreement; provided, however, that until such time as the Series C Shares are sold to the public in accor- dance with Section 5.8, they shall be deemed to be Re- stricted Shares for purposes of this Agreement. Any attempted Disposition in violation hereof shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party may make a Disposition of Restricted Shares, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or indirectly, pursuant to (a) any transfer of legal title to the Restricted Shares resulting from the resignation, removal or change of a trustee holding Restricted Shares for the benefit of another, (b) any distribution of Restricted Shares from an estate or trust to any beneficiary thereof, (c) any transfer of Restricted Shares to such party's spouse, child, grandchild, brother, uncle, aunt, nephew, adopted child, great-grandchild or parent, (d) any transfer of Restricted Shares to a trust for the benefit of any person described in clause (c), a Controlling Sharehold44

er, charitable institution or other trust created to pursue philanthropic purposes for the benefit of third parties not affiliated with a beer company (other than G- Modelo or A-B), or (e) any transfer of Restricted Shares to a partnership or corporation controlling, controlled by or under the common control with one or more of the GModelo Signatories, and only if, in each case under clauses (a) through (e) above, (i) the recipient of such Restricted Shares agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement in which event, for purposes of this Agreement, such recipient shall be deemed to be a (1) "Controlling Shareholder" if the disposing party was a Controlling Shareholder, the Trust- ee of the Control Trust, the Trustee of the Option Trust or the Trustee of the Banamex Trust if the Disposition was effected by a substitution of Trustee of such Trust or (2) the Investor if the disposing party was the Inves- tor, and (ii) in the case of any Disposition by a party other than the Investor, the Investor receives reasonable notice of such Disposition, a copy of the recipient's written agreement required by clause (i) above, and copies of any related instruments effecting a substitu- tion of the trustee pursuant to clause (a) above, creat- ing a trust pursuant to clause (d) above or evidencing control of the corporation or partnership to which a Disposition was made pursuant to clause (e) above, and (iii) in the case of any Disposition by the Investor, the Controlling Shareholders receive reasonable advance notice of such Disposition, a copy of the recipient's written agreement required by clause (i) above, and copies of any related instruments creating a trust pursu- ant to clause (d) above, effecting a substitution of the trustee pursuant to clause (a) above or evidencing A-B's control of the corporation or partnership to which a Disposition was made pursuant to clause (e) above. 6.2. Offer to Sell; Right of First Refusal. (a) In the event that the Investor de- sires to make a Disposition at any time of any of Re- stricted Shares (other than the Series P-C Shares) then owned by it (other than a Disposition permitted by Sec- tion 6.1), the Investor shall first submit a written offer (the "Offering Notice") of such shares to each of the Controlling Shareholders (each of such parties, an "Offeree") in accordance with Section 13.10 specifying 45

er, charitable institution or other trust created to pursue philanthropic purposes for the benefit of third parties not affiliated with a beer company (other than G- Modelo or A-B), or (e) any transfer of Restricted Shares to a partnership or corporation controlling, controlled by or under the common control with one or more of the GModelo Signatories, and only if, in each case under clauses (a) through (e) above, (i) the recipient of such Restricted Shares agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement in which event, for purposes of this Agreement, such recipient shall be deemed to be a (1) "Controlling Shareholder" if the disposing party was a Controlling Shareholder, the Trust- ee of the Control Trust, the Trustee of the Option Trust or the Trustee of the Banamex Trust if the Disposition was effected by a substitution of Trustee of such Trust or (2) the Investor if the disposing party was the Inves- tor, and (ii) in the case of any Disposition by a party other than the Investor, the Investor receives reasonable notice of such Disposition, a copy of the recipient's written agreement required by clause (i) above, and copies of any related instruments effecting a substitu- tion of the trustee pursuant to clause (a) above, creat- ing a trust pursuant to clause (d) above or evidencing control of the corporation or partnership to which a Disposition was made pursuant to clause (e) above, and (iii) in the case of any Disposition by the Investor, the Controlling Shareholders receive reasonable advance notice of such Disposition, a copy of the recipient's written agreement required by clause (i) above, and copies of any related instruments creating a trust pursu- ant to clause (d) above, effecting a substitution of the trustee pursuant to clause (a) above or evidencing A-B's control of the corporation or partnership to which a Disposition was made pursuant to clause (e) above. 6.2. Offer to Sell; Right of First Refusal. (a) In the event that the Investor de- sires to make a Disposition at any time of any of Re- stricted Shares (other than the Series P-C Shares) then owned by it (other than a Disposition permitted by Sec- tion 6.1), the Investor shall first submit a written offer (the "Offering Notice") of such shares to each of the Controlling Shareholders (each of such parties, an "Offeree") in accordance with Section 13.10 specifying 45

the number of Restricted Shares being offered for sale (the "Offered Shares"). (b) Within five business days after receipt of an Offering Notice, each Offeree shall give a written notice (a "Response Notice") to the Investor informing the Investor as to whether it desires to nego- tiate the purchase of the Offered Shares, which Response Notice shall specify the number of Offered Shares each such Offeree desires to purchase. Upon receipt of affirmative Response Notice(s) for all of the Offered Shares, the Investor and Offeree(s) shall promptly nego- tiate in good faith the terms governing such purchase. In the event the Offeree(s) delivering Response Notices do not intend, in the aggregate, to negotiate the pur- chase of all of the Offered Shares, the Investor shall determine whether to negotiate the sale of the aggregate number of Offered Shares proposed to be purchased in such Response Notices. If (i) the Investor determines to sell such lesser number of Offered Shares, then the Investor and the Offeree(s) delivering affirmative Response Notic- es shall promptly negotiate in good faith the terms governing such purchase, or (ii) the Investor determines to attempt to sell all Offered Shares, then the Investor shall give a written notice (a "Second Offering Notice") within five business days after receipt of the Response Notices to each Offeree who delivered an affirmative Response Notice (a "Purchasing Offeree") setting forth the names of, and number of Offered Shares to be pur- chased by, each Purchasing Offeree and the number of Offered Shares remaining offered for purchase. Within five business days after receipt of a Second Offering Notice, the Purchasing Offerees shall determine whether they will negotiate the purchase of all Offered Shares and give the Investor written notice of such determina- tion (a "Second Response Notice"). If the Purchasing Offerees, in the aggregate, determine to negotiate the purchase of all Offered Shares, the Investor and the Pur- chasing Offerees shall promptly negotiate in good faith the terms governing such purchase. (c) In the event that (i) the parties cannot in good faith reach agreement upon the terms of said purchase of Offered Shares within thirty days fol- lowing the date of the Response Notice or the Second Response Notice, as the case may be, or (ii) the Investor makes the determination provided in paragraph (b)(ii) and 46

the number of Restricted Shares being offered for sale (the "Offered Shares"). (b) Within five business days after receipt of an Offering Notice, each Offeree shall give a written notice (a "Response Notice") to the Investor informing the Investor as to whether it desires to nego- tiate the purchase of the Offered Shares, which Response Notice shall specify the number of Offered Shares each such Offeree desires to purchase. Upon receipt of affirmative Response Notice(s) for all of the Offered Shares, the Investor and Offeree(s) shall promptly nego- tiate in good faith the terms governing such purchase. In the event the Offeree(s) delivering Response Notices do not intend, in the aggregate, to negotiate the pur- chase of all of the Offered Shares, the Investor shall determine whether to negotiate the sale of the aggregate number of Offered Shares proposed to be purchased in such Response Notices. If (i) the Investor determines to sell such lesser number of Offered Shares, then the Investor and the Offeree(s) delivering affirmative Response Notic- es shall promptly negotiate in good faith the terms governing such purchase, or (ii) the Investor determines to attempt to sell all Offered Shares, then the Investor shall give a written notice (a "Second Offering Notice") within five business days after receipt of the Response Notices to each Offeree who delivered an affirmative Response Notice (a "Purchasing Offeree") setting forth the names of, and number of Offered Shares to be pur- chased by, each Purchasing Offeree and the number of Offered Shares remaining offered for purchase. Within five business days after receipt of a Second Offering Notice, the Purchasing Offerees shall determine whether they will negotiate the purchase of all Offered Shares and give the Investor written notice of such determina- tion (a "Second Response Notice"). If the Purchasing Offerees, in the aggregate, determine to negotiate the purchase of all Offered Shares, the Investor and the Pur- chasing Offerees shall promptly negotiate in good faith the terms governing such purchase. (c) In the event that (i) the parties cannot in good faith reach agreement upon the terms of said purchase of Offered Shares within thirty days fol- lowing the date of the Response Notice or the Second Response Notice, as the case may be, or (ii) the Investor makes the determination provided in paragraph (b)(ii) and 46

the Purchasing Offerees, in the aggregate, decline to negotiate the purchase of all of the Offered Shares, then the Investor shall have the right to negotiate the sale of the Offered Shares to a third party (a "Third Party Purchaser") for cash. (d) If the Investor receives a bona fide cash offer from a Third Party Purchaser (a "Third Party Offer") to purchase all of such Offered Shares which the Investor wishes to accept, the Investor shall cause the Third Party Offer to be reduced to writing and shall submit a written notice of such Third Party Offer (a "Third Party Offer Notice") to each of the Purchasing Offerees specifying (i) the names of all Purchasing Offerees receiving the Third Party Offer Notice, (ii) the number of Offered Shares, (iii) the proposed cash pur- chase price (the "Third Party Offer Price"), (iv) the name and address of the Third Party Purchaser, and (v) all other material terms of the proposed Disposition, including the proposed method of cash payment. The Third Party Offer Notice shall set forth the Investor's irrevo- cable offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Purchasing Offerees at the price and upon the terms stated in the Third Party Offer Notice. (e) Within ten business days after re- ceipt of a Third Party Offer Notice, the Purchasing Offerees receiving a Third Party Offer Notice shall give written notice (a "Third Party Offer Response Notice") to the Investor as to whether they elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Offered Shares upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Third Party Offer Notice. Any affirmative Third Party Offer Response Notice shall specify a date and time for the closing of the purchase (the "Purchase Right Closing"), which date shall not be less than ten nor more than forty days after the date of such affirmative Third Party Response Notice. The Purchase Right Closing shall take place at such location as the parties may mutually agree upon, and the purchase price per share to be paid by a Purchasing Offeree for the purchase of Offered Shares pursuant to this Section 6.2(e) shall be equal to the Third Party Offer Price per share and shall be paid in the manner proposed in the Third Party Offer Notice. (f) If the Offered Shares are not pur- chased by the Purchasing Offerees, the Investor may make 47

the Purchasing Offerees, in the aggregate, decline to negotiate the purchase of all of the Offered Shares, then the Investor shall have the right to negotiate the sale of the Offered Shares to a third party (a "Third Party Purchaser") for cash. (d) If the Investor receives a bona fide cash offer from a Third Party Purchaser (a "Third Party Offer") to purchase all of such Offered Shares which the Investor wishes to accept, the Investor shall cause the Third Party Offer to be reduced to writing and shall submit a written notice of such Third Party Offer (a "Third Party Offer Notice") to each of the Purchasing Offerees specifying (i) the names of all Purchasing Offerees receiving the Third Party Offer Notice, (ii) the number of Offered Shares, (iii) the proposed cash pur- chase price (the "Third Party Offer Price"), (iv) the name and address of the Third Party Purchaser, and (v) all other material terms of the proposed Disposition, including the proposed method of cash payment. The Third Party Offer Notice shall set forth the Investor's irrevo- cable offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Purchasing Offerees at the price and upon the terms stated in the Third Party Offer Notice. (e) Within ten business days after re- ceipt of a Third Party Offer Notice, the Purchasing Offerees receiving a Third Party Offer Notice shall give written notice (a "Third Party Offer Response Notice") to the Investor as to whether they elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Offered Shares upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Third Party Offer Notice. Any affirmative Third Party Offer Response Notice shall specify a date and time for the closing of the purchase (the "Purchase Right Closing"), which date shall not be less than ten nor more than forty days after the date of such affirmative Third Party Response Notice. The Purchase Right Closing shall take place at such location as the parties may mutually agree upon, and the purchase price per share to be paid by a Purchasing Offeree for the purchase of Offered Shares pursuant to this Section 6.2(e) shall be equal to the Third Party Offer Price per share and shall be paid in the manner proposed in the Third Party Offer Notice. (f) If the Offered Shares are not pur- chased by the Purchasing Offerees, the Investor may make 47

a Disposition of the Offered Shares to the Third Party Purchaser named in the Third Party Offer Notice but only in strict compliance with the terms stated therein or on terms more favorable to the Investor, and thereafter the Offered Shares in the hands of the Third Party Purchaser shall not be subject to the provisions of this Agreement. If the Investor shall fail to complete such Disposition to the Third Party Purchaser within ninety days following the receipt of the Third Party Offer Response Notice, the Investor shall be required to submit another Offering Notice pursuant to Section 6.2(a) in order to Dispose of any of its Restricted Shares. (g) In the event that the Purchasing Offerees indicate their willingness to purchase, when aggregated, a number of Restricted Shares greater than the number of the Offered Shares, the Offered Shares shall be allocated among the Purchasing Offerees in proportion to their respective percentage ownerships of G-Modelo capital stock. (h) Any failure by the Controlling Share- holders to deliver a Response Notice, a Second Response Notice or a Third Party Offer Response Notice within the required time period shall be deemed an irrevocable election not to purchase the Offered Shares. (i) Subject to the rights of first refus- al among the Controlling Shareholders set forth in the Control Trust Agreement, the Investor shall have rights identical to those set forth in paragraphs (a) through (h) above with respect to all of the Restricted Shares owned by the Controlling Shareholders or the Control Trust, which rights shall be provided for in the Control Trust Agreement, but shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be deemed to be set forth herein as if fully set forth in haec verba. Notwithstanding the foregoing and as provided in the Control Trust Agreement, in the event the Investor does not exercise the Option on or before December 31, 1997 in full and purchase 51,052,626 Series B Shares pursuant to Section 6.3, the Investor's rights of first refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect as of December 31, 1997 (or such later date as provided in the Control Trust Agreement). 48 6.3. The Investor's Option to Purchase Shares

a Disposition of the Offered Shares to the Third Party Purchaser named in the Third Party Offer Notice but only in strict compliance with the terms stated therein or on terms more favorable to the Investor, and thereafter the Offered Shares in the hands of the Third Party Purchaser shall not be subject to the provisions of this Agreement. If the Investor shall fail to complete such Disposition to the Third Party Purchaser within ninety days following the receipt of the Third Party Offer Response Notice, the Investor shall be required to submit another Offering Notice pursuant to Section 6.2(a) in order to Dispose of any of its Restricted Shares. (g) In the event that the Purchasing Offerees indicate their willingness to purchase, when aggregated, a number of Restricted Shares greater than the number of the Offered Shares, the Offered Shares shall be allocated among the Purchasing Offerees in proportion to their respective percentage ownerships of G-Modelo capital stock. (h) Any failure by the Controlling Share- holders to deliver a Response Notice, a Second Response Notice or a Third Party Offer Response Notice within the required time period shall be deemed an irrevocable election not to purchase the Offered Shares. (i) Subject to the rights of first refus- al among the Controlling Shareholders set forth in the Control Trust Agreement, the Investor shall have rights identical to those set forth in paragraphs (a) through (h) above with respect to all of the Restricted Shares owned by the Controlling Shareholders or the Control Trust, which rights shall be provided for in the Control Trust Agreement, but shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be deemed to be set forth herein as if fully set forth in haec verba. Notwithstanding the foregoing and as provided in the Control Trust Agreement, in the event the Investor does not exercise the Option on or before December 31, 1997 in full and purchase 51,052,626 Series B Shares pursuant to Section 6.3, the Investor's rights of first refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect as of December 31, 1997 (or such later date as provided in the Control Trust Agreement). 48 6.3. The Investor's Option to Purchase Shares of G-Modelo Capital Stock. (a) The Controlling Shareholders and the Trustee on behalf of the Option Trust hereby grant to the Investor an irrevocable option (the "Option") to purchase 51,052,626 Series B Shares, which shall be Class II shares representing the variable capital of G-Modelo (it being agreed that such number of shares of G-Modelo capi- tal stock, which when added to the 20,323,498 Series P-C Shares or Series B Shares then owned by the Investor, will cause the Investor to own at least 35.12 percent of the outstanding G-Modelo capital stock after exercise of the Option) (the "Option Shares"), which Option Shares will be obtained by converting the 51,052,626 Series A Shares held in trust pursuant to the Option Trust Agree- ment into a like number of Series B Shares. The exercise price per share payable by the Investor for the Option Shares shall be equal to the "Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock." The Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock shall be equal to the average closing price per share of the Series C Shares on the Bolsa for the 30 trading-days preceding the date of the Option Exercise Notice (as hereinafter de- fined); provided, however, that in the event such Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock (i) is less than 15 times the Adjusted GModelo Per Share Earn- ings (as hereinafter defined), the Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock shall be deemed to be an amount equal to 15 times the Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings, and (ii) is more than 19 times the Ad- justed G-Modelo Per Share Earnings, the Average Closing Price Per Share of GModelo Capital Stock shall be deemed to be an amount equal to 19 times the Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings; and provided, further, that (1) if, in addition to the Series C Shares trading on the Bolsa on the date the Average Closing Price Per Share of G- Modelo Capital Stock is determined, the Series A Shares and/or Series B Shares are also traded on the Bolsa on such date, the Average Closing Price Per Share of G- Modelo Capital Stock shall be equal to the quotient (rounded to the fourth decimal) determined by (x) multi- plying the average closing price per share of each Series of G-Modelo so traded on the Bolsa for such 30 trading- day period by the number of outstanding shares of such Series, and (y) adding all such multiplication products 49 to determine the sum thereof, and (z) dividing such sum by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of all Series of capital stock of G-Modelo so traded; (2) if shares of any Series of capital stock of G-Modelo were not

6.3. The Investor's Option to Purchase Shares of G-Modelo Capital Stock. (a) The Controlling Shareholders and the Trustee on behalf of the Option Trust hereby grant to the Investor an irrevocable option (the "Option") to purchase 51,052,626 Series B Shares, which shall be Class II shares representing the variable capital of G-Modelo (it being agreed that such number of shares of G-Modelo capi- tal stock, which when added to the 20,323,498 Series P-C Shares or Series B Shares then owned by the Investor, will cause the Investor to own at least 35.12 percent of the outstanding G-Modelo capital stock after exercise of the Option) (the "Option Shares"), which Option Shares will be obtained by converting the 51,052,626 Series A Shares held in trust pursuant to the Option Trust Agree- ment into a like number of Series B Shares. The exercise price per share payable by the Investor for the Option Shares shall be equal to the "Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock." The Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock shall be equal to the average closing price per share of the Series C Shares on the Bolsa for the 30 trading-days preceding the date of the Option Exercise Notice (as hereinafter de- fined); provided, however, that in the event such Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock (i) is less than 15 times the Adjusted GModelo Per Share Earn- ings (as hereinafter defined), the Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock shall be deemed to be an amount equal to 15 times the Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings, and (ii) is more than 19 times the Ad- justed G-Modelo Per Share Earnings, the Average Closing Price Per Share of GModelo Capital Stock shall be deemed to be an amount equal to 19 times the Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings; and provided, further, that (1) if, in addition to the Series C Shares trading on the Bolsa on the date the Average Closing Price Per Share of G- Modelo Capital Stock is determined, the Series A Shares and/or Series B Shares are also traded on the Bolsa on such date, the Average Closing Price Per Share of G- Modelo Capital Stock shall be equal to the quotient (rounded to the fourth decimal) determined by (x) multi- plying the average closing price per share of each Series of G-Modelo so traded on the Bolsa for such 30 trading- day period by the number of outstanding shares of such Series, and (y) adding all such multiplication products 49 to determine the sum thereof, and (z) dividing such sum by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of all Series of capital stock of G-Modelo so traded; (2) if shares of any Series of capital stock of G-Modelo were not traded on the Bolsa for a period of 30 trading-days preceding the date of the Option Exercise Notice, the Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock shall be based on the average closing price per share of such Series of G-Modelo capital stock on the Bolsa for such number of days that such Series of GModelo stock traded on the Bolsa prior to such date, subject to the limitations provided in the immediately preceding provi- so; and (3) if 26,420,548 Series C Shares (such shares representing thirteen percent of the total authorized capital stock of G-Modelo) have not theretofore been sold to the public as contemplated by Section 5.8 and placed on the Bolsa, the Average Closing Price Per Share of G- Modelo Capital Stock shall be conclusively deemed to have been established as provided in clause (i) of the immedi- ately preceding proviso. For purposes hereof, the "Ad- justed G-Modelo Per Share Earnings" shall mean (x) the consolidated after-tax net earnings of G-Modelo calculat- ed in accordance with Mexican GAAP for the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Option Exercise Notice, as reported to the Bolsa, if shares of G-Modelo capital stock have been listed on the Bolsa, or as prepared by G-Modelo, if shares have not been listed, excluding any non-recurring extraordinary items, divided by (y) the aggregate number of outstanding shares of G-Modelo capital stock; and provided, further, that for purposes of this Agreement, such Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be independently certified by each of C&L and PW. (b) The Option may be exercised by the Investor, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time commencing on July 1, 1995 and ending on December 31, 1997 by delivery of written notice of such exercise (an "Option Exercise Notice") to the Controlling Share- holders and the Option Trust in accordance with Section 13.10. The Option Exercise Notice shall indicate (i) the date (an "Option Closing Date") and time fixed for the Option Closing (which date shall not be less than ten nor more than forty days following the date of the Option Exercise Notice), (ii) the number of Option Shares to be purchased, and (iii) the Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock. The closing of the purchase 50

of the Option Shares (an "Option Closing") shall take place at such location as the parties may mutually agree

to determine the sum thereof, and (z) dividing such sum by the aggregate number of outstanding shares of all Series of capital stock of G-Modelo so traded; (2) if shares of any Series of capital stock of G-Modelo were not traded on the Bolsa for a period of 30 trading-days preceding the date of the Option Exercise Notice, the Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock shall be based on the average closing price per share of such Series of G-Modelo capital stock on the Bolsa for such number of days that such Series of GModelo stock traded on the Bolsa prior to such date, subject to the limitations provided in the immediately preceding provi- so; and (3) if 26,420,548 Series C Shares (such shares representing thirteen percent of the total authorized capital stock of G-Modelo) have not theretofore been sold to the public as contemplated by Section 5.8 and placed on the Bolsa, the Average Closing Price Per Share of G- Modelo Capital Stock shall be conclusively deemed to have been established as provided in clause (i) of the immedi- ately preceding proviso. For purposes hereof, the "Ad- justed G-Modelo Per Share Earnings" shall mean (x) the consolidated after-tax net earnings of G-Modelo calculat- ed in accordance with Mexican GAAP for the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Option Exercise Notice, as reported to the Bolsa, if shares of G-Modelo capital stock have been listed on the Bolsa, or as prepared by G-Modelo, if shares have not been listed, excluding any non-recurring extraordinary items, divided by (y) the aggregate number of outstanding shares of G-Modelo capital stock; and provided, further, that for purposes of this Agreement, such Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be independently certified by each of C&L and PW. (b) The Option may be exercised by the Investor, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time commencing on July 1, 1995 and ending on December 31, 1997 by delivery of written notice of such exercise (an "Option Exercise Notice") to the Controlling Share- holders and the Option Trust in accordance with Section 13.10. The Option Exercise Notice shall indicate (i) the date (an "Option Closing Date") and time fixed for the Option Closing (which date shall not be less than ten nor more than forty days following the date of the Option Exercise Notice), (ii) the number of Option Shares to be purchased, and (iii) the Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock. The closing of the purchase 50

of the Option Shares (an "Option Closing") shall take place at such location as the parties may mutually agree upon. (c) At any Option Closing hereunder (i) the Investor shall pay in immediately available funds an aggregate purchase price for the Option Shares to be purchased (the "Aggregate Option Price") equal to the product of (A) the Average Closing Price Per Share of G- Modelo Capital Stock and (B) the number of Option Shares being purchased at such Option Closing converted into United States dollars at the Free Exchange Rate, and (ii) the Trustee on behalf of the Option Trust shall deliver to the Investor a certificate or certificates represent- ing the number of Option Shares so purchased, duly en- dorsed in the name of the Investor. (d) In the event that any purchase of Option Shares by the Investor pursuant to this Section 6.3 would require the approval of or any filing with any Mexican or United States governmental agency, including, without limitation, the Mexican Foreign Investment Com- mission pursuant to the LRMI, the LEC or the United States Federal Trade Commission or the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice pursuant to the HSR Act, and such approval has not been obtained or all waiting periods have not expired or been terminated prior to the Option Closing Date, (x) if the approval of the Mexican Foreign Investment Commission pursuant to the LRMI is the sole remaining approval and all other appli- cable waiting periods have expired or been terminated, the Investor shall have the right to appoint a designated purchaser to consummate such purchase pursuant to Section 5.3(a), or (y) the Option Closing Date shall automati- cally be extended to the date which is no more than three business days after the approval of all such governmental agencies has been granted and all waiting periods have expired or been terminated; provided, however, the Option Closing Date may not be extended beyond August 10, 1998. In the event that the Option Closing is extended pursuant to clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Aggregate Option Price shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of dividends on the Option Shares to be purchased at the Option Closing, if any, declared following the Option Closing Date set forth in the Option Exercise Notice and paid to holders of record on a date which is prior to the date the Option Closing, as so extended 51 occurs; provided, however, the Investor shall be required to pay interest on such Aggregate Option Price at the

of the Option Shares (an "Option Closing") shall take place at such location as the parties may mutually agree upon. (c) At any Option Closing hereunder (i) the Investor shall pay in immediately available funds an aggregate purchase price for the Option Shares to be purchased (the "Aggregate Option Price") equal to the product of (A) the Average Closing Price Per Share of G- Modelo Capital Stock and (B) the number of Option Shares being purchased at such Option Closing converted into United States dollars at the Free Exchange Rate, and (ii) the Trustee on behalf of the Option Trust shall deliver to the Investor a certificate or certificates represent- ing the number of Option Shares so purchased, duly en- dorsed in the name of the Investor. (d) In the event that any purchase of Option Shares by the Investor pursuant to this Section 6.3 would require the approval of or any filing with any Mexican or United States governmental agency, including, without limitation, the Mexican Foreign Investment Com- mission pursuant to the LRMI, the LEC or the United States Federal Trade Commission or the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice pursuant to the HSR Act, and such approval has not been obtained or all waiting periods have not expired or been terminated prior to the Option Closing Date, (x) if the approval of the Mexican Foreign Investment Commission pursuant to the LRMI is the sole remaining approval and all other appli- cable waiting periods have expired or been terminated, the Investor shall have the right to appoint a designated purchaser to consummate such purchase pursuant to Section 5.3(a), or (y) the Option Closing Date shall automati- cally be extended to the date which is no more than three business days after the approval of all such governmental agencies has been granted and all waiting periods have expired or been terminated; provided, however, the Option Closing Date may not be extended beyond August 10, 1998. In the event that the Option Closing is extended pursuant to clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Aggregate Option Price shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of dividends on the Option Shares to be purchased at the Option Closing, if any, declared following the Option Closing Date set forth in the Option Exercise Notice and paid to holders of record on a date which is prior to the date the Option Closing, as so extended 51 occurs; provided, however, the Investor shall be required to pay interest on such Aggregate Option Price at the Prime Rate, for the period beginning on the Option Clos- ing Date set forth in the Option Exercise Notice to but not including the date the Option Closing, as so extend- ed, occurs. 6.4. The Investor's Option to Purchase Diblo Common Shares. (a) The Controlling Shareholders and the Trustee on behalf of the Banamex Trust hereby grant to the Investor an irrevocable option (the "Diblo Option") to purchase 32,237,145 Diblo Series B Shares, which shall be Class II shares representing the variable capital of Diblo (it being agreed that such number of shares of Diblo capital stock, which when added to the 24,329,922 Diblo Series B Shares then owned by the Investor, will cause the Investor to own at least 23.25 percent of the outstanding Diblo capital stock after exercise of the Diblo Option) (the "Diblo Option Shares"), which Diblo Option Shares are held in the Banamex Trust. The exer- cise price per share payable by the Investor for the Diblo Option Shares (the "Diblo Option Price Per Share") shall be calculated by (i) adding the Total G-Modelo Common Equity Capitalization (as hereinafter defined) to the product obtained by multiplying the Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock by the total number of Series P-C Shares then outstanding (the "Total G-Modelo Equity Capitalization"), (ii) dividing the Total G-Modelo Equity Capitalization by G-Modelo's aggregate percentage ownership of the outstanding Diblo capital stock on the day preceding the date of the Diblo Option Exercise Notice (as hereinafter defined)(the "Total Diblo Equity Capitalization"), and (iii) dividing the Total Diblo Equity Capitalization by the aggregate number of Diblo Common Shares and Diblo P-C Shares outstanding at the close of business on the day preceding the date of the Diblo Option Exercise Notice (the "Diblo Per Share Market Price"). For purposes hereof, "Total G-Modelo Common Equity Capitalization" shall mean the product obtained by multiplying (x) the Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock by (y) the aggregate number of Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares outstanding at the close of business on the day preceding the date of the Diblo Option Exercise Notice. The determination of the Diblo Option Price Per Share 52

occurs; provided, however, the Investor shall be required to pay interest on such Aggregate Option Price at the Prime Rate, for the period beginning on the Option Clos- ing Date set forth in the Option Exercise Notice to but not including the date the Option Closing, as so extend- ed, occurs. 6.4. The Investor's Option to Purchase Diblo Common Shares. (a) The Controlling Shareholders and the Trustee on behalf of the Banamex Trust hereby grant to the Investor an irrevocable option (the "Diblo Option") to purchase 32,237,145 Diblo Series B Shares, which shall be Class II shares representing the variable capital of Diblo (it being agreed that such number of shares of Diblo capital stock, which when added to the 24,329,922 Diblo Series B Shares then owned by the Investor, will cause the Investor to own at least 23.25 percent of the outstanding Diblo capital stock after exercise of the Diblo Option) (the "Diblo Option Shares"), which Diblo Option Shares are held in the Banamex Trust. The exer- cise price per share payable by the Investor for the Diblo Option Shares (the "Diblo Option Price Per Share") shall be calculated by (i) adding the Total G-Modelo Common Equity Capitalization (as hereinafter defined) to the product obtained by multiplying the Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock by the total number of Series P-C Shares then outstanding (the "Total G-Modelo Equity Capitalization"), (ii) dividing the Total G-Modelo Equity Capitalization by G-Modelo's aggregate percentage ownership of the outstanding Diblo capital stock on the day preceding the date of the Diblo Option Exercise Notice (as hereinafter defined)(the "Total Diblo Equity Capitalization"), and (iii) dividing the Total Diblo Equity Capitalization by the aggregate number of Diblo Common Shares and Diblo P-C Shares outstanding at the close of business on the day preceding the date of the Diblo Option Exercise Notice (the "Diblo Per Share Market Price"). For purposes hereof, "Total G-Modelo Common Equity Capitalization" shall mean the product obtained by multiplying (x) the Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock by (y) the aggregate number of Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares outstanding at the close of business on the day preceding the date of the Diblo Option Exercise Notice. The determination of the Diblo Option Price Per Share 52 shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions set forth in, and shall be calculated in accordance with, the two provisory clauses in the third sentence of Section 6.3(a) above; provided, however, the Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be calculated during the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Diblo Option Exercise Notice and all references to Option Exercise Notice in Section 6.3(a) shall mean the Diblo Option Exercise Notice. (b) The Diblo Option may be exercised by the Investor, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time commencing on July 1, 1995 and ending on December 31, 1997 by delivery of written notice of such exercise (the "Diblo Option Exercise Notice") to the Controlling Shareholders and the Banamex Trust in accor- dance with Section 13.10. The Diblo Option Exercise Notice shall indicate (i) the date (the "Diblo Option Closing Date") and time fixed for the Diblo Option Clos- ing (which date shall not be less than ten nor more than forty days following the date of the Diblo Option Exer- cise Notice), (ii) the number of Diblo Option Shares to be purchased, and (iii) the Diblo Option Price Per Share. The closing of the purchase of the Diblo Option Shares (the "Diblo Option Closing") shall take place at such location as the parties may mutually agree upon. (c) At any Diblo Option Closing hereunder (i) the Investor shall pay in immediately available funds an aggregate purchase price for the Diblo Option Shares to be purchased (the "Aggregate Diblo Option Price") equal to the product of (A) the Diblo Option Price Per Share and (B) the number of Diblo Option Shares being purchased at such Diblo Option Closing converted into United States dollars at the Free Exchange Rate, and (ii) the Trustee on behalf of the Banamex Trust shall deliver to the Investor a certificate or certificates represent- ing the number of Diblo Option Shares so purchased, duly endorsed in the name of the Investor. (d) In the event that any purchase of Diblo Option Shares by the Investor pursuant to this Section 6.4 would require the approval of or any filing with any Mexican or United States governmental agency, including, without limitation, the Mexican Foreign In- vestment Commission pursuant to the LRMI, the LEC or the United States Federal Trade Commission or the Antitrust 53

shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions set forth in, and shall be calculated in accordance with, the two provisory clauses in the third sentence of Section 6.3(a) above; provided, however, the Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be calculated during the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Diblo Option Exercise Notice and all references to Option Exercise Notice in Section 6.3(a) shall mean the Diblo Option Exercise Notice. (b) The Diblo Option may be exercised by the Investor, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time commencing on July 1, 1995 and ending on December 31, 1997 by delivery of written notice of such exercise (the "Diblo Option Exercise Notice") to the Controlling Shareholders and the Banamex Trust in accor- dance with Section 13.10. The Diblo Option Exercise Notice shall indicate (i) the date (the "Diblo Option Closing Date") and time fixed for the Diblo Option Clos- ing (which date shall not be less than ten nor more than forty days following the date of the Diblo Option Exer- cise Notice), (ii) the number of Diblo Option Shares to be purchased, and (iii) the Diblo Option Price Per Share. The closing of the purchase of the Diblo Option Shares (the "Diblo Option Closing") shall take place at such location as the parties may mutually agree upon. (c) At any Diblo Option Closing hereunder (i) the Investor shall pay in immediately available funds an aggregate purchase price for the Diblo Option Shares to be purchased (the "Aggregate Diblo Option Price") equal to the product of (A) the Diblo Option Price Per Share and (B) the number of Diblo Option Shares being purchased at such Diblo Option Closing converted into United States dollars at the Free Exchange Rate, and (ii) the Trustee on behalf of the Banamex Trust shall deliver to the Investor a certificate or certificates represent- ing the number of Diblo Option Shares so purchased, duly endorsed in the name of the Investor. (d) In the event that any purchase of Diblo Option Shares by the Investor pursuant to this Section 6.4 would require the approval of or any filing with any Mexican or United States governmental agency, including, without limitation, the Mexican Foreign In- vestment Commission pursuant to the LRMI, the LEC or the United States Federal Trade Commission or the Antitrust 53 Division of the United States Department of Justice pursuant to the HSR Act, and such approval has not been obtained or all waiting periods have not expired or been terminated prior to the Diblo Option Closing Date, (x) if the approval of the Mexican Foreign Investment Commission pursuant to the LRMI is the sole remaining approval and all other applicable waiting periods have expired or been terminated, the Investor shall have the right to appoint a designated purchaser to consummate such purchase pursu- ant to Section 5.3(a) or (y) the Diblo Option Closing Date shall automatically be extended to the date which is no more than three business days after the approval of all such governmental agencies has been granted and all waiting periods have expired or been terminated; provid- ed, however, the Diblo Option Closing Date may not be extended beyond August 10, 1998. In the event that the Diblo Option Closing is extended pursuant to clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Aggregate Diblo Option Price shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of dividends on the Diblo Option Shares to be purchased at the Diblo Option Closing, if any, declared following the Diblo Option Closing Date set forth in the Diblo Option Exercise Notice and paid to holders of record on a date which is prior to the date the Diblo Option Closing, as so extended, occurs; provided, howev- er, the Investor shall be required to pay interest on such Aggregate Diblo Option Price at the Prime Rate, for the period beginning on the Diblo Option Closing Date set forth in the Diblo Option Exercise Notice to but not including the date the Diblo Option Closing, as so extended, occurs. 6.5. Consequences of Failure to Convert Series P-C Shares. In the event that the Investor does not convert the Series P-C Shares into a like number of Series B Shares on or prior to December 31, 1996, in accordance with the terms of the Series P-C Shares, then the following provisions shall be mandatorily and irrevo- cably applicable and binding on all parties to this Agreement. (a) The Series P-C Shares shall be re- deemed by G-Modelo on December 31, 1996, in accordance with the terms of the Series P-C Shares and the Amended G-Modelo By-laws. 54

Division of the United States Department of Justice pursuant to the HSR Act, and such approval has not been obtained or all waiting periods have not expired or been terminated prior to the Diblo Option Closing Date, (x) if the approval of the Mexican Foreign Investment Commission pursuant to the LRMI is the sole remaining approval and all other applicable waiting periods have expired or been terminated, the Investor shall have the right to appoint a designated purchaser to consummate such purchase pursu- ant to Section 5.3(a) or (y) the Diblo Option Closing Date shall automatically be extended to the date which is no more than three business days after the approval of all such governmental agencies has been granted and all waiting periods have expired or been terminated; provid- ed, however, the Diblo Option Closing Date may not be extended beyond August 10, 1998. In the event that the Diblo Option Closing is extended pursuant to clause (y) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Aggregate Diblo Option Price shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of dividends on the Diblo Option Shares to be purchased at the Diblo Option Closing, if any, declared following the Diblo Option Closing Date set forth in the Diblo Option Exercise Notice and paid to holders of record on a date which is prior to the date the Diblo Option Closing, as so extended, occurs; provided, howev- er, the Investor shall be required to pay interest on such Aggregate Diblo Option Price at the Prime Rate, for the period beginning on the Diblo Option Closing Date set forth in the Diblo Option Exercise Notice to but not including the date the Diblo Option Closing, as so extended, occurs. 6.5. Consequences of Failure to Convert Series P-C Shares. In the event that the Investor does not convert the Series P-C Shares into a like number of Series B Shares on or prior to December 31, 1996, in accordance with the terms of the Series P-C Shares, then the following provisions shall be mandatorily and irrevo- cably applicable and binding on all parties to this Agreement. (a) The Series P-C Shares shall be re- deemed by G-Modelo on December 31, 1996, in accordance with the terms of the Series P-C Shares and the Amended G-Modelo By-laws. 54

(b) The rights granted to the Investor to purchase Option Shares and Diblo Option Shares pursuant to Sections 6.3 and 6.4, respectively, the restrictions on transfer and the right of first refusal granted to the Investor pursuant to Sections 6.1 and 6.2(i) hereof and Clause Eighth and Annex 3 of the Control Trust Agreement, respectively, and the restrictions on transfer and the right of first refusal granted to the Controlling Share- holders pursuant to Section 6.1 and 6.2, respectively, shall expire and be of no further force and effect. (c) The Investor shall have the right (the "Put Right"), in its sole discretion, to require that: (i) the Controlling Sharehold- ers purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares of G-Modelo Stock (the "GModelo Put Shares") and the Diblo Common Shares (the "Dib- lo Put Shares," and together with the "G-Modelo Put Shares," the "Put Shares") then owned, directly or indirectly, by the Investor and its authorized designees, if any; and (ii) the Controlling Sharehold- ers or G-Modelo or any combination thereof pur- chase all, but not less than all, of the Diblo Put Shares then owned, directly or indirectly, by the Investor and its authorized designees, if any. The Investor shall exercise the Put Right by delivering a written notice (the "Put Notice") to the Controlling Shareholders and G-Modelo in accordance with Section 13.10 indicating (1) the number of Put Shares, (2) the G- Modelo Put Price Per Share (as hereinafter defined) and the Diblo Put Price Per Share (as hereinafter defined), and (3) the date and time fixed for the consummation of such sale (the "Put Closing"), which date shall not be less than ten nor more than forty days following the date of the Put Notice. The purchase price per share for the G-Modelo Put Shares (the "G-Modelo Put Price Per Share") shall be calculated in the same manner and subject to the same limitations as the Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock provided for in Section 6.3(a) except that (x) all references in Section 6.3(a) to Option Exercise Notice shall mean Put Notice, and (y) the 55

Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be calculated during the most recently completed four quarters

(b) The rights granted to the Investor to purchase Option Shares and Diblo Option Shares pursuant to Sections 6.3 and 6.4, respectively, the restrictions on transfer and the right of first refusal granted to the Investor pursuant to Sections 6.1 and 6.2(i) hereof and Clause Eighth and Annex 3 of the Control Trust Agreement, respectively, and the restrictions on transfer and the right of first refusal granted to the Controlling Share- holders pursuant to Section 6.1 and 6.2, respectively, shall expire and be of no further force and effect. (c) The Investor shall have the right (the "Put Right"), in its sole discretion, to require that: (i) the Controlling Sharehold- ers purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares of G-Modelo Stock (the "GModelo Put Shares") and the Diblo Common Shares (the "Dib- lo Put Shares," and together with the "G-Modelo Put Shares," the "Put Shares") then owned, directly or indirectly, by the Investor and its authorized designees, if any; and (ii) the Controlling Sharehold- ers or G-Modelo or any combination thereof pur- chase all, but not less than all, of the Diblo Put Shares then owned, directly or indirectly, by the Investor and its authorized designees, if any. The Investor shall exercise the Put Right by delivering a written notice (the "Put Notice") to the Controlling Shareholders and G-Modelo in accordance with Section 13.10 indicating (1) the number of Put Shares, (2) the G- Modelo Put Price Per Share (as hereinafter defined) and the Diblo Put Price Per Share (as hereinafter defined), and (3) the date and time fixed for the consummation of such sale (the "Put Closing"), which date shall not be less than ten nor more than forty days following the date of the Put Notice. The purchase price per share for the G-Modelo Put Shares (the "G-Modelo Put Price Per Share") shall be calculated in the same manner and subject to the same limitations as the Average Closing Price Per Share of G-Modelo Capital Stock provided for in Section 6.3(a) except that (x) all references in Section 6.3(a) to Option Exercise Notice shall mean Put Notice, and (y) the 55

Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be calculated during the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Put Notice. The purchase price per share for the Diblo Put Shares (the "Diblo Put Price Per Share") shall be calculated in the same manner and sub- ject to the same limitations as the Diblo Option Price Per Share provided for in Section 6.4(a) except that (i) all references in Section 6.3(a) to Option Exercise Notice shall mean Put Notice, and (ii) the Adjusted G- Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be calculated during the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Put Notice. At the Put Closing, (x) the Control- ling Shareholders or G-Modelo or any such combination thereof shall pay an aggregate purchase price for the Put Shares equal to the sum of (A) the product obtained by multiplying the G-Modelo Put Price Per Share by the number of G-Modelo Put Shares, and (B) the product ob- tained by multiplying the Diblo Put Price Per Share by the number of Diblo Put Shares, in United States dollars in immediately available funds, calculated in accordance with the Free Exchange Rate, and (y) the Investor shall deliver to the purchasers certificates representing the Put Shares, duly endorsed in the name of the purchaser. (d) In addition to, and not in lieu of, the Put Rights, the Investor shall have the right (the "Withdrawal Right"), in its sole discretion, to require that G-Modelo (in the case of G-Modelo capital stock) and Diblo (in the case of Diblo capital stock) purchase all, but not less than all, of the G-Modelo Put Shares and the Diblo Put Shares, respectively, then owned, directly or indirectly, by the Investor and its authorized designees, if any, and GModelo and Diblo shall be obligated to purchase all of such shares. The Investor shall exercise the Withdrawal Right by delivering a written notice (the "Withdrawal Notice") to the Controlling Shareholders, G- Modelo and Diblo in accordance with Section 13.10 indi- cating the number of G-Modelo Put Shares and Diblo Put Shares to be withdrawn. G-Modelo, Diblo and the Control- ling Shareholders, in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of G-Modelo and Diblo and as mem- bers of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Option Trust and the Banamex Trust, will take all actions, and do all things necessary to ensure that the withdrawal is completed (the "Withdrawal Closing") as soon as permitted by Mexican law, the Amended GModelo By-laws and the Amended Diblo By-laws. For purposes of 56

Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be calculated during the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Put Notice. The purchase price per share for the Diblo Put Shares (the "Diblo Put Price Per Share") shall be calculated in the same manner and sub- ject to the same limitations as the Diblo Option Price Per Share provided for in Section 6.4(a) except that (i) all references in Section 6.3(a) to Option Exercise Notice shall mean Put Notice, and (ii) the Adjusted G- Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be calculated during the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Put Notice. At the Put Closing, (x) the Control- ling Shareholders or G-Modelo or any such combination thereof shall pay an aggregate purchase price for the Put Shares equal to the sum of (A) the product obtained by multiplying the G-Modelo Put Price Per Share by the number of G-Modelo Put Shares, and (B) the product ob- tained by multiplying the Diblo Put Price Per Share by the number of Diblo Put Shares, in United States dollars in immediately available funds, calculated in accordance with the Free Exchange Rate, and (y) the Investor shall deliver to the purchasers certificates representing the Put Shares, duly endorsed in the name of the purchaser. (d) In addition to, and not in lieu of, the Put Rights, the Investor shall have the right (the "Withdrawal Right"), in its sole discretion, to require that G-Modelo (in the case of G-Modelo capital stock) and Diblo (in the case of Diblo capital stock) purchase all, but not less than all, of the G-Modelo Put Shares and the Diblo Put Shares, respectively, then owned, directly or indirectly, by the Investor and its authorized designees, if any, and GModelo and Diblo shall be obligated to purchase all of such shares. The Investor shall exercise the Withdrawal Right by delivering a written notice (the "Withdrawal Notice") to the Controlling Shareholders, G- Modelo and Diblo in accordance with Section 13.10 indi- cating the number of G-Modelo Put Shares and Diblo Put Shares to be withdrawn. G-Modelo, Diblo and the Control- ling Shareholders, in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of G-Modelo and Diblo and as mem- bers of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Option Trust and the Banamex Trust, will take all actions, and do all things necessary to ensure that the withdrawal is completed (the "Withdrawal Closing") as soon as permitted by Mexican law, the Amended GModelo By-laws and the Amended Diblo By-laws. For purposes of 56

this Section 6.5(d), the withdrawal price per share for the G-Modelo Put Shares pursuant to the Withdrawal Right (the "G-Modelo Withdrawal Price Per Share") shall be the amount per share of G-Modelo capital stock paid by G- Modelo to the Investor in connection with the exercise of the Withdrawal Right pursuant to the Amended G-Modelo By- laws. For purposes of this Section 6.5(d), the with- drawal price per share for the Diblo Put Shares pursuant to the Withdrawal Right (the "Diblo Withdrawal Price Per Share") shall be the amount per share of Diblo capital stock paid by Diblo to the Investor in connection with the exercise of the Withdrawal Right pursuant to the Amended Diblo By-laws. At the Withdrawal Closing, (x) G- Modelo shall pay an aggregate withdrawal price (the "Aggregate G-Modelo Withdrawal Price") for the G-Modelo Put Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying the G-Modelo Withdrawal Price Per Share by the number of G-Modelo Put Shares, and Diblo shall pay an aggregate withdrawal price (the "Aggregate Diblo withdrawal Price" and, together with the Aggregate G-Modelo Withdrawal Price, the "Aggregate Withdrawal Price") for the Diblo Put Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Diblo Put Price Per Share by the number of Diblo Put Shares, in Mexican Pesos in immediately available funds, and (y) the Investor shall deliver to G-Modelo and Diblo, as the case may be, the certificates representing the Put Shares, duly endorsed in the names of the companies. In connection with the Investor's exercise of the Withdrawal Right pursuant to this Section 6.5(d), the Controlling Shareholders agree to indemnify, jointly and severally, the Investor for the full amount, if any, of the G-Modelo Withdrawal Price Shortfall (as hereinafter defined) and the Diblo Withdrawal Price Shortfall (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section 6.5(d), (1) the "G- Modelo Withdrawal Price Shortfall" shall be an amount equal to the sum of (A) the difference between the G- Modelo Put Price Per Share calculated in accordance with Section 6.5(c) and the G-Modelo Withdrawal Price Per Share plus (B) an amount equal to the interest on the Aggregate G-Modelo Withdrawal Price and the G-Modelo Withdrawal Price Shortfall at the Prime Rate, for the period beginning on the earliest date on which the Put Closing could have occurred had the Controlling Shareholders purchased the G-Modelo Put Shares pursuant to the Put Right and continuing to but not including the date of the Withdrawal Closing, and (2) the "Diblo Withdrawal Price Shortfall" shall be an amount equal to the sum of 57

this Section 6.5(d), the withdrawal price per share for the G-Modelo Put Shares pursuant to the Withdrawal Right (the "G-Modelo Withdrawal Price Per Share") shall be the amount per share of G-Modelo capital stock paid by G- Modelo to the Investor in connection with the exercise of the Withdrawal Right pursuant to the Amended G-Modelo By- laws. For purposes of this Section 6.5(d), the with- drawal price per share for the Diblo Put Shares pursuant to the Withdrawal Right (the "Diblo Withdrawal Price Per Share") shall be the amount per share of Diblo capital stock paid by Diblo to the Investor in connection with the exercise of the Withdrawal Right pursuant to the Amended Diblo By-laws. At the Withdrawal Closing, (x) G- Modelo shall pay an aggregate withdrawal price (the "Aggregate G-Modelo Withdrawal Price") for the G-Modelo Put Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying the G-Modelo Withdrawal Price Per Share by the number of G-Modelo Put Shares, and Diblo shall pay an aggregate withdrawal price (the "Aggregate Diblo withdrawal Price" and, together with the Aggregate G-Modelo Withdrawal Price, the "Aggregate Withdrawal Price") for the Diblo Put Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Diblo Put Price Per Share by the number of Diblo Put Shares, in Mexican Pesos in immediately available funds, and (y) the Investor shall deliver to G-Modelo and Diblo, as the case may be, the certificates representing the Put Shares, duly endorsed in the names of the companies. In connection with the Investor's exercise of the Withdrawal Right pursuant to this Section 6.5(d), the Controlling Shareholders agree to indemnify, jointly and severally, the Investor for the full amount, if any, of the G-Modelo Withdrawal Price Shortfall (as hereinafter defined) and the Diblo Withdrawal Price Shortfall (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section 6.5(d), (1) the "G- Modelo Withdrawal Price Shortfall" shall be an amount equal to the sum of (A) the difference between the G- Modelo Put Price Per Share calculated in accordance with Section 6.5(c) and the G-Modelo Withdrawal Price Per Share plus (B) an amount equal to the interest on the Aggregate G-Modelo Withdrawal Price and the G-Modelo Withdrawal Price Shortfall at the Prime Rate, for the period beginning on the earliest date on which the Put Closing could have occurred had the Controlling Shareholders purchased the G-Modelo Put Shares pursuant to the Put Right and continuing to but not including the date of the Withdrawal Closing, and (2) the "Diblo Withdrawal Price Shortfall" shall be an amount equal to the sum of 57

(C) the difference between the Diblo Put Price Per Share calculated in accordance with Section 6.5(c) and the Diblo Withdrawal Price Per Share plus (D) an amount equal to the interest on the Aggregate Diblo Withdrawal Price and the Diblo Withdrawal Price Shortfall at the Prime Rate for the period beginning on the earliest date on which the Put Closing could have occurred had the Con- trolling Shareholders purchased the Diblo Put Shares pursuant to the Put Right and continuing to but not in- cluding the date of the Withdrawal Closing. The Controlling Shareholders agree to pay the G-Modelo Withdrawal Price Shortfall and the Diblo Withdrawal Price Shortfall to the Investor in United States dollars in immediately available funds calculated in accordance with the Free Exchange Rate within three business days after the With- drawal Closing. (e) The Controlling Shareholders shall have the right (the "Call Right") to require that the Investor sell all, but not less than all, of the Put Shares, and the Investor shall be obligated to so sell all of the Put Shares. The Controlling Shareholders shall exercise the Call Right by delivering a written notice (the "Call Notice") to the Investor in accordance with Section 13.10 indicating the total number of Put Shares, (ii) the Aggregate Call Purchase Price (as here- inafter defined), and (iii) the date and time fixed for the consummation of such sale (the "Call Closing"), which date shall not be less than ten nor more than forty days following the date of the Call Notice. The purchase price per share for the Put Shares shall be calculated in the same manner and subject to the same limitations as provided for in Section 6.5(c) except that (i) all refer- ences in Section 6.3(a) to Option Exercise Notice shall mean Call Notice, and (ii) the Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be calculated during the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Call Notice (the "Call Price Per Share"). At the Call Closing, the purchasers shall pay an aggregate purchase price for the Put Shares equal to the Call Price Per Share multiplied by the number of Put Shares, in United States dollars in immediately available funds, calculated in accordance with the Free Exchange Rate, and (ii) the Investor shall deliver to the purchasers certificates representing the Put Shares, duly endorsed in the name of the purchasers. 58

(f) Following consummation of the trans- actions contemplated by paragraphs (a) and (c) or (d) or

(C) the difference between the Diblo Put Price Per Share calculated in accordance with Section 6.5(c) and the Diblo Withdrawal Price Per Share plus (D) an amount equal to the interest on the Aggregate Diblo Withdrawal Price and the Diblo Withdrawal Price Shortfall at the Prime Rate for the period beginning on the earliest date on which the Put Closing could have occurred had the Con- trolling Shareholders purchased the Diblo Put Shares pursuant to the Put Right and continuing to but not in- cluding the date of the Withdrawal Closing. The Controlling Shareholders agree to pay the G-Modelo Withdrawal Price Shortfall and the Diblo Withdrawal Price Shortfall to the Investor in United States dollars in immediately available funds calculated in accordance with the Free Exchange Rate within three business days after the With- drawal Closing. (e) The Controlling Shareholders shall have the right (the "Call Right") to require that the Investor sell all, but not less than all, of the Put Shares, and the Investor shall be obligated to so sell all of the Put Shares. The Controlling Shareholders shall exercise the Call Right by delivering a written notice (the "Call Notice") to the Investor in accordance with Section 13.10 indicating the total number of Put Shares, (ii) the Aggregate Call Purchase Price (as here- inafter defined), and (iii) the date and time fixed for the consummation of such sale (the "Call Closing"), which date shall not be less than ten nor more than forty days following the date of the Call Notice. The purchase price per share for the Put Shares shall be calculated in the same manner and subject to the same limitations as provided for in Section 6.5(c) except that (i) all refer- ences in Section 6.3(a) to Option Exercise Notice shall mean Call Notice, and (ii) the Adjusted G-Modelo Per Share Earnings shall be calculated during the most recently completed four quarters prior to the date of the Call Notice (the "Call Price Per Share"). At the Call Closing, the purchasers shall pay an aggregate purchase price for the Put Shares equal to the Call Price Per Share multiplied by the number of Put Shares, in United States dollars in immediately available funds, calculated in accordance with the Free Exchange Rate, and (ii) the Investor shall deliver to the purchasers certificates representing the Put Shares, duly endorsed in the name of the purchasers. 58

(f) Following consummation of the trans- actions contemplated by paragraphs (a) and (c) or (d) or (e) and the performance in full by all parties of all of their obligations thereunder, this Agreement shall termi- nate (other than Sections 5.1(b), 13.8, 13.9, 13.10, 13.11, 13.12 and Article XII). 6.6. Restriction on Dispositions to Competi- tors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, none of the G-Modelo Signatories, the Banamex Trust, the Option Trust or the Investor shall, and the Controlling Shareholders as members of the tech- nical committee of the Control Trust shall cause the Control Trust not to, sell or offer to sell and the G- Modelo Signatories shall cause the other Controlling Shareholders not to sell or offer to sell any shares of capital stock of G-Modelo (other than Series C Shares to be sold on a widely distributed basis in accordance with Section 5.8) or any G-Modelo Corporation to any Person or its controlling shareholders engaged, directly or indi- rectly, in the production, distribution or sale of beer in or to the United States or Mexico other than the Investor or its designees in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 6.7. Restrictions on Acquiring Series C Shares. Until the earlier of (x) such time as the Inves- tor has exercised the Option in full or (y) the expira- tion of the Option, the Controlling Shareholders and A-B each agree that they will not, directly or indirectly through affiliates, nominees or otherwise, acquire record or beneficial ownership of any Series A Shares, Series B Shares or Series C Shares pursuant to open-market pur- chases. 6.8. Extension of Time Periods. In the event that any purchase of shares of G-Modelo capital stock or Diblo capital stock by A-B, A-BI or the Investor, on the one hand, or the Controlling Shareholders or G-Modelo, on the other hand, pursuant to Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 12.2 hereof and Clause Eighth and Annex 3 of the Control Trust Agreement is subject to any legal impedi- ment or would require the approval of or any filing with any Mexican or United States governmental agency, includ- ing, without limitation, the Mexican Foreign investment Commission pursuant to the LRMI, the LEC or the United States Federal Trade Commission or the Antitrust Division 59 of the United States Department of Justice pursuant to the HSR Act, and such legal impediment is not removed or approval has not been obtained or all waiting periods have not expired or been terminated prior to the date set

(f) Following consummation of the trans- actions contemplated by paragraphs (a) and (c) or (d) or (e) and the performance in full by all parties of all of their obligations thereunder, this Agreement shall termi- nate (other than Sections 5.1(b), 13.8, 13.9, 13.10, 13.11, 13.12 and Article XII). 6.6. Restriction on Dispositions to Competi- tors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, none of the G-Modelo Signatories, the Banamex Trust, the Option Trust or the Investor shall, and the Controlling Shareholders as members of the tech- nical committee of the Control Trust shall cause the Control Trust not to, sell or offer to sell and the G- Modelo Signatories shall cause the other Controlling Shareholders not to sell or offer to sell any shares of capital stock of G-Modelo (other than Series C Shares to be sold on a widely distributed basis in accordance with Section 5.8) or any G-Modelo Corporation to any Person or its controlling shareholders engaged, directly or indi- rectly, in the production, distribution or sale of beer in or to the United States or Mexico other than the Investor or its designees in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 6.7. Restrictions on Acquiring Series C Shares. Until the earlier of (x) such time as the Inves- tor has exercised the Option in full or (y) the expira- tion of the Option, the Controlling Shareholders and A-B each agree that they will not, directly or indirectly through affiliates, nominees or otherwise, acquire record or beneficial ownership of any Series A Shares, Series B Shares or Series C Shares pursuant to open-market pur- chases. 6.8. Extension of Time Periods. In the event that any purchase of shares of G-Modelo capital stock or Diblo capital stock by A-B, A-BI or the Investor, on the one hand, or the Controlling Shareholders or G-Modelo, on the other hand, pursuant to Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 12.2 hereof and Clause Eighth and Annex 3 of the Control Trust Agreement is subject to any legal impedi- ment or would require the approval of or any filing with any Mexican or United States governmental agency, includ- ing, without limitation, the Mexican Foreign investment Commission pursuant to the LRMI, the LEC or the United States Federal Trade Commission or the Antitrust Division 59 of the United States Department of Justice pursuant to the HSR Act, and such legal impediment is not removed or approval has not been obtained or all waiting periods have not expired or been terminated prior to the date set for the consummation of the acquisition of such shares, the parties hereto agree that the termination of all exercise periods during which such acquisition may take place shall be tolled for a period not to exceed six months from the expiration date of such period and as a result of such tolling the closing date for any such acquisition shall automatically be extended to a date which is no more than three business days after the approval of all such governmental agencies has been granted and all waiting periods have expired or been terminated; provided, however, such closing date may not be extended to a date which is six months beyond the day following the last day that such closing could otherwise have taken place. ARTICLE VII BOARDS OF DIRECTORS; VOTING 7.1. Boards of Directors. Pursuant to the Amended G-Modelo By-laws: (a) Effective as of the Closing Date (i) the number of members of the G-Modelo Board of Directors shall be fixed at fourteen (each of whom may have an alternate), three of whom shall be nominated by the Investor (the "Investor Nominees") and eleven of whom shall be nominated by the Controlling Shareholders (the "Controlling Shareholder Nominees") and (ii) the Investor Nominees and the Controlling Shareholder Nominees shall be elected to the G-Modelo Board of Directors, in accor- dance with Mexican law and the Amended G-Modelo By-laws. A-B and the Controlling Shareholders agree to consider the advisability of inviting up to four independent individuals to become members of the fourteen person G- Modelo Board of Directors (the "Independent Nominees") up to three of whom would be nominated by the Controlling Shareholders in consultation with A-B and one of whom would be nominated by A-B in consultation with the Con- trolling Shareholders.

of the United States Department of Justice pursuant to the HSR Act, and such legal impediment is not removed or approval has not been obtained or all waiting periods have not expired or been terminated prior to the date set for the consummation of the acquisition of such shares, the parties hereto agree that the termination of all exercise periods during which such acquisition may take place shall be tolled for a period not to exceed six months from the expiration date of such period and as a result of such tolling the closing date for any such acquisition shall automatically be extended to a date which is no more than three business days after the approval of all such governmental agencies has been granted and all waiting periods have expired or been terminated; provided, however, such closing date may not be extended to a date which is six months beyond the day following the last day that such closing could otherwise have taken place. ARTICLE VII BOARDS OF DIRECTORS; VOTING 7.1. Boards of Directors. Pursuant to the Amended G-Modelo By-laws: (a) Effective as of the Closing Date (i) the number of members of the G-Modelo Board of Directors shall be fixed at fourteen (each of whom may have an alternate), three of whom shall be nominated by the Investor (the "Investor Nominees") and eleven of whom shall be nominated by the Controlling Shareholders (the "Controlling Shareholder Nominees") and (ii) the Investor Nominees and the Controlling Shareholder Nominees shall be elected to the G-Modelo Board of Directors, in accor- dance with Mexican law and the Amended G-Modelo By-laws. A-B and the Controlling Shareholders agree to consider the advisability of inviting up to four independent individuals to become members of the fourteen person G- Modelo Board of Directors (the "Independent Nominees") up to three of whom would be nominated by the Controlling Shareholders in consultation with A-B and one of whom would be nominated by A-B in consultation with the Con- trolling Shareholders. 60

(b) Effective as of the time the Investor and its authorized designees, if any, own, in the aggre- gate, at least 35.12 percent of G-Modelo's outstanding capital stock (i) the number of members of the G-Modelo Board of Directors shall be increased to twenty-one (each of whom may have an alternate), the number of Investor Nominees shall be increased to ten and the number of Controlling Shareholder Nominees shall remain at eleven, (ii) A-B and the Controlling Shareholders will consider maintaining the appointment of the Independent Nominees, and (iii) the additional Investor Nominees selected to fill such newly created directorships shall be elected to the G-Modelo Board of Directors in accordance with Mexi- can law and the Amended G-Modelo By-laws. (c) All such G-Modelo directors nominated and elected pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall serve on the G-Modelo Board of Directors until their respective successors are duly elected and quali- fied in accordance with this Agreement and the provisions of the Amended G-Modelo By-laws. In addition, at each annual meeting of G-Modelo shareholders following the Closing, the Investor Nominees and the Controlling Share- holder Nominees shall be elected to the G-Modelo Board of Directors. (d) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Investor or its authorized designees, if any, acquire, in the aggregate, a number of Series A Shares that represent ten percent or more of G-Modelo's total outstanding capital stock, the Controlling Shareholders shall cause, in accordance with Section 7.1(g), one of the Controlling Shareholder Nominees to be removed from the G-Modelo Board of Directors and the Investor shall be entitled to fill such vacancy. Thereafter, at each annual meeting of G-Modelo shareholders, the Investor shall be entitled to nominate one of the Controlling Shareholder Nominees. (e) For so long as the Controlling Share- holders are entitled to nominate more members of the G- Modelo Board of Directors than A-B, the Controlling Shareholders shall have the right to nominate a Control- ling Shareholder Nominee to act as Chairman of the G-Mod- elo Board of Directors, which nomination shall be approved by a simple majority vote of the G-Modelo Board of Directors.

(b) Effective as of the time the Investor and its authorized designees, if any, own, in the aggre- gate, at least 35.12 percent of G-Modelo's outstanding capital stock (i) the number of members of the G-Modelo Board of Directors shall be increased to twenty-one (each of whom may have an alternate), the number of Investor Nominees shall be increased to ten and the number of Controlling Shareholder Nominees shall remain at eleven, (ii) A-B and the Controlling Shareholders will consider maintaining the appointment of the Independent Nominees, and (iii) the additional Investor Nominees selected to fill such newly created directorships shall be elected to the G-Modelo Board of Directors in accordance with Mexi- can law and the Amended G-Modelo By-laws. (c) All such G-Modelo directors nominated and elected pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall serve on the G-Modelo Board of Directors until their respective successors are duly elected and quali- fied in accordance with this Agreement and the provisions of the Amended G-Modelo By-laws. In addition, at each annual meeting of G-Modelo shareholders following the Closing, the Investor Nominees and the Controlling Share- holder Nominees shall be elected to the G-Modelo Board of Directors. (d) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Investor or its authorized designees, if any, acquire, in the aggregate, a number of Series A Shares that represent ten percent or more of G-Modelo's total outstanding capital stock, the Controlling Shareholders shall cause, in accordance with Section 7.1(g), one of the Controlling Shareholder Nominees to be removed from the G-Modelo Board of Directors and the Investor shall be entitled to fill such vacancy. Thereafter, at each annual meeting of G-Modelo shareholders, the Investor shall be entitled to nominate one of the Controlling Shareholder Nominees. (e) For so long as the Controlling Share- holders are entitled to nominate more members of the G- Modelo Board of Directors than A-B, the Controlling Shareholders shall have the right to nominate a Control- ling Shareholder Nominee to act as Chairman of the G-Mod- elo Board of Directors, which nomination shall be approved by a simple majority vote of the G-Modelo Board of Directors. 61

(f) Except as provided in Section 7.1(d), any vacancy on the G-Modelo Board of Directors occurring by reason of death, resignation, removal or other termi- nation of a director elected pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or 7.1(b) shall be filled by a new director nominated by the same party who was entitled to nominate the previous incumbent whose death, resignation, removal or other termination created such vacancy. (g) The party who nominated any director elected pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or 7.1(b), and only such party, shall have the right to remove such director by giving written notice to the Comisario of G-Modelo to call a meeting of G-Modelo shareholders for such purpose. (h) Pursuant to the Amended G-Modelo By- laws and the Amended Diblo By-laws, the Investor shall have rights identical to those set forth in paragraphs (a) through (g) above with respect to Diblo and the Diblo Board of Directors. 7.2. Corporate Actions. (a) G-Modelo and the Controlling Share- holders, in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of GModelo and Diblo and as members of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust, agree to use their best ef- forts and to take all actions necessary to ensure that during the period the Investor and its authorized design- ees, if any, own, in the aggregate, at least 20,323,498 shares of the outstanding capital stock of G-Modelo and at least 24,329,922 outstanding Diblo Common Shares, the Investor shall be entitled to the following rights and protections as a minority shareholder of G-Modelo and Diblo: (i) The Investor shall have the right to elect three Investor Nominees to the fourteen member G-Modelo Board of Directors and at least two Investor Nominees to G-Modelo's seven member Executive Committee (and their respective alternates). (ii) The Investor shall have the right to name a statutory auditor (Comisario) of G-Modelo.

(f) Except as provided in Section 7.1(d), any vacancy on the G-Modelo Board of Directors occurring by reason of death, resignation, removal or other termi- nation of a director elected pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or 7.1(b) shall be filled by a new director nominated by the same party who was entitled to nominate the previous incumbent whose death, resignation, removal or other termination created such vacancy. (g) The party who nominated any director elected pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or 7.1(b), and only such party, shall have the right to remove such director by giving written notice to the Comisario of G-Modelo to call a meeting of G-Modelo shareholders for such purpose. (h) Pursuant to the Amended G-Modelo By- laws and the Amended Diblo By-laws, the Investor shall have rights identical to those set forth in paragraphs (a) through (g) above with respect to Diblo and the Diblo Board of Directors. 7.2. Corporate Actions. (a) G-Modelo and the Controlling Share- holders, in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of GModelo and Diblo and as members of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust, agree to use their best ef- forts and to take all actions necessary to ensure that during the period the Investor and its authorized design- ees, if any, own, in the aggregate, at least 20,323,498 shares of the outstanding capital stock of G-Modelo and at least 24,329,922 outstanding Diblo Common Shares, the Investor shall be entitled to the following rights and protections as a minority shareholder of G-Modelo and Diblo: (i) The Investor shall have the right to elect three Investor Nominees to the fourteen member G-Modelo Board of Directors and at least two Investor Nominees to G-Modelo's seven member Executive Committee (and their respective alternates). (ii) The Investor shall have the right to name a statutory auditor (Comisario) of G-Modelo. 62

(iii) The Investor shall have the right to approve any change to the dividend policies of G-Modelo and Diblo set forth in Section 5.9 or to approve any dividend or dis- tribution not in compliance with Section 5.9. (iv) There shall be a majority vote by series of the holders of Series A Shares and Series B Shares and a majority vote of the holders of the Series P-C Shares, at an Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders of G-Mod- elo to approve (A) amendments to the Amended G-Modelo By-laws or Amended Diblo By-laws which would be contrary to or inconsistent with the Investor's rights contained in this Agreement, (B) acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, mergers or consolidations which will modify G-Modelo's earnings or asset base by more than ten percent, or involve companies owned in part by the Controlling Shareholders outside the G-Modelo corporate structure, or (C) except for divestitures of a controlling interest in a G- Modelo Corporation otherwise permitted in (B) above, the sale of any shares of capital stock of any of the G-Modelo Corporations (except as is otherwise required in the by-laws of the Comanditas pursuant to Section 5.4 of this Agreement). (v) A-B shall have the right to approve all pricing and other policies for transactions between G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation, on the one hand, and Procermex, Difa, Gondi, Tramo Cia. de Transportes, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation ("Tramo"), Eurocer- mex, Iberocermex, Tapas, Promotora, Envases or any other Subsidiary in which a Controlling Shareholder has any ownership interest other than through G-Modelo, on the other hand, to assure that such transactions are carried out on an arm's-length basis; provided, however, that such approval shall not be withheld if the resulting pricing for each such transaction is at or below Market Price (as defined); and provided, further, that such approval will be re- quired with respect to pricing or other poli- cies for transactions with Procermex only when 63

(iii) The Investor shall have the right to approve any change to the dividend policies of G-Modelo and Diblo set forth in Section 5.9 or to approve any dividend or dis- tribution not in compliance with Section 5.9. (iv) There shall be a majority vote by series of the holders of Series A Shares and Series B Shares and a majority vote of the holders of the Series P-C Shares, at an Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders of G-Mod- elo to approve (A) amendments to the Amended G-Modelo By-laws or Amended Diblo By-laws which would be contrary to or inconsistent with the Investor's rights contained in this Agreement, (B) acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, mergers or consolidations which will modify G-Modelo's earnings or asset base by more than ten percent, or involve companies owned in part by the Controlling Shareholders outside the G-Modelo corporate structure, or (C) except for divestitures of a controlling interest in a G- Modelo Corporation otherwise permitted in (B) above, the sale of any shares of capital stock of any of the G-Modelo Corporations (except as is otherwise required in the by-laws of the Comanditas pursuant to Section 5.4 of this Agreement). (v) A-B shall have the right to approve all pricing and other policies for transactions between G-Modelo or any G-Modelo Corporation, on the one hand, and Procermex, Difa, Gondi, Tramo Cia. de Transportes, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation ("Tramo"), Eurocer- mex, Iberocermex, Tapas, Promotora, Envases or any other Subsidiary in which a Controlling Shareholder has any ownership interest other than through G-Modelo, on the other hand, to assure that such transactions are carried out on an arm's-length basis; provided, however, that such approval shall not be withheld if the resulting pricing for each such transaction is at or below Market Price (as defined); and provided, further, that such approval will be re- quired with respect to pricing or other poli- cies for transactions with Procermex only when 63

they imply changes to the pricing or policies for transactions with Procermex existing as of March 24, 1993 (which policies are generally described in Exhibit C hereto). For purposes hereof, "Market Price" shall mean for any prod- uct or service, the lowest price available to the purchaser in Mexico from any North American source (including, without limitation, Subsid- iaries of the Investor), whether on a spot or long-term basis, which pricing will be verified from time to time by check bids. Furthermore, in furtherance of the parties' desire to obtain the best available prices, G-Modelo and each G- Modelo Corporation agree to consult on a semi- annual basis with the Investor regarding all purchases of major goods and services acquired by them, regardless of source. Within a rea- sonable period of time following the Closing, G-Modelo will provide to the Investor a sched- ule setting forth for each of the companies referred to in the first sentence of this clause (v), the commodity sold to or purchased by any other G-Modelo Corporation, the annual quantity thereof purchased or sold and a recent representative unit price therefor. (vi) The following planning and control processes shall be presented to and approved by a majority vote of the G-Modelo Board of Directors, provided such vote includes the approval of at least two Investor Nominees (a "Qualified Vote") and thereafter implemented by the G-Modelo management: (A) annual budgets for capital and income statement line items, in reasonable detail, which shall be presented to the G-Modelo Board of Directors in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year and thereafter shall be revised quarterly by a Qualified Vote of the GModelo Board of Directors to reflect changes in the Mexican economy and other market circumstances; (B) the five-year plan for busi- ness strategy, income statement, balance sheet and cash flow statement, which shall be pre- sented to the G-Modelo Board of Directors annu- ally; and (C) monthly and year-to-date operat- ing, financial and sales results versus budget, with updated estimates for the remainder of the 64

current fiscal year which shall be presented at each monthly or bi-monthly G-Modelo Board of Directors (or Executive Committee) meeting. (vii) To promote the sharing of functional skills between G-Modelo and A-B, the Investor Nominees and the Controlling Share- holder Nominees shall mutually agree on the selection of executive and management personnel

they imply changes to the pricing or policies for transactions with Procermex existing as of March 24, 1993 (which policies are generally described in Exhibit C hereto). For purposes hereof, "Market Price" shall mean for any prod- uct or service, the lowest price available to the purchaser in Mexico from any North American source (including, without limitation, Subsid- iaries of the Investor), whether on a spot or long-term basis, which pricing will be verified from time to time by check bids. Furthermore, in furtherance of the parties' desire to obtain the best available prices, G-Modelo and each G- Modelo Corporation agree to consult on a semi- annual basis with the Investor regarding all purchases of major goods and services acquired by them, regardless of source. Within a rea- sonable period of time following the Closing, G-Modelo will provide to the Investor a sched- ule setting forth for each of the companies referred to in the first sentence of this clause (v), the commodity sold to or purchased by any other G-Modelo Corporation, the annual quantity thereof purchased or sold and a recent representative unit price therefor. (vi) The following planning and control processes shall be presented to and approved by a majority vote of the G-Modelo Board of Directors, provided such vote includes the approval of at least two Investor Nominees (a "Qualified Vote") and thereafter implemented by the G-Modelo management: (A) annual budgets for capital and income statement line items, in reasonable detail, which shall be presented to the G-Modelo Board of Directors in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year and thereafter shall be revised quarterly by a Qualified Vote of the GModelo Board of Directors to reflect changes in the Mexican economy and other market circumstances; (B) the five-year plan for busi- ness strategy, income statement, balance sheet and cash flow statement, which shall be pre- sented to the G-Modelo Board of Directors annu- ally; and (C) monthly and year-to-date operat- ing, financial and sales results versus budget, with updated estimates for the remainder of the 64

current fiscal year which shall be presented at each monthly or bi-monthly G-Modelo Board of Directors (or Executive Committee) meeting. (vii) To promote the sharing of functional skills between G-Modelo and A-B, the Investor Nominees and the Controlling Share- holder Nominees shall mutually agree on the selection of executive and management personnel candidates to rotate between G-Modelo and A-B in the Finance, Marketing, Corporate Planning, Brewing and Operations areas commencing as soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing; provided, however, that no participant in such program shall hold an executive office or posi- tion with any host company nor shall such participant have any authority to act in the name or on behalf of, or otherwise to bind, the host company; provided, further, that each party shall continue to pay the compensation of each of such party's participants in the program, as well as all costs and expenses relating to such participation, and the host company shall have no obligations in respect of any such payments. (viii) The Investor shall have the right to approve (A) any issuances of G-Modelo capital stock (other than on a pro rata basis to all G-Modelo shareholders without the pay- ment of any consideration therefor) or (B) any amortization of shares of G-Modelo capital stock. (ix) Whenever any of the matters described in (iii) through (vii) above are to be approved by a G-Modelo Corporation, such matter must first be approved by a Qualified Vote of the G-Modelo Board of Directors; provided, however, with respect to the matters set forth in (iii) above, there shall be no Quali- fied Vote of the GModelo Board of Directors required as long as Section 5.9 is fully com- plied with. 65

(b) G-Modelo and the Controlling Share- holders, in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of GModelo and Diblo and as members of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust, agree to use their best ef- forts and to take all actions necessary to ensure that during the period the Investor and its authorized design- ees, if any, own, in the aggregate, at least 71,376,124 shares of the outstanding G-Modelo capital stock, in addition to the minority shareholder rights and protecti- ons provided for in Section 7.2(a), the Investor shall be entitled to the following rights and protections as a minority shareholder of G-Modelo and Diblo:

current fiscal year which shall be presented at each monthly or bi-monthly G-Modelo Board of Directors (or Executive Committee) meeting. (vii) To promote the sharing of functional skills between G-Modelo and A-B, the Investor Nominees and the Controlling Share- holder Nominees shall mutually agree on the selection of executive and management personnel candidates to rotate between G-Modelo and A-B in the Finance, Marketing, Corporate Planning, Brewing and Operations areas commencing as soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing; provided, however, that no participant in such program shall hold an executive office or posi- tion with any host company nor shall such participant have any authority to act in the name or on behalf of, or otherwise to bind, the host company; provided, further, that each party shall continue to pay the compensation of each of such party's participants in the program, as well as all costs and expenses relating to such participation, and the host company shall have no obligations in respect of any such payments. (viii) The Investor shall have the right to approve (A) any issuances of G-Modelo capital stock (other than on a pro rata basis to all G-Modelo shareholders without the pay- ment of any consideration therefor) or (B) any amortization of shares of G-Modelo capital stock. (ix) Whenever any of the matters described in (iii) through (vii) above are to be approved by a G-Modelo Corporation, such matter must first be approved by a Qualified Vote of the G-Modelo Board of Directors; provided, however, with respect to the matters set forth in (iii) above, there shall be no Quali- fied Vote of the GModelo Board of Directors required as long as Section 5.9 is fully com- plied with. 65

(b) G-Modelo and the Controlling Share- holders, in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of GModelo and Diblo and as members of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust, agree to use their best ef- forts and to take all actions necessary to ensure that during the period the Investor and its authorized design- ees, if any, own, in the aggregate, at least 71,376,124 shares of the outstanding G-Modelo capital stock, in addition to the minority shareholder rights and protecti- ons provided for in Section 7.2(a), the Investor shall be entitled to the following rights and protections as a minority shareholder of G-Modelo and Diblo: (i) The Investor shall have the right to elect ten Investor Nominees to the 21 person G-Modelo Board of Directors and at least four Investor Nominees to G-Modelo's nine mem- ber Executive Committee (and their respective alternates). (ii) Prior to implementation by the G-Modelo management, the G-Modelo Board of Directors shall approve the following by a Qualified Vote: (A) the submission of the annual financial statements and proposals to the Ordinary Meeting of Shareholders of G-Mode- lo to change the dividend policies of G-Modelo and Diblo from those set forth in Section 5.9 or to approve any dividend or distribution not in compliance with Section 5.9; (B) capital expenditures or lease commitments over 15 mil- lion United States dollars which were not in- cluded in the annual budget previously ap- proved; (C) entering any business other than (I) the manufacture of beer, containers or packaging materials therefor, (II) the produc- tion of raw materials for the manufacture of beer, containers or packaging materials, or (III) the sale and distribution of beer; (D) borrowing money, issuing guarantees or creating liens or mortgages in excess of 15 million United States dollars; (E) all pricing and other policies for transactions between G-Mode- lo or any G-Modelo Corporation, on the one hand, and Procermex, Difa, Gondi, Tramo, Euroc66 ermex, Iberocermex, Tapas, Promotora, Envases or any other Subsidiary in which a Controlling Shareholder has any ownership interest other than through G-Modelo, on the other hand, to assure that such transactions are carried out at an arm's-length basis; provided, however, that such approval shall not be withheld if the resulting pricing for each such transaction is at or below Market Price; and provided, fur- ther, that such approval will be required with

(b) G-Modelo and the Controlling Share- holders, in their capacity as shareholders, directors or officers of GModelo and Diblo and as members of the technical committees of the Control Trust, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust, agree to use their best ef- forts and to take all actions necessary to ensure that during the period the Investor and its authorized design- ees, if any, own, in the aggregate, at least 71,376,124 shares of the outstanding G-Modelo capital stock, in addition to the minority shareholder rights and protecti- ons provided for in Section 7.2(a), the Investor shall be entitled to the following rights and protections as a minority shareholder of G-Modelo and Diblo: (i) The Investor shall have the right to elect ten Investor Nominees to the 21 person G-Modelo Board of Directors and at least four Investor Nominees to G-Modelo's nine mem- ber Executive Committee (and their respective alternates). (ii) Prior to implementation by the G-Modelo management, the G-Modelo Board of Directors shall approve the following by a Qualified Vote: (A) the submission of the annual financial statements and proposals to the Ordinary Meeting of Shareholders of G-Mode- lo to change the dividend policies of G-Modelo and Diblo from those set forth in Section 5.9 or to approve any dividend or distribution not in compliance with Section 5.9; (B) capital expenditures or lease commitments over 15 mil- lion United States dollars which were not in- cluded in the annual budget previously ap- proved; (C) entering any business other than (I) the manufacture of beer, containers or packaging materials therefor, (II) the produc- tion of raw materials for the manufacture of beer, containers or packaging materials, or (III) the sale and distribution of beer; (D) borrowing money, issuing guarantees or creating liens or mortgages in excess of 15 million United States dollars; (E) all pricing and other policies for transactions between G-Mode- lo or any G-Modelo Corporation, on the one hand, and Procermex, Difa, Gondi, Tramo, Euroc66 ermex, Iberocermex, Tapas, Promotora, Envases or any other Subsidiary in which a Controlling Shareholder has any ownership interest other than through G-Modelo, on the other hand, to assure that such transactions are carried out at an arm's-length basis; provided, however, that such approval shall not be withheld if the resulting pricing for each such transaction is at or below Market Price; and provided, fur- ther, that such approval will be required with respect to pricing or other policies for trans- actions with Procermex only when they imply changes to the pricing or policies for transac- tion with Procermex existing as of March 24, 1993 (which policies are generally described in Exhibit C hereto); (F) the annual appointment of G-Modelo's external auditors, which shall be one of the "Big 6" international accounting firms; (G) entering into multi-year contracts exceeding 15 million United States dollars in the aggregate; (H) sales of assets exceeding 15 million United States dollars; (I) deviations of over five percent that involve decisions by management from the annual budget previously approved; (J) any new license or sale of trade- marks or technology or modification of same; provided, however, that existing licensing agreements may be renewed automatically without such approval; and (K) closing a major produc- tion facility. (iii) Whenever any of the matters described in (ii) above are to be approved by a G-Modelo Corporation, such matter must first be approved by a Qualified Vote of the G-Modelo Board of Directors; provided, however, with re- spect to the matters set forth in clause (A) thereof, there shall be no Qualified Vote of the G-Modelo Board of Directors required as long as Section 5.9 is fully complied with. (iv) The G-Modelo shareholders may, only by a vote of 70 percent or more of the outstanding shares of GModelo capital stock entitled to vote at an Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders of G-Modelo, approve (A) a merger, consolidation or spin-off involv67

ing G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation; (B) an amendment to G-Modelo's charter or the Amended GModelo By-laws; and (C) other company action requiring shareholder approval at an Extraordi- nary Meeting of Shareholders of G-Modelo. (v) Except as otherwise provid- ed in the Amended G-Modelo By-laws, all matters requiring shareholder

ermex, Iberocermex, Tapas, Promotora, Envases or any other Subsidiary in which a Controlling Shareholder has any ownership interest other than through G-Modelo, on the other hand, to assure that such transactions are carried out at an arm's-length basis; provided, however, that such approval shall not be withheld if the resulting pricing for each such transaction is at or below Market Price; and provided, fur- ther, that such approval will be required with respect to pricing or other policies for trans- actions with Procermex only when they imply changes to the pricing or policies for transac- tion with Procermex existing as of March 24, 1993 (which policies are generally described in Exhibit C hereto); (F) the annual appointment of G-Modelo's external auditors, which shall be one of the "Big 6" international accounting firms; (G) entering into multi-year contracts exceeding 15 million United States dollars in the aggregate; (H) sales of assets exceeding 15 million United States dollars; (I) deviations of over five percent that involve decisions by management from the annual budget previously approved; (J) any new license or sale of trade- marks or technology or modification of same; provided, however, that existing licensing agreements may be renewed automatically without such approval; and (K) closing a major produc- tion facility. (iii) Whenever any of the matters described in (ii) above are to be approved by a G-Modelo Corporation, such matter must first be approved by a Qualified Vote of the G-Modelo Board of Directors; provided, however, with re- spect to the matters set forth in clause (A) thereof, there shall be no Qualified Vote of the G-Modelo Board of Directors required as long as Section 5.9 is fully complied with. (iv) The G-Modelo shareholders may, only by a vote of 70 percent or more of the outstanding shares of GModelo capital stock entitled to vote at an Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders of G-Modelo, approve (A) a merger, consolidation or spin-off involv67

ing G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation; (B) an amendment to G-Modelo's charter or the Amended GModelo By-laws; and (C) other company action requiring shareholder approval at an Extraordi- nary Meeting of Shareholders of G-Modelo. (v) Except as otherwise provid- ed in the Amended G-Modelo By-laws, all matters requiring shareholder approval at an Ordinary Meeting of Shareholders of G-Modelo shall be done by a simple majority vote of the shares. ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS TO THE INVESTOR'S OBLIGATIONS The obligation of the Investor to consummate the transactions contemplated by Article II shall be subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) on or prior to the Closing Date of all of the following conditions: 8.1. Representations, Warranties of the G- Modelo Signatories. All representations and warranties of the GModelo Signatories set forth in Article III shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement. 8.2. No Prohibition. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein shall not be prohibited or delayed by any order, decree or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction and there shall not have been any action taken or any statute, rule or regulation or order of any court or administrative agency enacted which (a) prohibits or delays the Investor from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby or (b) imposes any material limitation on the ability of the Investor to exercise full rights of ownership of the Series P-C Shares or the Initial Diblo Shares. 68 8.3. No Action. No action, suit or proceeding before any court or governmental or regulatory authority shall be pending or threatened against A-B, A-BI or the Investor or any of their Subsidiaries challenging the validity or legality of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ing G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation; (B) an amendment to G-Modelo's charter or the Amended GModelo By-laws; and (C) other company action requiring shareholder approval at an Extraordi- nary Meeting of Shareholders of G-Modelo. (v) Except as otherwise provid- ed in the Amended G-Modelo By-laws, all matters requiring shareholder approval at an Ordinary Meeting of Shareholders of G-Modelo shall be done by a simple majority vote of the shares. ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS TO THE INVESTOR'S OBLIGATIONS The obligation of the Investor to consummate the transactions contemplated by Article II shall be subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) on or prior to the Closing Date of all of the following conditions: 8.1. Representations, Warranties of the G- Modelo Signatories. All representations and warranties of the GModelo Signatories set forth in Article III shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement. 8.2. No Prohibition. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein shall not be prohibited or delayed by any order, decree or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction and there shall not have been any action taken or any statute, rule or regulation or order of any court or administrative agency enacted which (a) prohibits or delays the Investor from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby or (b) imposes any material limitation on the ability of the Investor to exercise full rights of ownership of the Series P-C Shares or the Initial Diblo Shares. 68 8.3. No Action. No action, suit or proceeding before any court or governmental or regulatory authority shall be pending or threatened against A-B, A-BI or the Investor or any of their Subsidiaries challenging the validity or legality of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 8.4. HSR Act. Each of A-B and G-Modelo and any other person (as defined in the HSR Act and the rules and regulations thereunder) required in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement to file a Notification and Report Form for Certain Mergers and Acquisitions shall have made such filing and the applicable waiting period with respect to each such filing shall have expired or been terminated. 8.5. Certificates. The G-Modelo Signatories will furnish to the Investor such certificates and other documents, instruments and writings to evidence the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Article IX as the Investor may reasonably request. 8.6. Opinion. The G-Modelo Signatories will furnish to the Investor, the opinion of Santamarina Y Steta in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D. ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS TO THE G-MODELO SIGNATORIES' AND THE BANAMEX TRUST'S OBLIGATIONS The obligations of the G-Modelo Signatories and the Trustee on behalf of the Banamex Trust to consummate the transactions contemplated in Article II shall be subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) on or prior to the Closing Date of all of the following conditions: 9.1. Representations and Warranties of A-B, A-BI and the Investor. All representations and warran- ties of AB, A-BI and the Investor set forth in Article IV shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement.

8.3. No Action. No action, suit or proceeding before any court or governmental or regulatory authority shall be pending or threatened against A-B, A-BI or the Investor or any of their Subsidiaries challenging the validity or legality of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 8.4. HSR Act. Each of A-B and G-Modelo and any other person (as defined in the HSR Act and the rules and regulations thereunder) required in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement to file a Notification and Report Form for Certain Mergers and Acquisitions shall have made such filing and the applicable waiting period with respect to each such filing shall have expired or been terminated. 8.5. Certificates. The G-Modelo Signatories will furnish to the Investor such certificates and other documents, instruments and writings to evidence the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Article IX as the Investor may reasonably request. 8.6. Opinion. The G-Modelo Signatories will furnish to the Investor, the opinion of Santamarina Y Steta in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D. ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS TO THE G-MODELO SIGNATORIES' AND THE BANAMEX TRUST'S OBLIGATIONS The obligations of the G-Modelo Signatories and the Trustee on behalf of the Banamex Trust to consummate the transactions contemplated in Article II shall be subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) on or prior to the Closing Date of all of the following conditions: 9.1. Representations and Warranties of A-B, A-BI and the Investor. All representations and warran- ties of AB, A-BI and the Investor set forth in Article IV shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement. 69 9.2. No Prohibition. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein shall not be prohibited or delayed by any order, decree or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction and there shall not have been any action taken or any statute, rule or regulation or order of any court or administrative agency enacted which prohibits or delays the G-Modelo Signatories or the Banamex Trust from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby. 9.3. No Action. No action, suit or proceeding before any court or governmental or regulatory authority shall be pending or threatened against G-Modelo, any of the G-Modelo Corporations, the Controlling Shareholders or the Banamex Trust challenging the validity or legality of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 9.4. HSR Act. Each of A-B and G-Modelo and any other person (as defined in the HSR Act and the rules and regulations thereunder) required in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement to file a Notification and Report Form for Certain Mergers and Acquisitions shall have made such filing and the applicable waiting period with respect to each such filing shall have expired or been terminated. 9.5. Certificates. The Investor will furnish to the G-Modelo Signatories and the Trustee of the Banam- ex Trust such certificates and other documents, instru- ments and writings to evidence the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Article VIII as such parties may reasonably request. 9.6. Opinion. The Investor will furnish to the Controlling Shareholders, the opinions of Stephen J. Volland, Esq., Senior Associate General Counsel of A-B, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom and Creel, Garcia- Cuellar y Muggenburg, in the forms attached hereto as Exhibits E, F and G, respectively. 70

ARTICLE X

9.2. No Prohibition. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein shall not be prohibited or delayed by any order, decree or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction and there shall not have been any action taken or any statute, rule or regulation or order of any court or administrative agency enacted which prohibits or delays the G-Modelo Signatories or the Banamex Trust from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby. 9.3. No Action. No action, suit or proceeding before any court or governmental or regulatory authority shall be pending or threatened against G-Modelo, any of the G-Modelo Corporations, the Controlling Shareholders or the Banamex Trust challenging the validity or legality of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 9.4. HSR Act. Each of A-B and G-Modelo and any other person (as defined in the HSR Act and the rules and regulations thereunder) required in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement to file a Notification and Report Form for Certain Mergers and Acquisitions shall have made such filing and the applicable waiting period with respect to each such filing shall have expired or been terminated. 9.5. Certificates. The Investor will furnish to the G-Modelo Signatories and the Trustee of the Banam- ex Trust such certificates and other documents, instru- ments and writings to evidence the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Article VIII as such parties may reasonably request. 9.6. Opinion. The Investor will furnish to the Controlling Shareholders, the opinions of Stephen J. Volland, Esq., Senior Associate General Counsel of A-B, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom and Creel, Garcia- Cuellar y Muggenburg, in the forms attached hereto as Exhibits E, F and G, respectively. 70

ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION 10.1. The Controlling Shareholders', G-Modelo and Diblo Indemnification. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article X, the Controlling Sharehold- ers shall, jointly and severally, indemnify, defend and hold the Investor and its directors, officers, employees, Subsidiaries and assigns (the "Investor Group") harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, obli- gations, claims, demands, judgments, settlements, costs and expenses of any nature whatsoever, including reason- able attorneys' fees (individually a "Loss" or collec- tively "Losses"), directly or indirectly, asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred by the Investor Group or any member thereof, at any time after the Closing Date and prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in Section 13.1) by reason of or resulting from any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty or any breach or violation of any covenant or agreement of the G-Modelo Signatories contained in this Agreement (collec- tively, the "Investor Group Claims"); provided, however, in the event that the Controlling Shareholders shall fail, refuse or otherwise be unable to indemnify the Investor Group to the full extent of its Losses (other than as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence), G-Modelo and Diblo shall, jointly and severally, indemni- fy, defend and hold the Investor Group harmless from and against any and all Losses which the Controlling Share- holders shall have failed to indemnify the Investor Group from. The provision for indemnification contained in this Section 10.1 shall be operative and effective in respect of Investor Group Claims (other than Investor Group Claims by reason of or resulting from any inaccura- cy of the representations or warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4, as to which the limitations contained in this sentence shall not be applicable and as to which the Investor Group shall be indemnified to the full extent of all such Investor Group Claims) only if and to the extent the amount of such Investor Group Claims exceeds 15 million United States dollars. 10.2. The Investor's Indemnification. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article X, the Inves- tor shall indemnify, defend and hold the Controlling Shareholders and G-Modelo and their directors, officers, 71

employees, Subsidiaries and assigns (the "G-Modelo Group") harmless from and against any and all Losses, directly or indirectly, asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred by the G-Modelo Group or any member thereof, at any time after the Closing Date and prior to the Expiration Date by reason of or resulting from

ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION 10.1. The Controlling Shareholders', G-Modelo and Diblo Indemnification. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article X, the Controlling Sharehold- ers shall, jointly and severally, indemnify, defend and hold the Investor and its directors, officers, employees, Subsidiaries and assigns (the "Investor Group") harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, obli- gations, claims, demands, judgments, settlements, costs and expenses of any nature whatsoever, including reason- able attorneys' fees (individually a "Loss" or collec- tively "Losses"), directly or indirectly, asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred by the Investor Group or any member thereof, at any time after the Closing Date and prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in Section 13.1) by reason of or resulting from any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty or any breach or violation of any covenant or agreement of the G-Modelo Signatories contained in this Agreement (collec- tively, the "Investor Group Claims"); provided, however, in the event that the Controlling Shareholders shall fail, refuse or otherwise be unable to indemnify the Investor Group to the full extent of its Losses (other than as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence), G-Modelo and Diblo shall, jointly and severally, indemni- fy, defend and hold the Investor Group harmless from and against any and all Losses which the Controlling Share- holders shall have failed to indemnify the Investor Group from. The provision for indemnification contained in this Section 10.1 shall be operative and effective in respect of Investor Group Claims (other than Investor Group Claims by reason of or resulting from any inaccura- cy of the representations or warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4, as to which the limitations contained in this sentence shall not be applicable and as to which the Investor Group shall be indemnified to the full extent of all such Investor Group Claims) only if and to the extent the amount of such Investor Group Claims exceeds 15 million United States dollars. 10.2. The Investor's Indemnification. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article X, the Inves- tor shall indemnify, defend and hold the Controlling Shareholders and G-Modelo and their directors, officers, 71

employees, Subsidiaries and assigns (the "G-Modelo Group") harmless from and against any and all Losses, directly or indirectly, asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred by the G-Modelo Group or any member thereof, at any time after the Closing Date and prior to the Expiration Date by reason of or resulting from any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty or any breach or violation of any covenant or agreement of the Investor contained in this Agreement (collectively, the "G-Modelo Group Claims" and together with the Inves- tor Group Claims, the "Claims"). The provision for indemnification by the Investor contained in this Section 10.2 shall be operative and effective in respect of G-Modelo Group Claims only if and to the extent the amount of such GModelo Group Claims (other than G-Modelo Group Claims by reason of or resulting from any inaccura- cy of the representation and warranty set forth in Sec- tion 4.1, as to which the limitation contained in this sentence shall not be applicable and as to which the G- Modelo Group shall be indemnified to the full extent of all such GModelo Group Claims) exceeds 15 million United States dollars. 10.3. Conditions of Indemnification. The obligations and liabilities of the Controlling Sharehold- ers and the Investor, as the case may be, under Sections 10.1 and 10.2 (herein referred to as the "Indemnifying Party"), with respect to Claims made by third parties shall be subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) The person to whom such Claim relates (the "Indemnified Party") will give the Indemnifying Party prompt notice of such Claim, and the Indemnifying Party will assume the defense thereof by representatives chosen by it. (b) If the Indemnifying Party, within a reasonable time after notice of any such Claim, fails to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party or any other member of its group shall (upon further notice to the Indemnifying Party) have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such Claim on behalf of and for the account and risk of the Indemnifying Party, subject to the right of the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such Claim at any time prior to the settlement, compromise or final determination thereof. 72

employees, Subsidiaries and assigns (the "G-Modelo Group") harmless from and against any and all Losses, directly or indirectly, asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred by the G-Modelo Group or any member thereof, at any time after the Closing Date and prior to the Expiration Date by reason of or resulting from any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty or any breach or violation of any covenant or agreement of the Investor contained in this Agreement (collectively, the "G-Modelo Group Claims" and together with the Inves- tor Group Claims, the "Claims"). The provision for indemnification by the Investor contained in this Section 10.2 shall be operative and effective in respect of G-Modelo Group Claims only if and to the extent the amount of such GModelo Group Claims (other than G-Modelo Group Claims by reason of or resulting from any inaccura- cy of the representation and warranty set forth in Sec- tion 4.1, as to which the limitation contained in this sentence shall not be applicable and as to which the G- Modelo Group shall be indemnified to the full extent of all such GModelo Group Claims) exceeds 15 million United States dollars. 10.3. Conditions of Indemnification. The obligations and liabilities of the Controlling Sharehold- ers and the Investor, as the case may be, under Sections 10.1 and 10.2 (herein referred to as the "Indemnifying Party"), with respect to Claims made by third parties shall be subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) The person to whom such Claim relates (the "Indemnified Party") will give the Indemnifying Party prompt notice of such Claim, and the Indemnifying Party will assume the defense thereof by representatives chosen by it. (b) If the Indemnifying Party, within a reasonable time after notice of any such Claim, fails to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party or any other member of its group shall (upon further notice to the Indemnifying Party) have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such Claim on behalf of and for the account and risk of the Indemnifying Party, subject to the right of the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such Claim at any time prior to the settlement, compromise or final determination thereof. 72

(c) Anything in this Section 10.3 to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) if there is a reasonable probability that a Claim may materially and adversely affect the Indemnified Party or any other member of the Indemnified Party's group other than as a result of money damages or other money payments, the Indemnified Party or such member of the Indemnified Party's group shall have the right to defend, at its own cost and expense, and to compromise or settle such Claim with the consent of the Indemnifying Party and (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall not, without the written consent of the Indemnified Party, settle or compromise any Claim or consent to the entry of any judgment which does not include as an uncon- ditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or the plaintiff to the Indemnified Party or such member of the Indemnified Party's group, or both, a release from all liability in respect of such Claim. 10.4. Remedies Cumulative. The remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and shall not pre- clude assertion by any of the parties hereto of any other rights or the seeking of any other remedies against any other party hereto. ARTICLE XI TERMINATION PRIOR TO CLOSING 11.1. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing: (a) by mutual written consent of A-B and the Controlling Shareholders; (b) by either the Controlling Sharehold- ers or A-B in writing, without liability to the terminat- ing party on account of such termination (provided the terminating party is not otherwise in default or in breach of this Agreement), if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before December 31, 1993; or (c) by either the Controlling Sharehold- ers or A-B in writing, without liability to the terminat- ing party on account of such termination (provided the terminating party is not otherwise in default or in breach of this Agreement), if A-B, A-BI and the Investor

(c) Anything in this Section 10.3 to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) if there is a reasonable probability that a Claim may materially and adversely affect the Indemnified Party or any other member of the Indemnified Party's group other than as a result of money damages or other money payments, the Indemnified Party or such member of the Indemnified Party's group shall have the right to defend, at its own cost and expense, and to compromise or settle such Claim with the consent of the Indemnifying Party and (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall not, without the written consent of the Indemnified Party, settle or compromise any Claim or consent to the entry of any judgment which does not include as an uncon- ditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or the plaintiff to the Indemnified Party or such member of the Indemnified Party's group, or both, a release from all liability in respect of such Claim. 10.4. Remedies Cumulative. The remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and shall not pre- clude assertion by any of the parties hereto of any other rights or the seeking of any other remedies against any other party hereto. ARTICLE XI TERMINATION PRIOR TO CLOSING 11.1. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing: (a) by mutual written consent of A-B and the Controlling Shareholders; (b) by either the Controlling Sharehold- ers or A-B in writing, without liability to the terminat- ing party on account of such termination (provided the terminating party is not otherwise in default or in breach of this Agreement), if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before December 31, 1993; or (c) by either the Controlling Sharehold- ers or A-B in writing, without liability to the terminat- ing party on account of such termination (provided the terminating party is not otherwise in default or in breach of this Agreement), if A-B, A-BI and the Investor 73 or the Controlling Shareholders, respectively, shall (i) fail to perform in any material respect its covenants and agreements contained herein required to be performed prior to the Closing Date, or (ii) materially breach any of their representations, warranties or covenants con- tained herein if such breach would cause a condition to the obligation of the terminating party to close not to be satisfied and if such failure to perform or breach has not been waived by the terminating party; provided, however, that a party's right to indemnification hereun- der shall not be affected by such party's waiver of its right of termination pursuant to this Section 11.1 if such right of termination arises from a willful breach of this Agreement. 11.2. Procedure and Effect of Termination. In the event of termination of this Agreement and abandon- ment of the transactions contemplated hereby by either of the parties pursuant to Section 11.1, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to all other parties, and this Agreement shall terminate (other than Sections 5.1(b), 13.8, 13.9, 13.10, 13.11, 13.12 and Article XII) and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be aban- doned, without further action by any of the parties hereto. If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein: (a) upon request therefor, each of the parties hereto will redeliver all documents, work papers and other material of the other parties relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, whether obtained before or after the execution hereof, to the party furnishing the same; (b) no party hereto shall have any lia- bility or further obligation to any other party to this Agreement pursuant to this Agreement except as stated in this Section 11.2; and (c) all filings, applications and other submissions made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall, to the extent practicable, be withdrawn from the agency or other Person to which made. 74

or the Controlling Shareholders, respectively, shall (i) fail to perform in any material respect its covenants and agreements contained herein required to be performed prior to the Closing Date, or (ii) materially breach any of their representations, warranties or covenants con- tained herein if such breach would cause a condition to the obligation of the terminating party to close not to be satisfied and if such failure to perform or breach has not been waived by the terminating party; provided, however, that a party's right to indemnification hereun- der shall not be affected by such party's waiver of its right of termination pursuant to this Section 11.1 if such right of termination arises from a willful breach of this Agreement. 11.2. Procedure and Effect of Termination. In the event of termination of this Agreement and abandon- ment of the transactions contemplated hereby by either of the parties pursuant to Section 11.1, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to all other parties, and this Agreement shall terminate (other than Sections 5.1(b), 13.8, 13.9, 13.10, 13.11, 13.12 and Article XII) and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be aban- doned, without further action by any of the parties hereto. If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein: (a) upon request therefor, each of the parties hereto will redeliver all documents, work papers and other material of the other parties relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, whether obtained before or after the execution hereof, to the party furnishing the same; (b) no party hereto shall have any lia- bility or further obligation to any other party to this Agreement pursuant to this Agreement except as stated in this Section 11.2; and (c) all filings, applications and other submissions made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall, to the extent practicable, be withdrawn from the agency or other Person to which made. 74

ARTICLE XII DISPUTE RESOLUTION 12.1. Arbitration. In the event of a dispute among the parties with respect to the validity, intent, interpretation, performance, enforcement or arbitrability of any of the terms contained in this Agreement or any claim arising out of or in connection with this Agree- ment, except for disputes or claims involving the types of matters set forth in Section 12.2, such dispute or claim shall promptly be submitted for resolution to the Board of Directors of GModelo. If the G-Modelo Board of Directors, by a Qualified Vote, shall be unable to re- solve the dispute within 30 days, the Controlling Share- holders shall appoint a Controlling Shareholder Nominee and the Investor shall appoint an Investor Nominee to a special committee. The members of the special committee shall use their best efforts to reach an amicable resolu- tion of the dispute and any mutually acceptable resolu- tion shall be deemed final and binding and shall be implemented as soon as practicable. If the special committee is unable to resolve the dispute within 30 days after its appointment or, if either the Controlling Shareholders or A-B shall have failed to appoint a repre- sentative to the special committee, within 30 days after either the Controlling Shareholders or AB has appointed its representative, the matter shall be submitted for final resolution to an international arbitration panel consisting of three arbitrators selected as follows: the Chairman of A-B shall select one arbitrator; a majority of the Controlling Shareholders shall select one arbitra- tor; and the two arbitrators so appointed shall select a third arbitrator. The third arbitrator shall be the presiding arbitrator and may not be a citizen or resident of either the United States or Mexico and must be unaf- filiated with the parties hereto. In the event either the Controlling Shareholders or A-B shall have failed to select an arbitrator within 15 days after either the Controlling Shareholders or A-B has selected its arbi- trator or the two arbitrators so selected shall fail to agree on a third arbitrator, such arbitrator shall be selected by the United States Representative of the International Chamber of Commerce. The place of arbitra- tion shall be New York City, in the State of New York, the United States of America. All arbitrators shall be fluent in both the English and Spanish languages and 75

their award shall be rendered in English. The English language shall be used in all documents, briefs, evidence and any other writings submitted to the arbitration panel. All arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in the English language. The arbitration procedure set forth in this Section 12.1 shall be the sole and exclu- sive means of

ARTICLE XII DISPUTE RESOLUTION 12.1. Arbitration. In the event of a dispute among the parties with respect to the validity, intent, interpretation, performance, enforcement or arbitrability of any of the terms contained in this Agreement or any claim arising out of or in connection with this Agree- ment, except for disputes or claims involving the types of matters set forth in Section 12.2, such dispute or claim shall promptly be submitted for resolution to the Board of Directors of GModelo. If the G-Modelo Board of Directors, by a Qualified Vote, shall be unable to re- solve the dispute within 30 days, the Controlling Share- holders shall appoint a Controlling Shareholder Nominee and the Investor shall appoint an Investor Nominee to a special committee. The members of the special committee shall use their best efforts to reach an amicable resolu- tion of the dispute and any mutually acceptable resolu- tion shall be deemed final and binding and shall be implemented as soon as practicable. If the special committee is unable to resolve the dispute within 30 days after its appointment or, if either the Controlling Shareholders or A-B shall have failed to appoint a repre- sentative to the special committee, within 30 days after either the Controlling Shareholders or AB has appointed its representative, the matter shall be submitted for final resolution to an international arbitration panel consisting of three arbitrators selected as follows: the Chairman of A-B shall select one arbitrator; a majority of the Controlling Shareholders shall select one arbitra- tor; and the two arbitrators so appointed shall select a third arbitrator. The third arbitrator shall be the presiding arbitrator and may not be a citizen or resident of either the United States or Mexico and must be unaf- filiated with the parties hereto. In the event either the Controlling Shareholders or A-B shall have failed to select an arbitrator within 15 days after either the Controlling Shareholders or A-B has selected its arbi- trator or the two arbitrators so selected shall fail to agree on a third arbitrator, such arbitrator shall be selected by the United States Representative of the International Chamber of Commerce. The place of arbitra- tion shall be New York City, in the State of New York, the United States of America. All arbitrators shall be fluent in both the English and Spanish languages and 75

their award shall be rendered in English. The English language shall be used in all documents, briefs, evidence and any other writings submitted to the arbitration panel. All arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in the English language. The arbitration procedure set forth in this Section 12.1 shall be the sole and exclu- sive means of settling or resolving any dispute referred to in this Section 12.1. The arbitration shall be con- ducted in accordance with the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules then in effect, as modified herein. The award of the arbitrators shall be final and binding on the parties and may be presented by any of the parties for enforcement in any court of competent jurisdiction and the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of such court solely for purposes of enforcement of this arbitration agreement and any award rendered hereunder. In any such enforcement action, irrespective of where it is brought, none of the parties will seek to invalidate or modify the deci- sion of the arbitrators or otherwise to invalidate or circumvent the procedures set forth in this Section 12.1 as the sole and exclusive means of settling or resolving such dispute, including by appeal to any court which would otherwise have jurisdiction in the matter. The fees of the arbitrators and the other costs of such arbitration shall be borne by the parties in such propor- tions as shall be specified in the arbitration award. 12.2. Business Disagreements. (a) In the event that at any time follow- ing the Closing there is a Fundamental Business Disagree- ment (as hereinafter defined), the Investor shall have the right to require (the "Dispute Right") that the Controlling Shareholders purchase all, but not less than all, of the shares of G-Modelo capital stock and the Diblo Common Shares then owned, directly or indirectly, by the Investor and its authorized designees, if any (such aggregate number of shares being referred to herein as the "Investor Shares"), at an aggregate purchase price (the "Investor Share Price") equal to the aggregate purchase price paid by the Investor and its authorized designees, if any, for the Investor Shares, payable in United States dollars in immediately available funds. The Investor shall exercise the Dispute Right by delivery of a written notice (the "Dispute Notice") to the Con- trolling Shareholders in accordance with Section 13.10 indicating that (i) there exists a Fundamental Business 76

their award shall be rendered in English. The English language shall be used in all documents, briefs, evidence and any other writings submitted to the arbitration panel. All arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in the English language. The arbitration procedure set forth in this Section 12.1 shall be the sole and exclu- sive means of settling or resolving any dispute referred to in this Section 12.1. The arbitration shall be con- ducted in accordance with the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules then in effect, as modified herein. The award of the arbitrators shall be final and binding on the parties and may be presented by any of the parties for enforcement in any court of competent jurisdiction and the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of such court solely for purposes of enforcement of this arbitration agreement and any award rendered hereunder. In any such enforcement action, irrespective of where it is brought, none of the parties will seek to invalidate or modify the deci- sion of the arbitrators or otherwise to invalidate or circumvent the procedures set forth in this Section 12.1 as the sole and exclusive means of settling or resolving such dispute, including by appeal to any court which would otherwise have jurisdiction in the matter. The fees of the arbitrators and the other costs of such arbitration shall be borne by the parties in such propor- tions as shall be specified in the arbitration award. 12.2. Business Disagreements. (a) In the event that at any time follow- ing the Closing there is a Fundamental Business Disagree- ment (as hereinafter defined), the Investor shall have the right to require (the "Dispute Right") that the Controlling Shareholders purchase all, but not less than all, of the shares of G-Modelo capital stock and the Diblo Common Shares then owned, directly or indirectly, by the Investor and its authorized designees, if any (such aggregate number of shares being referred to herein as the "Investor Shares"), at an aggregate purchase price (the "Investor Share Price") equal to the aggregate purchase price paid by the Investor and its authorized designees, if any, for the Investor Shares, payable in United States dollars in immediately available funds. The Investor shall exercise the Dispute Right by delivery of a written notice (the "Dispute Notice") to the Con- trolling Shareholders in accordance with Section 13.10 indicating that (i) there exists a Fundamental Business 76

Disagreement, (ii) the number of Investor Shares to be purchased by the Controlling Shareholders, (iii) the Investor Share Price, and (iv) the date and time fixed for the consummation of such sale (which date shall not be less than twenty nor more than forty days following the date of the Investor Notice). (b) In the event that the Controlling Shareholders fail, refuse or are otherwise unable or un- willing to purchase the Investor Shares pursuant to subsection (a) above, the Controlling Shareholders shall notify the Investor (the "Controlling Shareholder Re- sponse Notice") of such determination within fifteen days following the date of the Dispute Notice, and the Inves- tor shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the shares of GModelo capital stock and Diblo Common Shares then owned by the Controlling Share- holders or held in trust for the benefit of the Control- ling Shareholders (the "Controlling Shareholder Shares") at an aggregate purchase price equal to the product of (i) the number of Controlling Shareholder Shares and (ii) that fraction having the Investor Price as the numerator and the aggregate number of Investor Shares as the denom- inator, payable in United States dollars in immediately available funds. The Investor shall notify the Control- ling Shareholders (the "Investor Response Notice") of its intention with respect to the purchase of the Controlling Shareholder Shares within fifteen days following the date of the Controlling Shareholder Response Notice. In the event the Investor elects to purchase the Controlling Shareholder Shares, the Investor Response Notice shall specify the date and time fixed for the consummation of such purchase (which date shall not be less than ten nor more than forty days following the Controlling Sharehold- er Response Notice). (c) For purposes of this Section 12.2, a "Fundamental Business Disagreement" shall mean a dis- agreement between A-B and the Controlling Shareholders over fundamental business direction, e.g., change in the charter or by-laws, change in dividend policy, corporate objectives, etc., including, but not limited to, dis- agreements relating to those matters with respect to which the Investor has minority shareholder protection as identified in Section 7.2. 77

Disagreement, (ii) the number of Investor Shares to be purchased by the Controlling Shareholders, (iii) the Investor Share Price, and (iv) the date and time fixed for the consummation of such sale (which date shall not be less than twenty nor more than forty days following the date of the Investor Notice). (b) In the event that the Controlling Shareholders fail, refuse or are otherwise unable or un- willing to purchase the Investor Shares pursuant to subsection (a) above, the Controlling Shareholders shall notify the Investor (the "Controlling Shareholder Re- sponse Notice") of such determination within fifteen days following the date of the Dispute Notice, and the Inves- tor shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the shares of GModelo capital stock and Diblo Common Shares then owned by the Controlling Share- holders or held in trust for the benefit of the Control- ling Shareholders (the "Controlling Shareholder Shares") at an aggregate purchase price equal to the product of (i) the number of Controlling Shareholder Shares and (ii) that fraction having the Investor Price as the numerator and the aggregate number of Investor Shares as the denom- inator, payable in United States dollars in immediately available funds. The Investor shall notify the Control- ling Shareholders (the "Investor Response Notice") of its intention with respect to the purchase of the Controlling Shareholder Shares within fifteen days following the date of the Controlling Shareholder Response Notice. In the event the Investor elects to purchase the Controlling Shareholder Shares, the Investor Response Notice shall specify the date and time fixed for the consummation of such purchase (which date shall not be less than ten nor more than forty days following the Controlling Sharehold- er Response Notice). (c) For purposes of this Section 12.2, a "Fundamental Business Disagreement" shall mean a dis- agreement between A-B and the Controlling Shareholders over fundamental business direction, e.g., change in the charter or by-laws, change in dividend policy, corporate objectives, etc., including, but not limited to, dis- agreements relating to those matters with respect to which the Investor has minority shareholder protection as identified in Section 7.2. 77

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS 13.1. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants. All representations and warranties of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing Date, regardless of any investigation made by the parties hereto, for a period ending on the third anniversary of the Closing Date, except that the repre- sentations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 4.1 shall survive indefinitely and the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.13 and, to the extent the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.8 relate to liabilities for Taxes, Section 3.8 shall survive until the later of the applica- ble statutes of limitation or the final resolution of all issues arising under Section 3.13 and Section 3.8. The covenants and agreements contained herein to be performed or complied with after the Closing shall survive without limitation as to time, unless the covenant or agreement specifies a term, in which case such covenant or agree- ment shall survive for a period of three years following the expiration of such specified term and shall thereupon expire. The respective expiration dates for the survival of the representations and warranties and the covenants shall be referred to herein as the "Expiration Date." 13.2. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Exhibits and disclosure schedules hereto and the other agreements, documents and instruments referred to herein constitute the sole understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contem- plated by this Agreement, including without limitation the Heads of Agreement. 13.3. Successors and Assigns. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, obligations or interests hereunder shall be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; and provided, further, that no assignment of this Agreement or any of the rights,

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS 13.1. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants. All representations and warranties of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing Date, regardless of any investigation made by the parties hereto, for a period ending on the third anniversary of the Closing Date, except that the repre- sentations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 4.1 shall survive indefinitely and the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.13 and, to the extent the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.8 relate to liabilities for Taxes, Section 3.8 shall survive until the later of the applica- ble statutes of limitation or the final resolution of all issues arising under Section 3.13 and Section 3.8. The covenants and agreements contained herein to be performed or complied with after the Closing shall survive without limitation as to time, unless the covenant or agreement specifies a term, in which case such covenant or agree- ment shall survive for a period of three years following the expiration of such specified term and shall thereupon expire. The respective expiration dates for the survival of the representations and warranties and the covenants shall be referred to herein as the "Expiration Date." 13.2. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Exhibits and disclosure schedules hereto and the other agreements, documents and instruments referred to herein constitute the sole understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contem- plated by this Agreement, including without limitation the Heads of Agreement. 13.3. Successors and Assigns. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, obligations or interests hereunder shall be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; and provided, further, that no assignment of this Agreement or any of the rights, 78 obligations or interests hereof shall relieve the assign- or of its obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.3, each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor may assign any or all of its rights or obligations hereunder to each other or to a Subsidiary without the prior writ- ten consent of the G-Modelo Signatories; provided, however, that such Subsidiary shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, that such assignment shall in no way limit or relieve any of them of any of their obligations hereunder and that such Subsidiary remains a Subsidiary of A-B. 13.4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original and all of which shall, taken together, constitute the same instrument. 13.5. Interpretation. The table of contents and article and section headings contained in this Agree- ment are solely for reference, shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement, and shall not affect the interpretation hereof. 13.6. Amendment and Modification. Subject to applicable law, this Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of each of the parties hereto with respect to any of the terms contained herein. 13.7. Waiver of Compliance; Consents. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation, cove- nant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the parties entitled to the benefits thereof only by a writ- ten instrument signed by such parties granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. When- ever this Agreement requires or permits consent by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto, such consent shall be given in writing in a

obligations or interests hereof shall relieve the assign- or of its obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.3, each of A-B, A-BI and the Investor may assign any or all of its rights or obligations hereunder to each other or to a Subsidiary without the prior writ- ten consent of the G-Modelo Signatories; provided, however, that such Subsidiary shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, that such assignment shall in no way limit or relieve any of them of any of their obligations hereunder and that such Subsidiary remains a Subsidiary of A-B. 13.4. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original and all of which shall, taken together, constitute the same instrument. 13.5. Interpretation. The table of contents and article and section headings contained in this Agree- ment are solely for reference, shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement, and shall not affect the interpretation hereof. 13.6. Amendment and Modification. Subject to applicable law, this Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of each of the parties hereto with respect to any of the terms contained herein. 13.7. Waiver of Compliance; Consents. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation, cove- nant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the parties entitled to the benefits thereof only by a writ- ten instrument signed by such parties granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. When- ever this Agreement requires or permits consent by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto, such consent shall be given in writing in a manner consistent with the requirements for a waiver of compliance as set forth in this Section 13.7. 79 13.8. Broker's Fees. Each of A-B, A-BI, the Investor, the G-Modelo Signatories, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust (a) represents and warrants that, it has not taken and will not take any action that would cause the other parties to have any obligation or liability to any Person for a finder's or broker's fee, and (b) agrees to indemnify the other parties for breach of the forego- ing representation and warranty, whether or not the Closing occurs. 13.9. Expenses. Whether or not the transac- tions contemplated hereby are consummated, each of the Controlling Shareholders, G-Modelo, the G-Modelo Corpora- tions, A-B, A-BI and the Investor shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by it, or on its behalf, in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, fees and expenses of its own financial consul- tants, accountants and counsel. 13.10. Notices. Any notice, request, instruc- tion or other document permitted or required to be given hereunder by any party hereto to any other party shall be in writing and delivered personally or by facsimile transmission or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, as follows: if to G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation, to: Grupo Modelo, S.A. de C.V. Campos Eliseos 400 11000 Mexico, D.F. Attention: Chairman of the Board Telephone No.: 011-52-5-281-0114 Facsimile No.: 011-52-5-280-5322 with a copy to: Santamarina Y Steta, S.C.

13.8. Broker's Fees. Each of A-B, A-BI, the Investor, the G-Modelo Signatories, the Banamex Trust and the Option Trust (a) represents and warrants that, it has not taken and will not take any action that would cause the other parties to have any obligation or liability to any Person for a finder's or broker's fee, and (b) agrees to indemnify the other parties for breach of the forego- ing representation and warranty, whether or not the Closing occurs. 13.9. Expenses. Whether or not the transac- tions contemplated hereby are consummated, each of the Controlling Shareholders, G-Modelo, the G-Modelo Corpora- tions, A-B, A-BI and the Investor shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by it, or on its behalf, in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, fees and expenses of its own financial consul- tants, accountants and counsel. 13.10. Notices. Any notice, request, instruc- tion or other document permitted or required to be given hereunder by any party hereto to any other party shall be in writing and delivered personally or by facsimile transmission or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, as follows: if to G-Modelo or a G-Modelo Corporation, to: Grupo Modelo, S.A. de C.V. Campos Eliseos 400 11000 Mexico, D.F. Attention: Chairman of the Board Telephone No.: 011-52-5-281-0114 Facsimile No.: 011-52-5-280-5322 with a copy to: Santamarina Y Steta, S.C. Edif. "Omega" Campos Eliseos 345, 2nd Floor Col. Chapultepec Polanco 11560 Mexico, D.F. Attention: Lic. Agustin Santamarina Telephone No.: 011-52-5-281-4198 Facsimile No.: 011-52-5-280-6226 80

if to a Controlling Shareholder, to such Controlling Shareholder: c/o Grupo Modelo, S.A. de C.V. Campos Eliseos 400 11000 Mexico, D.F. Attention: Chairman of the Board Telephone No.: 011-52-5-281-0114 Facsimile No.: 011-52-5-280-5322 with a copy to: Santamarina Y Steta, S.C. Edif. "Omega" Campos Eliseos 345, 2nd Floor Col. Chapultepec Polanco 11560 Mexico, D.F. Attention: Lic. Agustin Santamarina

if to a Controlling Shareholder, to such Controlling Shareholder: c/o Grupo Modelo, S.A. de C.V. Campos Eliseos 400 11000 Mexico, D.F. Attention: Chairman of the Board Telephone No.: 011-52-5-281-0114 Facsimile No.: 011-52-5-280-5322 with a copy to: Santamarina Y Steta, S.C. Edif. "Omega" Campos Eliseos 345, 2nd Floor Col. Chapultepec Polanco 11560 Mexico, D.F. Attention: Lic. Agustin Santamarina Telephone No.: 011-52-5-281-4198 Facsimile No.: 011-52-5-280-6226 if to A-B, A-BI or the Investor, to: Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. One Busch Place St. Louis, Missouri 63118 Attention: Vice President and General Counsel Telephone No.: 95-314-577-2000 Facsimile No.: 95-314-577-0776 with a copy to: Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom 919 Third Avenue New York, New York 10022 Attention: J. Michael Schell, Esq. Telephone No.: 95-212-735-3000 Facsimile No.: 95-212-735-2001 with a further copy to: Creel, Garcia-Cuellar Y Muggenburg Bosque de Ciruelos 304, Piso 2 Bosque de Las Lomas 11700 Mexico, D.F. Attention: Lic. Samuel Garcia-Cuellar 81

Telephone No.: 011-52-5-596-1017 Facsimile No.: 011-52-5-596-3309 if to the Option Trustee or the Banamex Trust- ee, to: Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A., Trust Division Paseo de la Reforma No. 404, 14th Floor Col. Juarez 06600 Mexico, D.F.

Telephone No.: 011-52-5-596-1017 Facsimile No.: 011-52-5-596-3309 if to the Option Trustee or the Banamex Trust- ee, to: Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A., Trust Division Paseo de la Reforma No. 404, 14th Floor Col. Juarez 06600 Mexico, D.F. Attention: Sr. Eduardo Alvarez Morales Sr. Fernando Montes de Oca Telephone No.: 011-52-5-225-9733 Facsimile No.: 011-52-5-225-9751 or at such other address for a party as shall be speci- fied by like notice. Any notice which is delivered personally in the manner provided herein or by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been duly given to the party to whom it is directed upon actual receipt by such party. Any notice which is addressed and mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given to the party to which it is addressed at the close of business, local time of the recipient, on the third day after the day it is so placed in the mail. 13.11. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws in force in the United Mexican States without regard to the conflict of laws provisions thereof. 13.12. Public Announcements. Except as may be required by law, none of the parties hereto shall make and the Controlling Shareholders shall ensure that no G- Modelo Corporation makes any public statements, includ- ing, without limitation, any press release, with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without prior consultation and opportunity to comment being afforded to the other parties. 82

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf as of the date first above written. ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC.
By: s/AUGUST A. BUSCH III -------------------------Name: Title:

ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By: s/JOHN H. PURNELL --------------------------Name: Title:

ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
By: s/JESSE AGUIRRE ---------------------------Name: Title:

GRUPO MODELO, S.A. de C.V.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf as of the date first above written. ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC.
By: s/AUGUST A. BUSCH III -------------------------Name: Title:

ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By: s/JOHN H. PURNELL --------------------------Name: Title:

ANHEUSER-BUSCH INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
By: s/JESSE AGUIRRE ---------------------------Name: Title:

GRUPO MODELO, S.A. de C.V.
By: s/ANTONINO FERNANDEZ R. ---------------------------Name: Title:

DIBLO, S.A. de C.V.
By: s/ANTONINO FERNANDEZ R. ---------------------------Name: Title:

83

BANCO NACIONAL DE MEXICO, S.A., AS TRUSTEE OF THE OPTION TRUST
By: s/LIC EDUARDO ALVAREZ MORALES ---------------------------Lic. Eduardo Alvarez Morales, as trustee delegate u/a dated June 11, 1993 By: s/FERNANDO MONTES DE OCA ---------------------------Fernando Montes de Oca, as trustee delegate u/a dated June 11, 1993

BANCO NACIONAL DE MEXICO, S.A., AS TRUSTEE OF THE OPTION TRUST
By: s/LIC EDUARDO ALVAREZ MORALES ---------------------------Lic. Eduardo Alvarez Morales, as trustee delegate u/a dated June 11, 1993 By: s/FERNANDO MONTES DE OCA ---------------------------Fernando Montes de Oca, as trustee delegate u/a dated June 11, 1993

BANCO NACIONAL DE MEXICO, S.A., AS TRUSTEE OF THE BANAMEX TRUST
By: s/LIC EDUARDO ALVAREZ MORALES ---------------------------Lic. Eduardo Alvarez Morales, as trustee delegate u/a dated June 11, 1993. By: s/FERNANDO MONTES DE OCA ---------------------------Fernando Montes de Oca, as trustee delegate u/a dated June 11, 1993

s/ANTONINO FERNANDEZ R. -------------------------------Antonino Fernandez R., on his own behalf and as a member of the technical committee of the Control Trust

s/PABLO ARAMBURUZABALA -------------------------------Pablo Aramburuzabala, on his own behalf and as a member of the technical committee of the Control Trust

s/NEMESIO DIEZ R. -------------------------------Nemesio Diez R., on his own behalf and as a member of the technical committee of the Control Trust

84
s/JUAN SANCHEZ-NAVARRO Y P. ---------------------------------Juan Sanchez-Navarro y P., on his own behalf and as a member of the technical committee of the Control Trust

s/VALENTIN DIEZ M. ---------------------------------Valentin Diez M., on his own be-

s/JUAN SANCHEZ-NAVARRO Y P. ---------------------------------Juan Sanchez-Navarro y P., on his own behalf and as a member of the technical committee of the Control Trust

s/VALENTIN DIEZ M. ---------------------------------Valentin Diez M., on his own behalf and as a member of the technical committee of the Control Trust

s/PABLO GONZALEZ DIEZ ---------------------------------Pablo Gonzalez Diez, on his own behalf and as a member of the technical committee of the Control Trust

s/LUIS GONZALEZ DIEZ ---------------------------------Luis Gonzalez Diez, on his own behalf and as a member of the technical committee of the Control Trust

s/CESAREO GONZALEZ DIEZ ---------------------------------Cesareo Gonzalez Diez, on his own behalf and as a member of the technical committee of the Control Trust

s/THELMA YATES VDA DE ALVAREZ LOYO ---------------------------------Thelma Yates Vda. de Alvarez Loyo

85
s/EUSICINIA GONZALEZ DIEZ -------------------------------Eusicinia Gonzalez Diez

s/ROSARIO GONZALEZ DIEZ -------------------------------Rosario Gonzalez Diez

s/MA PAULINA GONZALEZ DIEZ -------------------------------Ma. Paulina Gonzalez Diez

s/EUSICINIA GONZALEZ DIEZ -------------------------------Eusicinia Gonzalez Diez

s/ROSARIO GONZALEZ DIEZ -------------------------------Rosario Gonzalez Diez

s/MA PAULINA GONZALEZ DIEZ -------------------------------Ma. Paulina Gonzalez Diez

s/ELEUTERIA GONZALEZ DIEZ -------------------------------Eleuteria Gonzalez Diez

s/LAURENTINO GARCIA GONZALEZ -------------------------------Laurentino Garcia Gonzalez

s/MA ANTONIA GARCIA GONZALEZ -------------------------------Ma. Antonia Garcia Gonzalez

s/MA TERESA GARCIA GONZALEZ -------------------------------Ma. Teresa Garcia Gonzalez

86

January 24, 1994 Antonino Fernandez R. Grupo Modelo, S.A. de C.V. Campos Eliseos 400 11000 Mexico, D.F. Dear Don Antonino: This letter shall serve to confirm the understanding and agreement between A-B and the Controlling Shareholders regarding Section 5.5 of the Investment Agreement, which reads as follows: "5.5 Election of A-B Director. The Controlling Shareholders shall be entitled to designate a G-Modelo director for election to the A-B Board of Directors. Following such designation, A-B will use its best efforts to nominate and cause such designee to be elected to the A-B Board of Directors at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of A-B next succeeding such designation and to continue to nominate and cause such a designee to be elected for so long as the Investor owns ten percent or more of the total outstanding shares of G-Modelo capital stock." It is acknowledged and agreed that Anheuser-Busch fulfilled its obligations under Section 5.5 when Pablo Aramburuzabala was appointed to the A-B Board as a Class I Director, with a term continuing until the Annual Meeting of Shareholders in 1995. A-B will use its best efforts to cause Pablo Aramburuzabala (or another

January 24, 1994 Antonino Fernandez R. Grupo Modelo, S.A. de C.V. Campos Eliseos 400 11000 Mexico, D.F. Dear Don Antonino: This letter shall serve to confirm the understanding and agreement between A-B and the Controlling Shareholders regarding Section 5.5 of the Investment Agreement, which reads as follows: "5.5 Election of A-B Director. The Controlling Shareholders shall be entitled to designate a G-Modelo director for election to the A-B Board of Directors. Following such designation, A-B will use its best efforts to nominate and cause such designee to be elected to the A-B Board of Directors at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of A-B next succeeding such designation and to continue to nominate and cause such a designee to be elected for so long as the Investor owns ten percent or more of the total outstanding shares of G-Modelo capital stock." It is acknowledged and agreed that Anheuser-Busch fulfilled its obligations under Section 5.5 when Pablo Aramburuzabala was appointed to the A-B Board as a Class I Director, with a term continuing until the Annual Meeting of Shareholders in 1995. A-B will use its best efforts to cause Pablo Aramburuzabala (or another designee of the Controlling Shareholders) to be nominated and elected to the A-B Board at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders in 1995 and future years as long as the Investor owns ten percent or more of the total outstanding shares of G-Modelo capital stock. Capitalized terms used in this letter shall have the meanings given such terms in the Investment Agreement. Please indicate the Controlling Shareholders' agreement with the foregoing by signing and returning the attached copy. Sincerely, ANHEUSER-BUSCH COMPANIES, INC.
S/JOHN H. PURNELL --------------------------------------------------John H. Purnell, Vice President and Group Executive

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED as of the date above.
S/ANTONINO FERNANDEZ R. --------------------------------------------------Antonino Fernandez R., on behalf of the Controlling Shareholders

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE ANHEUSER-BUSCH DEFERRED INCOME STOCK PURCHASE & SAVINGS PLAN AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE APRIL 1, 1996 Effective as of April 1, 1996, Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. (the "Company") amended and restated the Anheuser-Busch Deferred Income Stock Purchase and Savings Plan ("the Plan") and has subsequently amended the Plan three times. The Company reserved the right to further amend the Plan from time to time and hereby

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE ANHEUSER-BUSCH DEFERRED INCOME STOCK PURCHASE & SAVINGS PLAN AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE APRIL 1, 1996 Effective as of April 1, 1996, Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. (the "Company") amended and restated the Anheuser-Busch Deferred Income Stock Purchase and Savings Plan ("the Plan") and has subsequently amended the Plan three times. The Company reserved the right to further amend the Plan from time to time and hereby amends the Plan effective April 1, 1999 unless expressly noted otherwise as follows: 1. Effective July 1, 1999, Section 2.17 is amended to read as follows: 2.17 "Employee". An individual classified as a direct employee on the books and records of a Participating Employer and employed in any capacity other than (a) A person employed outside the United States or Puerto Rico, except that persons who are employed outside the United States whose Base Pay is paid through the United States salaried payroll shall be considered "Employees" unless excluded from participation in the Plan by individual agreement, requirements of law or practical impediment as determined by the Committee. (b) A person employed in a branch operation of Wholesaler Equity Development Corporation; or (c) A person employed by a Participating Employer to replace a collective bargaining unit employee during a work stoppage, even if such person was a former Employee or Participant. An individual who is not classified as a direct employee on the books and records of a Participating Employer, but who for some other purpose is found or deemed to be an employee, shall not be an "Employee" for purposes of this Plan notwithstanding such finding or determination. 2. Section 2.26 is amended effective October 1, 1998, by adding a subsection (j) as follows: (j) In determining the Hours of Service of any individual employed by Anheuser-Busch, Inc. as of October 1, 1998, hours of service with M&R Advertising Warehouse, Inc. shall be considered Hours of Service in accordance with this Section. This provision shall be effective for purposes of both Article III and Article XI.

3. Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 of the Plan are amended to read in their entirety as follows: 6.1 Required Contributions. (a) Each Participating Employer shall contribute, as its share of Company Matching Contributions, for each Plan Year (or portion thereof) of its participation in this Plan, either directly or indirectly by way of (i) release of available Unallocated Shares having an equivalent value, or (ii) the access or use of any funds held in the ESOP Loan Payment Accumulation Account, the "formula amount", less the aggregate amount of forfeitures attributable to Participants employed by it. The "formula amount" is that amount determined by multiplying (i) the total amount of matched Personal Contributions actually deferred or withheld during such period from the Base Pay of all Participants employed by such Participating Employer, by (ii) the contribution rate in effect for such period. (b) Each Participating Employer shall also contribute, directly or indirectly by way of (i) release of available Unallocated Shares having an equivalent value, or (ii) the access or use of any funds held in the ESOP Loan Payment Accumulation Account, for each Plan Year (or portion thereof) of its participation in this Plan, its proportionate share of any Supplemental Contribution for any Plan Year. Supplemental Contributions shall be determined by the Committee under Section 6.3. Supplemental Contributions shall equal the greater of the Adjusted Tentative Supplement Contribution or the value of all shares required to be, but not yet released from this Plan's ESOP Loan Suspense Account for a Plan Year. Section 6.3 describes the method for calculating the Supplemental Contribution. (c) If so directed by the Company from time to time, each Participating Employer shall also contribute for each

3. Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 of the Plan are amended to read in their entirety as follows: 6.1 Required Contributions. (a) Each Participating Employer shall contribute, as its share of Company Matching Contributions, for each Plan Year (or portion thereof) of its participation in this Plan, either directly or indirectly by way of (i) release of available Unallocated Shares having an equivalent value, or (ii) the access or use of any funds held in the ESOP Loan Payment Accumulation Account, the "formula amount", less the aggregate amount of forfeitures attributable to Participants employed by it. The "formula amount" is that amount determined by multiplying (i) the total amount of matched Personal Contributions actually deferred or withheld during such period from the Base Pay of all Participants employed by such Participating Employer, by (ii) the contribution rate in effect for such period. (b) Each Participating Employer shall also contribute, directly or indirectly by way of (i) release of available Unallocated Shares having an equivalent value, or (ii) the access or use of any funds held in the ESOP Loan Payment Accumulation Account, for each Plan Year (or portion thereof) of its participation in this Plan, its proportionate share of any Supplemental Contribution for any Plan Year. Supplemental Contributions shall be determined by the Committee under Section 6.3. Supplemental Contributions shall equal the greater of the Adjusted Tentative Supplement Contribution or the value of all shares required to be, but not yet released from this Plan's ESOP Loan Suspense Account for a Plan Year. Section 6.3 describes the method for calculating the Supplemental Contribution. (c) If so directed by the Company from time to time, each Participating Employer shall also contribute for each Plan Year (or portion thereof) of its participation in this Plan, either directly or indirectly by access or use of any funds held in the ESOP Loan Payment Accumulation Account, its proportionate share of the amount, if any, by which dividends transferred to the ESOP Loan Payment Accumulation Account for such year exceeds the value of Shares available for release from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account in connection with such transfer. (d) If so directed by the Company from time to time, each Participating Employer shall make its proportionate share of any additional contributions determined by the Company, in its absolute discretion. 2

(e) For purposes of Sections 6.1 and 6.3, the value of such Shares released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account shall be the Closing Price on the last trading day prior to the date of release or such other date as may be determined by the Committee for this purpose. 6.2 Contribution Rate for Company Matching Contributions. The contribution rate for Company Matching Contributions is a decimal fraction, expressed to two places, determined by the Committee prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, which shall not change during a Plan Year. Such contribution rate shall be established by adding .10 to the quotient resulting from dividing (a) by (b) where (a) is the Income from Continuing Operations as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Income in the Company's annual report for the Company Year most recently ended, and (b) is the "Employee-Related Costs" taken from "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Operations and Financial Condition" in the Company's annual report for such Company Year, but shall never be less than .3333 nor more than 1.0. 6.3 Determination of Supplemental Contribution. (a) As soon as practicable on or after the last Processing Period of each Plan Year, the Committee shall determine the amount of the Supplemental Contribution, if any, for such Plan Year. The Supplemental Contribution for this Plan shall be an amount equal to the greater of (a) or (b) where (a) is the Adjusted Tentative Supplemental Contribution and (b) is the value of all shares required to be, but not yet released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account for the Plan Year. Such value shall be determined using the Closing Price as of the last trading day of the last Processing Period of the Plan Year. The Tentative Supplemental Contribution shall be computed as follows: first, the average Closing Price of Shares released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account for the Plan Year for this Plan and each Related Plan shall be determined. Second, the ESOP Share Cost of such released Shares shall be increased by (i) five percent (5%) for the first Plan Year, and (ii) ten percent (10%) compounded annually for each full Plan Year which has elapsed since the ESOP Loan proceeds were received by the Trustee, or for any Plan Year, such other percentage as

(e) For purposes of Sections 6.1 and 6.3, the value of such Shares released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account shall be the Closing Price on the last trading day prior to the date of release or such other date as may be determined by the Committee for this purpose. 6.2 Contribution Rate for Company Matching Contributions. The contribution rate for Company Matching Contributions is a decimal fraction, expressed to two places, determined by the Committee prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, which shall not change during a Plan Year. Such contribution rate shall be established by adding .10 to the quotient resulting from dividing (a) by (b) where (a) is the Income from Continuing Operations as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Income in the Company's annual report for the Company Year most recently ended, and (b) is the "Employee-Related Costs" taken from "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Operations and Financial Condition" in the Company's annual report for such Company Year, but shall never be less than .3333 nor more than 1.0. 6.3 Determination of Supplemental Contribution. (a) As soon as practicable on or after the last Processing Period of each Plan Year, the Committee shall determine the amount of the Supplemental Contribution, if any, for such Plan Year. The Supplemental Contribution for this Plan shall be an amount equal to the greater of (a) or (b) where (a) is the Adjusted Tentative Supplemental Contribution and (b) is the value of all shares required to be, but not yet released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account for the Plan Year. Such value shall be determined using the Closing Price as of the last trading day of the last Processing Period of the Plan Year. The Tentative Supplemental Contribution shall be computed as follows: first, the average Closing Price of Shares released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account for the Plan Year for this Plan and each Related Plan shall be determined. Second, the ESOP Share Cost of such released Shares shall be increased by (i) five percent (5%) for the first Plan Year, and (ii) ten percent (10%) compounded annually for each full Plan Year which has elapsed since the ESOP Loan proceeds were received by the Trustee, or for any Plan Year, such other percentage as may be determined by the Committee from time to time. (For partial years, a proportional part of the applicable percentage increase shall be used based on the number of full months in the Plan Year during which the ESOP Loan is outstanding). The ESOP Share Cost so increased shall be referred to as the Hurdle ESOP Share Price for such Plan Year. If the average Closing Price of the shares released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account for the Plan Year is equal to or less than the Hurdle ESOP Share Price for the Plan Year, there shall be no Tentative 3

Supplemental Contribution for such Year. If such average Closing Price is greater than the Hurdle ESOP Share Price for the Plan Year, the difference shall be computed and multiplied by the number of Shares actually released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account for this Plan and each Related Plan during the Plan Year. The figure so obtained shall be apportioned among this plan and the Related Plans based on the ratio that the aggregate formula amount (as defined in Section 6.1(a)) of each plan attributable to those Participants eligible to have a Supplemental Contribution allocated to their Accounts for such Plan Year bears to the combined aggregate formula amount of all plans attributable to those Participants eligible to have a Supplemental Contribution allocated to their Accounts for such Plan Year, and the portion allocated to this Plan shall be this Plan's Tentative Supplemental Contribution for the Plan Year. If there is more than one ESOP Loan outstanding for any Plan Year, the Tentative Supplemental Contribution shall be the sum of the amounts computed under this Section with respect to the Shares in the separate ESOP Loan Suspense Accounts. This Plan's Tentative Supplemental Contribution shall then be reduced by the amount of this Plan's "Carryover Amount", if any, for the Plan Year. The resulting amount shall be this Plan's Adjusted Tentative Supplemental Contribution. (b) For purposes of this Section, the "Carryover Amount" shall be equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the total Supplemental Contributions of this Plan for all prior Plan Years (without regard to forfeitures) over (ii) the total Tentative Supplemental Contributions of this Plan for all prior Plan Years (without regard to forfeitures). (c) For purposes of this Section, the "ESOP Share Cost" shall be the average price at which the Trustee acquires Shares with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan. For each ESOP Loan entered into by the Trustee there shall be a separate ESOP Share Cost which shall be uniform for each Share acquired with the proceeds of such loan. 4. Section 6.5 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Supplemental Contribution for such Year. If such average Closing Price is greater than the Hurdle ESOP Share Price for the Plan Year, the difference shall be computed and multiplied by the number of Shares actually released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account for this Plan and each Related Plan during the Plan Year. The figure so obtained shall be apportioned among this plan and the Related Plans based on the ratio that the aggregate formula amount (as defined in Section 6.1(a)) of each plan attributable to those Participants eligible to have a Supplemental Contribution allocated to their Accounts for such Plan Year bears to the combined aggregate formula amount of all plans attributable to those Participants eligible to have a Supplemental Contribution allocated to their Accounts for such Plan Year, and the portion allocated to this Plan shall be this Plan's Tentative Supplemental Contribution for the Plan Year. If there is more than one ESOP Loan outstanding for any Plan Year, the Tentative Supplemental Contribution shall be the sum of the amounts computed under this Section with respect to the Shares in the separate ESOP Loan Suspense Accounts. This Plan's Tentative Supplemental Contribution shall then be reduced by the amount of this Plan's "Carryover Amount", if any, for the Plan Year. The resulting amount shall be this Plan's Adjusted Tentative Supplemental Contribution. (b) For purposes of this Section, the "Carryover Amount" shall be equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the total Supplemental Contributions of this Plan for all prior Plan Years (without regard to forfeitures) over (ii) the total Tentative Supplemental Contributions of this Plan for all prior Plan Years (without regard to forfeitures). (c) For purposes of this Section, the "ESOP Share Cost" shall be the average price at which the Trustee acquires Shares with the proceeds of an ESOP Loan. For each ESOP Loan entered into by the Trustee there shall be a separate ESOP Share Cost which shall be uniform for each Share acquired with the proceeds of such loan. 4. Section 6.5 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: 6.5. Allocation to Participants' Accounts. (a) Company Matching Contributions shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participants as of the end of each Processing Period in accordance with the contribution rate in effect for the Plan Year in which such Processing Period falls. Thus, if the contribution rate for a Plan Year is .3500, each Participant shall have allocated to such Participant's Account from the Company Matching Contributions for any Processing Period of such Plan Year an amount equal to thirty-five percent of such Participant's matched Personal Contributions actually withheld during such Processing Period. 4

(b) Supplemental Contributions for each Participant shall be determined as of the end of the last Processing Period of each Plan Year in accordance with the ratio that the sum of the individual Participant's Company Matching Contributions allocated (and not then forfeited) for such Plan Year bears to the total Company Matching Contributions allocated (and not then forfeited) for such Plan Year. In order to receive a Supplemental Contribution allocation for a Plan Year, a Participant (or the Participant's Beneficiary) must have an existing Account balance in the Plan as of the last day of the last Processing Period of such Plan Year. Supplemental Contributions shall be allocated to eligible Participant Accounts when the contributions are delivered to the Trustee in accordance with Section 6.4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no Supplemental Contribution shall be allocated to the Account of an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order (as described in Section 414(p) of the Code) unless otherwise specifically required under such order. 5. Section 8.4 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: 8.4 Release from ESOP Loan Suspense Account. Each year a number of Shares shall be released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account. Such number shall be determined as follows: the number of Shares held in the ESOP Loan Suspense Account at the beginning of the applicable Plan Year shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount of principal and interest due under the loan amortization payment schedule for the current Plan Year, and the denominator shall be the numerator plus the principal and interest to be paid on the loan amortization payment schedule for all future Plan Years. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a substantially equal number of Shares shall be released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account for each calendar quarter during the Plan Year. Such Shares shall be deemed acquired by the Company Stock Fund at the Closing Price on the last trading day prior to the date of release or such other date as may be determined by the Committee for this purpose. In connection with such releases, it is intended that the Trustee will transfer

(b) Supplemental Contributions for each Participant shall be determined as of the end of the last Processing Period of each Plan Year in accordance with the ratio that the sum of the individual Participant's Company Matching Contributions allocated (and not then forfeited) for such Plan Year bears to the total Company Matching Contributions allocated (and not then forfeited) for such Plan Year. In order to receive a Supplemental Contribution allocation for a Plan Year, a Participant (or the Participant's Beneficiary) must have an existing Account balance in the Plan as of the last day of the last Processing Period of such Plan Year. Supplemental Contributions shall be allocated to eligible Participant Accounts when the contributions are delivered to the Trustee in accordance with Section 6.4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no Supplemental Contribution shall be allocated to the Account of an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order (as described in Section 414(p) of the Code) unless otherwise specifically required under such order. 5. Section 8.4 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: 8.4 Release from ESOP Loan Suspense Account. Each year a number of Shares shall be released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account. Such number shall be determined as follows: the number of Shares held in the ESOP Loan Suspense Account at the beginning of the applicable Plan Year shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount of principal and interest due under the loan amortization payment schedule for the current Plan Year, and the denominator shall be the numerator plus the principal and interest to be paid on the loan amortization payment schedule for all future Plan Years. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a substantially equal number of Shares shall be released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account for each calendar quarter during the Plan Year. Such Shares shall be deemed acquired by the Company Stock Fund at the Closing Price on the last trading day prior to the date of release or such other date as may be determined by the Committee for this purpose. In connection with such releases, it is intended that the Trustee will transfer funds to the ESOP Loan Payment Accumulation Account for each Processing Period equal to the total value of Shares released from the ESOP Loan Suspense Account for such Processing Period but only to the extent necessary to accumulate sufficient funds for ESOP loan repayment, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. Such transferred funds shall represent Company Contributions, Personal Contributions and dividends that are required to be invested in the Company Stock Fund and allocated to the Accounts of Participants. 5

6. Section 15.1 of the Plan is amended by deleting subsection (k) and renaming the remaining subsections (k), (l) and (m). IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Amendment effective as stated herein. Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc.
By: /s/ William L. Rammes ------------------------------William L. Rammes Vice-President-Human Resources

6

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO THE ANHEUSER-BUSCH DEFERRED INCOME STOCK PURCHASE AND SAVINGS PLAN AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE APRIL 1, 1996 Effective as of April 1, 1996, Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. (the "Company") amended and restated the Anheuser-Busch Deferred Income Stock Purchase and Savings Plan (the "Plan") and has subsequently amended the Plan four times. The Company reserved the right to further amend the Plan from time to time and hereby amends the Plan effective April 1, 1997, unless expressly noted otherwise, as follows: 1. Effective April 1, 1999, subsection (d) of Section 2.5 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

6. Section 15.1 of the Plan is amended by deleting subsection (k) and renaming the remaining subsections (k), (l) and (m). IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Amendment effective as stated herein. Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc.
By: /s/ William L. Rammes ------------------------------William L. Rammes Vice-President-Human Resources

6

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO THE ANHEUSER-BUSCH DEFERRED INCOME STOCK PURCHASE AND SAVINGS PLAN AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE APRIL 1, 1996 Effective as of April 1, 1996, Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. (the "Company") amended and restated the Anheuser-Busch Deferred Income Stock Purchase and Savings Plan (the "Plan") and has subsequently amended the Plan four times. The Company reserved the right to further amend the Plan from time to time and hereby amends the Plan effective April 1, 1997, unless expressly noted otherwise, as follows: 1. Effective April 1, 1999, subsection (d) of Section 2.5 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: (d) Other Items Excluded from Base Pay For All Participants. Base Pay does not include any bonus, pay in lieu of vacation, service allowance, severance pay, premium pay for shift or other specialized work, Company Matching, Supplemental, Incentive or Transitional Contributions to this Plan, Company contributions to any other pension, retirement, group insurance, health and welfare or similar plan, cash payments pursuant to a plan designed to comply with Section 125 of the Code, any other so-called "fringe benefits," any income attributable to the award or exercise of a stock option or the premature disposition of stock option stock, any other amount which does not constitute "compensation" within the meaning of Section 415 of the Code, any type of remuneration not otherwise described in this Section, or any expense allowance or reimbursements of expenses paid on behalf of a Participant (even if subsequently not allowed as such and treated as additional compensation for federal income tax purposes). Base Pay does not include any vacation pay which becomes payable on account of termination of employment nor does it include payments for any unused sick day, whether before or after termination of employment. 2. Section 2.25 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: 2.25 "Highly Compensated Employee". (a) The term Highly Compensated Employee includes Highly Compensated Employees who are active and certain former Highly Compensated Employees as described in this Section. (b) An active Highly Compensated Employee includes any individual who performs service for any of the Employing Companies during the determination year and who: (i) received compensation from the Employing Companies in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code) during the look-back year; or (ii) was a 5-percent owner, as defined in Section 24.1(f), at any time during the look-back year or the determination year. (c) For purposes of this Section, (i) the determination year shall be the Plan Year; (ii) the look-back year shall be the twelve-month period immediately

preceding the determination year; and (iii) compensation shall mean compensation as defined in Section 414(q)

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO THE ANHEUSER-BUSCH DEFERRED INCOME STOCK PURCHASE AND SAVINGS PLAN AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE APRIL 1, 1996 Effective as of April 1, 1996, Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. (the "Company") amended and restated the Anheuser-Busch Deferred Income Stock Purchase and Savings Plan (the "Plan") and has subsequently amended the Plan four times. The Company reserved the right to further amend the Plan from time to time and hereby amends the Plan effective April 1, 1997, unless expressly noted otherwise, as follows: 1. Effective April 1, 1999, subsection (d) of Section 2.5 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: (d) Other Items Excluded from Base Pay For All Participants. Base Pay does not include any bonus, pay in lieu of vacation, service allowance, severance pay, premium pay for shift or other specialized work, Company Matching, Supplemental, Incentive or Transitional Contributions to this Plan, Company contributions to any other pension, retirement, group insurance, health and welfare or similar plan, cash payments pursuant to a plan designed to comply with Section 125 of the Code, any other so-called "fringe benefits," any income attributable to the award or exercise of a stock option or the premature disposition of stock option stock, any other amount which does not constitute "compensation" within the meaning of Section 415 of the Code, any type of remuneration not otherwise described in this Section, or any expense allowance or reimbursements of expenses paid on behalf of a Participant (even if subsequently not allowed as such and treated as additional compensation for federal income tax purposes). Base Pay does not include any vacation pay which becomes payable on account of termination of employment nor does it include payments for any unused sick day, whether before or after termination of employment. 2. Section 2.25 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: 2.25 "Highly Compensated Employee". (a) The term Highly Compensated Employee includes Highly Compensated Employees who are active and certain former Highly Compensated Employees as described in this Section. (b) An active Highly Compensated Employee includes any individual who performs service for any of the Employing Companies during the determination year and who: (i) received compensation from the Employing Companies in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code) during the look-back year; or (ii) was a 5-percent owner, as defined in Section 24.1(f), at any time during the look-back year or the determination year. (c) For purposes of this Section, (i) the determination year shall be the Plan Year; (ii) the look-back year shall be the twelve-month period immediately

preceding the determination year; and (iii) compensation shall mean compensation as defined in Section 414(q) (4) of the Code and regulations thereunder. (d) A former Highly Compensated Employee includes any individual who separated from service with an Employing Company (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the determination year, performs no service for an Employing Company during the determination year, and was an active Highly Compensated Employee for either the separation year or any determination year ending on or after the employee's 55th birthday. (e) The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of any 5-percent owner and the compensation that is considered, will be made in accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations. 3. Section 2.30 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: 2.30 "Non-Highly Compensated Employee". An Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

preceding the determination year; and (iii) compensation shall mean compensation as defined in Section 414(q) (4) of the Code and regulations thereunder. (d) A former Highly Compensated Employee includes any individual who separated from service with an Employing Company (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the determination year, performs no service for an Employing Company during the determination year, and was an active Highly Compensated Employee for either the separation year or any determination year ending on or after the employee's 55th birthday. (e) The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of any 5-percent owner and the compensation that is considered, will be made in accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations. 3. Section 2.30 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: 2.30 "Non-Highly Compensated Employee". An Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. 4. Effective April 1, 1998, Section 2.43 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: 2.43 "Taxable Compensation". The amount of compensation determined under the provisions of Section 414(s) of the Code and regulations thereunder. In no event shall an Employee's Taxable Compensation exceed the amount specified in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code as adjusted for any applicable increases in the cost of living. 5. Effective April 1, 1999, Article II of the Plan is amended by adding to the end of such Article the following new Sections 2.47, 2.48, 2.49, 2.50, 2.51 and 2.52: 2.47. "ABI". Anheuser-Busch, Incorporated, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Missouri, and any successor corporation which assumes this Plan and agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions hereof as a Participating Employer. 2.48. "Incentive Contribution Base Pay". Subject to Section 2.5(e), Base Pay as defined in Section 2.5(a), (c) and (d) plus Impact Selling incentives paid by ABI. 2.49. "Incentive Contributions". The amounts contributed to this Plan by ABI pursuant to Section 6.1(f). 2.50. "Transitional Contributions". The amounts contributed to this Plan by ABI pursuant to Section 6.1(g). -22.51. "Wholesale Employees". Employees paid on an hourly basis who are employed by ABI at a Wholesale Operation; provided, however, that an Employee who is a Participant in the Retirement Plan for Certain Hourly Employees of Anheuser-Busch, Incorporated, as defined therein, shall not be a Wholesale Employee. Wholesale Employees who receive an allocation of an Incentive Contribution shall be treated as Participants in this Plan regardless of whether they have otherwise elected to participate in this Plan. Wholesale Employees who do not receive an allocation of any Incentive Contribution for any reason whatsoever shall not be treated as Participants in this Plan unless they otherwise participate. 2.52. "Wholesale Operation". A wholesale operation of ABI which has implemented an incentive program under which Incentive Contributions are to be made to this Plan. 6. Effective October 13, 1996, Article IV of the Plan is amended by adding to the end of such Article the following new Section 4.4: 4.4. Matched Contributions for Periods of Military Service. Any Eligible Employee who is reemployed after a period of military service while entitled to re-employment rights under Federal law shall be permitted to make the matched Personal Contributions described in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 with respect to the period of the Eligible Employee's military service during the period which begins on the Eligible Employee's date of reemployment with

2.51. "Wholesale Employees". Employees paid on an hourly basis who are employed by ABI at a Wholesale Operation; provided, however, that an Employee who is a Participant in the Retirement Plan for Certain Hourly Employees of Anheuser-Busch, Incorporated, as defined therein, shall not be a Wholesale Employee. Wholesale Employees who receive an allocation of an Incentive Contribution shall be treated as Participants in this Plan regardless of whether they have otherwise elected to participate in this Plan. Wholesale Employees who do not receive an allocation of any Incentive Contribution for any reason whatsoever shall not be treated as Participants in this Plan unless they otherwise participate. 2.52. "Wholesale Operation". A wholesale operation of ABI which has implemented an incentive program under which Incentive Contributions are to be made to this Plan. 6. Effective October 13, 1996, Article IV of the Plan is amended by adding to the end of such Article the following new Section 4.4: 4.4. Matched Contributions for Periods of Military Service. Any Eligible Employee who is reemployed after a period of military service while entitled to re-employment rights under Federal law shall be permitted to make the matched Personal Contributions described in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 with respect to the period of the Eligible Employee's military service during the period which begins on the Eligible Employee's date of reemployment with a Participating Employer and ends upon the earlier of (i) the period equal to three times the Eligible Employee's period of military service, and (ii) five years. The maximum amount of matched Personal Contributions that the Eligible Employee can make during this period shall be the maximum amount of matched Personal Contributions that the Eligible Employee would have been permitted to make to the Plan during the period of military service if the Eligible Employee had continued to be employed by a Participating Employer during such period and received Base Pay during such period equal to the Base Pay the Eligible Employee would have received during the period of military service had the Eligible Employee worked for a Participating Employer during such period. If the Base Pay the Eligible Employee would have received during the period was not reasonably certain, the Eligible Employee's average Base Pay from the Employing Companies during the 12-month period immediately preceding the period of military service shall be deemed to be such Base Pay. 7. Effective January 1, 2000, subsection (b) of Section 5.5 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: (b) The term "Eligible Rollover Contribution" means any part of a distribution which meets the requirements of Section 402(c)(4) or Section 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) of the Code and which is transferred to this Plan from the Retirement Plan for Certain Hourly Employees of the Wholesale Operation Division of Anheuser-Busch, Incorporated by a Wholesale Employee in an elective transfer, within the meaning -3-

of Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(b), as a result of the termination of such plan. 8. Effective October 13, 1996, Article V of the Plan is amended by adding to the end of such Article the following new Section 5.6: 5.6. Unmatched Contributions for Periods of Military Service. Any Eligible Employee who is reemployed after a period of military service while entitled to re-employment rights under Federal law shall be permitted to make the unmatched Personal Contributions described in Sections 5.2 and 5.3 with respect to the period of the Eligible Employee's military service during the period which begins on the Eligible Employee's date of reemployment with a Participating Employer and ends upon the earlier of (i) the period equal to three times the Eligible Employee's period of military service, and (ii) five years. The maximum amount of unmatched Personal Contributions that the Eligible Employee can make during this period shall be the maximum amount of unmatched Personal Contributions that the Eligible Employee would have been permitted to make to the Plan during the period of military service if the Eligible Employee had continued to be employed by a Participating Employer during such period and received Base Pay during such period equal to the Base Pay the Eligible Employee would have received during the period of military service had the Eligible Employee worked for a Participating Employer during such period. If the Base Pay the Eligible Employee would have received during the period was not reasonably certain, the Eligible Employee's average Base Pay from the Employing Companies during the 12 month period immediately preceding the period of military service shall be deemed to

of Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-3(b), as a result of the termination of such plan. 8. Effective October 13, 1996, Article V of the Plan is amended by adding to the end of such Article the following new Section 5.6: 5.6. Unmatched Contributions for Periods of Military Service. Any Eligible Employee who is reemployed after a period of military service while entitled to re-employment rights under Federal law shall be permitted to make the unmatched Personal Contributions described in Sections 5.2 and 5.3 with respect to the period of the Eligible Employee's military service during the period which begins on the Eligible Employee's date of reemployment with a Participating Employer and ends upon the earlier of (i) the period equal to three times the Eligible Employee's period of military service, and (ii) five years. The maximum amount of unmatched Personal Contributions that the Eligible Employee can make during this period shall be the maximum amount of unmatched Personal Contributions that the Eligible Employee would have been permitted to make to the Plan during the period of military service if the Eligible Employee had continued to be employed by a Participating Employer during such period and received Base Pay during such period equal to the Base Pay the Eligible Employee would have received during the period of military service had the Eligible Employee worked for a Participating Employer during such period. If the Base Pay the Eligible Employee would have received during the period was not reasonably certain, the Eligible Employee's average Base Pay from the Employing Companies during the 12 month period immediately preceding the period of military service shall be deemed to be such Base Pay. 9. Effective April 1, 1999, Section 6.1 of the Plan is amended by adding to the end of such Section the following new subsections (f) and (g): (f) In addition to any other contribution required under this Section, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4, ABI shall also contribute for each Plan Year of its participation in this Plan an Incentive Contribution on behalf of Wholesale Employees at each Wholesale Operation, regardless of whether they are Participants or Eligible Employees, who are Employees on the last day of the Company Year ending in such Plan Year, or who ceased to be an Employee during such Company Year because of death or total and presumably permanent disability (as determined pursuant to Section 12.4) or after attainment of age 60. The amount, if any, of the Incentive Contribution for each Plan Year with respect to each Wholesale Operation shall be established by ABI in its sole discretion. (g) In addition to any other contribution required under this Section, ABI shall also contribute for the Plan Year ending March 31, 2000 a Transitional Contribution on behalf of those Wholesale Employees designated on Exhibit A. The amount of the Transitional Contribution for each such Wholesale Employee shall be established by ABI in its sole discretion. -4-

10. Effective April 1, 1999, Section 6.4 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: 6.4. Payment and Payment Date. Each Participating Employer's Company Matching, Supplemental, Incentive, Transitional and any other type of contribution for the Plan Year, to the extent actually required to be contributed under Section 6.1, shall be delivered to the Trustee as and when determined by the Committee but not later than 180 days after the end of such Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any Incentive Contribution allocable to the Account of a Wholesale Employee who is not an Eligible Employee at the time the Incentive Contribution is delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall not be so delivered until such time, if any, as such Wholesale Employee becomes an Eligible Employee. If a Wholesale Employee ceases to be an Employee of any Employing Company prior to becoming an Eligible Employee, the amount of any Incentive Contribution otherwise allocable to such Wholesale Employee's Account shall not be contributed to the Plan. Any delivery under this Section 6.4 shall be either in cash or in Shares (from authorized but unissued Shares or out of Shares held in the Company's treasury), or a combination of both, and if delivered wholly or partially in Shares, such Shares shall be valued at the Closing Price on the date of delivery or on the last business day prior to the date of delivery as determined by the Committee on a uniform and consistent basis.

10. Effective April 1, 1999, Section 6.4 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: 6.4. Payment and Payment Date. Each Participating Employer's Company Matching, Supplemental, Incentive, Transitional and any other type of contribution for the Plan Year, to the extent actually required to be contributed under Section 6.1, shall be delivered to the Trustee as and when determined by the Committee but not later than 180 days after the end of such Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any Incentive Contribution allocable to the Account of a Wholesale Employee who is not an Eligible Employee at the time the Incentive Contribution is delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall not be so delivered until such time, if any, as such Wholesale Employee becomes an Eligible Employee. If a Wholesale Employee ceases to be an Employee of any Employing Company prior to becoming an Eligible Employee, the amount of any Incentive Contribution otherwise allocable to such Wholesale Employee's Account shall not be contributed to the Plan. Any delivery under this Section 6.4 shall be either in cash or in Shares (from authorized but unissued Shares or out of Shares held in the Company's treasury), or a combination of both, and if delivered wholly or partially in Shares, such Shares shall be valued at the Closing Price on the date of delivery or on the last business day prior to the date of delivery as determined by the Committee on a uniform and consistent basis. 11. Effective April 1, 1999, Section 6.5 of the Plan is amended by adding to the end of such Section the following new subsections (c) and (d): (c) Incentive Contributions for each Wholesale Employee described in Section 6.1(f) for a Plan Year shall be allocated in one of the following ways depending on the incentive program then in effect at the applicable Wholesale Operation: (i) in accordance with the ratio that the Incentive Compensation Base Pay for such Company Year of each such Wholesale Employee at the applicable Wholesale Operation bears to the total Incentive Compensation Base Pay of all such Wholesale Employees at the applicable Wholesale Operation; (ii) per capita; or (iii) such other method published at the applicable Wholesale Operation. Incentive Contributions shall be allocated to eligible Participant Accounts when the contributions are delivered to the Trustee in accordance with Section 6.4. (d) The Transitional Contribution for each Wholesale Employee designated on Exhibit A shall be allocated solely to the Account of each such Wholesale Employee. 12. Effective October 13, 1996, Article VI of the Plan is amended by adding to the end of such Article the following new Section 6.6: 6.6 Company Contributions for Periods of Military Service. (a) If any Eligible Employee who is reemployed after a period of military service while entitled to re-employment rights under Federal law makes the Before-Tax Matched Contributions or After-Tax Matched Contributions described in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 for that period, the -5-

Participating Employer shall make those Company Matching and Supplemental Contributions on behalf of the Eligible Employee as would have been made had the Eligible Employee's contributions actually been made during the period of military service. (b) If any Eligible Employee is reemployed after a period of military service while entitled to re-employment rights under Federal law, the Participating Employer shall make any other contributions required under Section 6.1 on behalf of the Eligible Employee for each partial and full Plan Year in the Eligible Employee's period of military service for which the Eligible Employee did not receive a contribution. Such contributions shall be equal to the amount of contributions which would have been made had the Eligible Employee continued to be employed by a Participating Employer during such period of military service and shall be determined as though the Eligible Employee received Compensation equal to the amount the Eligible Employee would have received if the Eligible Employee were not in military service. If the Base Pay the Eligible Employee would have received during the period was not reasonably certain, the Eligible Employee's average Base Pay from the Employing Companies during the 12 month period immediately preceding the period of military service shall be deemed to be such Base

Participating Employer shall make those Company Matching and Supplemental Contributions on behalf of the Eligible Employee as would have been made had the Eligible Employee's contributions actually been made during the period of military service. (b) If any Eligible Employee is reemployed after a period of military service while entitled to re-employment rights under Federal law, the Participating Employer shall make any other contributions required under Section 6.1 on behalf of the Eligible Employee for each partial and full Plan Year in the Eligible Employee's period of military service for which the Eligible Employee did not receive a contribution. Such contributions shall be equal to the amount of contributions which would have been made had the Eligible Employee continued to be employed by a Participating Employer during such period of military service and shall be determined as though the Eligible Employee received Compensation equal to the amount the Eligible Employee would have received if the Eligible Employee were not in military service. If the Base Pay the Eligible Employee would have received during the period was not reasonably certain, the Eligible Employee's average Base Pay from the Employing Companies during the 12 month period immediately preceding the period of military service shall be deemed to be such Base Pay. 13. Effective January 1, 1997, subsection (b) of Section 7.2 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: (b) If the Committee is notified, pursuant to Section 402(g)(2) of the Code and prior to April 15, that a Participant has made elective deferrals (within the meaning of Section 402(g)(3) of the Code and regulations thereunder) in the immediately preceding calendar year under two or more plans which, in the aggregate, would exceed the limitations of subsection (a), a portion of such excess deferrals, as directed by the Participant, shall be handled in accordance with subsection (c) of this Section. 14. Effective January 1, 1997, subsection (c) of Section 7.2 of the Plan is amended by adding at the end of such subsection the following new sentence: A Highly Compensated Employee shall forfeit any Company Matching Contributions which were contributed on account of any Before-Tax Matched Contributions that are refunded under this Section, even if such Company Matching Contributions are vested. 15. Subsection (b) of Section 7.3 of the Plan is amended by adding at the end of such subsection the following new sentence: A Highly Compensated Employee shall forfeit any Company Matching Contributions which were contributed on account of any Before-Tax Matched Contributions that are refunded under this Section, even if such Company Matching Contributions are vested. 16. Subsection (e) of Section 7.3 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: -6-

(e) The determination of the amount of excess Before-Tax Contributions for each Highly Compensated Employee under subsection (b) shall be made in a two step process. First, the aggregate amount of excess Before-Tax Contributions shall be calculated. This shall be done by reducing the actual deferral ratios of those Highly Compensated Employees with the highest actual deferral ratios to the extent necessary but not below the next highest level of actual deferral ratios of Highly Compensated Employees. This process shall be repeated, to the extent necessary, until the actual Before-Tax Contribution rate for the Highly Compensated group satisfies one of the tests set forth in subsection (b). The aggregate amount of excess Before-Tax Contributions shall be calculated by multiplying the actual deferral ratio reduction for each Highly Compensated Employee by the Highly Compensated Employee's Taxable Compensation for the Plan Year and adding the product of each such multiplication. Second, the aggregate amount of excess Before-Tax Contributions to be refunded shall be allocated by reducing the Before-Tax Contributions of those Highly Compensated Employees with the highest amount of Before-Tax Contributions to the extent necessary but not below the next highest amount of BeforeTax Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees. This process shall be repeated, to the extent necessary, until all excess Before-Tax Contributions to be refunded shall be allocated among the Highly Compensated

(e) The determination of the amount of excess Before-Tax Contributions for each Highly Compensated Employee under subsection (b) shall be made in a two step process. First, the aggregate amount of excess Before-Tax Contributions shall be calculated. This shall be done by reducing the actual deferral ratios of those Highly Compensated Employees with the highest actual deferral ratios to the extent necessary but not below the next highest level of actual deferral ratios of Highly Compensated Employees. This process shall be repeated, to the extent necessary, until the actual Before-Tax Contribution rate for the Highly Compensated group satisfies one of the tests set forth in subsection (b). The aggregate amount of excess Before-Tax Contributions shall be calculated by multiplying the actual deferral ratio reduction for each Highly Compensated Employee by the Highly Compensated Employee's Taxable Compensation for the Plan Year and adding the product of each such multiplication. Second, the aggregate amount of excess Before-Tax Contributions to be refunded shall be allocated by reducing the Before-Tax Contributions of those Highly Compensated Employees with the highest amount of Before-Tax Contributions to the extent necessary but not below the next highest amount of BeforeTax Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees. This process shall be repeated, to the extent necessary, until all excess Before-Tax Contributions to be refunded shall be allocated among the Highly Compensated Employees. 17. Section 7.3 of the Plan is amended by deleting subsection (g). 18. Subsection (h) of Section 7.3 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: (h) In determining the actual Before-Tax Contribution rate for any Highly Compensated Employee, salary deferral contributions under each plan maintained by an Employing Company shall be aggregated. 19. Effective April 1, 1999, Section 7.3 of the Plan is amended by adding to the end of such Section the following new subsection (i): (i) If Code Section 410(b)(4)(B) is applied in determining whether the Plan satisfies Code Section 410(b) by excluding from consideration Eligible Employees who have not met the minimum age requirement of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A)(i), all Non-Highly Compensated Employees who have not met such minimum age requirement may be excluded from consideration for purposes of satisfying the tests in subsection (b). 20. Paragraph (bb) of subsection (b) of Section 7.3 of the Plan is amended by adding at the end of such paragraph the following new sentence: A Highly Compensated Employee shall forfeit any Company Matching Contributions which were contributed on account of any After-Tax Matched Contributions that are refunded under this Section, even if such Company Matching Contributions are vested. -7-

21. Subsection (g) of Section 7.4 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows: (g) The determination of the amount of excess After-Tax Contributions for each Highly Compensated Employee under subsection (b) shall be made in a two step process. First, the aggregate amount of excess After-Tax Contributions shall be calculated. This shall be done by reducing the actual contribution percentages of those Highly Compensated Employees with the highest actual contribution percentages to the extent necessary but not below the next highest level of actual contribution percentages of Highly Compensated Employees. This process shall be repeated, to the extent necessary, until the actual After-Tax Contribution rate for the Highly Compensated group satisfies one of the tests